Mi
A D'iCTlONAflY
OF THE
LANGUAGE OF MOT A
PURCHASED FOR THE
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
FROM THE
CANADA COUNCIL SPECIAL GRANT
FOR
LINGUISTICS
1968
A DICTIONARY
OF THE
LANGUAGE OF MOTA.
A DICTIONARY
OF THE
LANGUAGE OF MOTA,
SUGARLOAF ISLAND, BANKS' ISLANDS.
BY
REV. R. H. CODRINGTON, D.D.
LATH OF THE MELANESIAN MISSION,
AND
VEN. J. PALMER, B.D.
ARCHDEACON OF SOUTHERN MELANESIA.
WITH A SHORT GRAMMAR AND INDEX.
SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,
LONDON : NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.
1896.
RICHARD CLAY & SONS, LIMITED,
LONDON & BUN GAY.
PREFACE.
THE language of Mota is spoken as their native tongue by
some eight hundred people, and has never probably been
spoken in a past generation by more than a thousand. It
derives its only importance from its having become, by circum-
stances rather than by choice, the language used as a common
medium of communication in the Melanesian Mission. Being
used in translations, in the oral teaching given to natives of
many widely distant islands, and in the inter-communication
of those so taught which has now continued for thirty years,
it has become, next to the language of Fiji, the most generally
known of the Melanesian tongues. It has certainly merits of
its own ; it is phonologically free from the difficulties which
beset some of the languages of the same and of neighbouring
groups ; and it is full, precise and flexible enough for use in
teaching and in translations. A Mota Dictionary may be
taken as exhibiting a specimen of the group of languages to
which it belongs ; and should be followed by Dictionaries or
ample Vocabularies of the languages of the principal islands in
which the Melanesian Mission is at work.
Mota, Sugarloaf I., is one of the Banks' Group, which lies
to the north of the New Hebrides. The Mota language is
closely connected with the other languages and dialects of the
Banks' Islands, and of the northernmost islands of the New
Hebrides. These belong to a well-defined group of Melanesian
languages ; and these again are members of the great family
of Oceanic Languages spoken throughout the island world,
which stretches from the coasts of Africa and Asia to the most
Eastern groups of Polynesia. In this wide expanse Madagas-
car and Formosa are included, but Australia and, in the main,
New Guinea are left out.
VI PREFACE
The Languages of the Ocean Family fall naturally into place
in four principal geographical areas : Indonesia, Micronesia,
Melanesia, and Polynesia. These are found to form convenient
philological divisions.
1. The Indonesian Group includes the language of Mada-
gascar with those of the Malay Archipelago ; the principal
members of it are Malagasy, Malay, the various languages of
the Philippine Islands, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, and of
the islands eastwards towards New Guinea.
2. The Micronesian Group takes in the Caroline Islands, the
Pellew, Marshall, and Gilbert Islands.
3. The Melanesian languages are those spoken by the present
inhabitants of the great chain of islands which extends from
the East of New Guinea to New Caledonia, including Fiji.
4. The Polynesian languages of the Eastern Pacific are well
known as those of Samoa, Tonga, Hawaii, and the Maori of
New Zealand.
Upon a general view of these very numerous and wide-
spread tongues, Mr. Sidney Bay has advanced four proposi-
tions : 1. The Vocabulary throughout shews evidence of a
common origin. 2. The differences which appear in the
grammar are modifications of the same method rather than
differences of structure. 3. The principal constructive particles
are the same. 4. The languages are in various stages of con-
dition, of which the latest is that of the Polynesian.
With reference to the Mota language in particular two
points may be touched with advantage. Mr. Kay has observed
that comparison of two or more lists of words brought together
from very distant parts of the area occupied by the Oceanic
Languages seldom fails to shew agreement ; and this by no
means only in the names of things which commerce would
carry with it. He selects among others three words, repre-
senting the English 'leaf/ ' fish-hook,' ' fathom.' Beginning
with the Malagasy and ending with the Mota forms, these
words may be thus arranged Leaf : Malagasy, ravina, Malay,
dawun, Philippine, dahon, Micronesia, ra, New Hebrides, rau,
Polynesian, rau, Mota, naui. Hook : Malagasy, havitra,
Malay, kawit, Philippine, kait, Micronesia, kaj, New Hebrides,
ngau, Mota, gau. Fathom : Malagasy, refy, Malay, depa,
Sumatra, dopa, Celebes, refa, Philippine, dopa, New Guinea,
rof, Mota, rova. Words that can in this way be traced across
vast distances of ccean are often the names of insignificant
PREFACE Vll
objects, as will be seen in the examples given in the Dictionary.
The abundant illustration, given by Professor Kern, of the
Fiji language by the languages of the Malay Archipelago and
Madagascar shews in a striking and incontrovertible manner
the large stock of words common in various forms to the most
widely distant members of the Family.
In the second place a few words are needed to make clear
the relation between the Polynesian and the Melanesian groups
of languages. It is certain that many words are common to
both, and it is certain also that there are among Melanesians
colonies or settlements of Polynesian people of pure Poly-
nesian speech. In Mota, in particular, there are many words
which are evidently the same with those that answer to them
in Samoa, To the question whether generally the Melanesian
vocabularies have borrowed the words common to them and to
the Polynesian from the Eastern Polynesian islands, an
affirmative answer is hardly likely now to be given. It was
natural that missionaries, for example, who found in New
Guinea what they had left in Samoa, should be disposed to
think so ; but it is impossible to hold such an opinion when
it is known that these words, common to Polynesia and
Melanesia, are common also, in very large measure, to Micro-
nesia and Indonesia ; and further, that these common words
have, as a rule, a fuller form in Melanesian than in Polynesian
languages. If the question be narrowed to the comparison of
Mota and Samoa one example will suffice, the interrogative
'what.' To follow the series in which, geographically, the
Indonesian apa, aka, pass to New Guinea sa/ta, tava, da/ia, and
Melanesian sava, hava, taka, safa, cava, and to the Polynesian
aha, act, a, leaves no doubt that the Mota sava and the Samoan
a are the same word ; but no one can believe that Mota
borrowed sava from Samoa. When Vocabulary is left for
Grammar, the respective uses of the suffixed personal pronouns
indicating possession in Melanesian and Polynesian languages
point plainly in the same direction.
No attempt has been made in this Dictionary to bring
together all the words from cognate tongues which may be
taken to be parallel to the Mota forms. It has been my aim
to produce illustrative examples which may suffice to shew the
connexion of the Mota language with the others. If in com-
parison with a Mota word examples can be brought from the
three great divisions of the Ocean Family outside the limits of
Vlll PREFACE
the Melanesian groups, and some for further illustration from
within those limits, enough has been done to carry out this
purpose. In this I have been particularly indebted to Mr.
Ray for the assistance he has kindly afforded me.*
The vocabulary of this Dictionary by no means exhausts the
stock of words belonging to the language ; there are certainly
very many which we have not learnt ; and we cannot hope
that all we give are correctly interpreted. The language is a
living one, and is free to use its own resources of prefixes and
suffixes, for enlarging the vocabulary now furnished. Every-
thing presented to the eye, every action, has its proper name
in native use appropriated to it ; and these words intercourse
with Europeans tends rather to diminish than to increase in
number.
The examples which are given with some words are almost
all written or dictated by natives. A keen interest was taken
by those with whom the vocabulary was last revised, and their
help has been much missed in the compilation of the Dictionary
in England.
No English-Mota Dictionary is given; but an Index is
added to facilitate reference to the Mota words. The student
of language will probably be content with this, and to those
who wish to speak the language it is no gain to have more.
The first care of one who desires to use the language should be
lest any Mota word should be taken to be the equivalent of
the English word which it appears to represent. To avoid
' dog ' Mota is the great thing. It is probable that some cor-
ruption of a native language is inevitable in Mission work, in
which the language must be used before it is known; and no
great harm is done. But great mischief is done when a native
language is weakened and impoverished for teaching and
translating by the use of an incorrect and narrow vocabulary.
It is not only that the usefully effective richness of the native
vocabulary is lost, but with it is lost, too probably, some of
the activity of the native mind, for natives will follow their
teachers.
* Mr. Ray lias selected the following words as good examples of the wide
extension of a common vocabulary. Aka, asu, av ; Gana, gau, gil, ginia ;
Iga, i?;ia ; La?&, lano, lava, lisa, lum, lumuta ; Manu, mana, maran, mata>
matagtag, mate, matur, maur ; Nana, namu, nat, naui ; Pepe, pul, pun,
putoi ; Qo?i ; Rowotag, rova ; Sus ; Tae, tali, tano, tann, ta?u, tas, tir,
toliu, totou, tou, tul, tun ; TJlo, ului, wn&, ura, utoi, uwa ; Vanua, var,,
vat, vatiu, vavn, vavine, vitu ; Wose.
IM:I:FA< i-: ix
The same danger besets the learner in the matter of the
sounds of native language. These are, almost as a matter of
course, represented by Roman letters. It is natural that the
European should assume that these have in the native tongue
the same value that they have in his own ; an Englishman,
for example, tends to pronounce g, t, p, v, in Mota as in
English. Thus the danger everywhere is that the true native
language will perish in words and sounds, and that a new and
inferior form of speech will supplant the true original in the
mouths of the natives themselves.
R H. C.
Chit-Hester, March 1896.
KEFEKENCES TO PLACES AND
LANGUAGES.
Ar. Araga, Pentecost or Whitsuntide, New Hebrides.
Bat. Batak, Sumatra ; Bks. I. Banks' Islands ; Bis. Bisaya, Philippine
Islands.
Cel. Celebes.
D.Y. Duke of York Island; Dy., Day. Dayak, Borneo.
Esp. Sto. Espiritu Santo, New. Hebrides.
Fij. Fiji Islands; Fl. Florida, Solomon Islands.
Gil. Gilolo ; Gilb. Gilbert Islands, Micronesia.
Hawa. Hawaii, Sandwich Islands.
Jav. Java.
Kerep. Kerepunu, New Guinea.
Lak. Lakona, Banks' Islands ; Lep. Lepers' Island, New Hebrides ; Lif.
Lifu, Loyalty Islands.
Macas. Macassar, Celebes ; Mae. Maewo, Aurora Island, New Hebrides ;
Mai. Malay ; Mala, Malanta, Solomon Islands ; Malag. Malagasy, Mada-
gascar ; Mao. Maori of New Zealand ; Marsh. Marshall Islands, Micronesia ;
Mel. Melanesian ; Merl. Meralava, Banks' Islands ; Motu, New Guinea ;
Mtl. Motlav, Banks' Islands.
N.B. New Britain, Bismarck Archipelago; N.G. New Guinea; N.
Georgia, Solomon Islands; N.H. New Hebrides.
O. J. Old Javanese.
Paumotu, Low Archipelago ; Pent. Pentecost, New Hebrides ; Phil.
Philippines ; Pol. Polynesian ; Pon. Ponape, Caroline Islands.
Sam. Samoa;, San Cr. San Cristoval, Solomon Islands; Sta Or. Sta
Cruz ; Sta M. Sta Maria, Gaua, Banks' Islands ; Savu Island near Timor ;
Ses. Sesake, Three Hills, New Hebrides ; Sol. Solomon Islands.
Tag. Tagala, Philippine Islands ; Tong. Tonga, Friendly Islands.
Ul. Ulawa, Contrariete Island, Solomon Islands.
V.L. Vanua Lava, Banks' Islands.
Yap, Caroline Islands.
ABBREVIATIONS.
act. active ; adj. adjective ; adv. adverb ; art. article.
conj. conjunction ; constr. constructed ; conip. compounded.
def. definite, definitive; dem. demonstrative; determ. determinative.
ex. excl. exclamation; excl. exclusive.
fern, feminine.
incl. inclusive; indef. indefinite; inf. infinitive; intens. intensitive ;
interj. interjection; interr. interrogative; imper. imperative; impera.
impersonal.
(k) marks a noun as taking suffixed pronouns, Tc, ma, na. See Nouns 1.
M. a word of Maligo, of one dialect of Mota; met. metaphorical;
metath. metathesis.
n. noun ; n. v. neuter verb ; neg. negative ; neut. neuter.
part, particle ; pers. person ; pers. art. personal article ; pi. plural ;
poss. possessive ; pr. pronoun ; pref. prefix ; prep, preposition ; prpv.
proverbial.
redupl. reduplication.
sing, singular ; suff. suffix.
term, termination ; tr. transitive.
V. a word of Yeverau, of one dialect of Mota ; v. verb ; v. n. verbal
noun ; v. p. verbal particle ; voc. vocative.
SHORT GRAMMAR.
I. ALPHABET. Letters of the Koman Alphabet are used to
represent the sounds of the native speech ; but it may be said that
few letters represent precisely the same sound in Mota and in
English. The language ia printed in the main for the use of native
people, and for the sake of simplicity a single letter is used where
diacritical marks would be required to exhibit differences with exact-
ness ; as e.g. in the vowels and in the consonants q, r. No letters
are used arbitrarily ; the letter is used as representing the sound in
the native language which answers in a general way to that which is
commonly represented by that letter ; as e.g. t, p, and v are not equi-
valent to English t, p, and v, and g is far from the hard English g ;,
yet ,the dental, labial, and guttural character is common. In one
case only is an italic letter in common use among the Koman type ;
n is printed for ng, which represents a variation of n. In writing, dots
are added above the n ; and when, as in this Dictionary, Mota words
are printed in italics, the change is shown by a Roman n.
Aspirates are unknown.
Vowels ; a, e, i, o, u, with their proper sound. There is a longer
and shorter a, e, i. A broad a, as in gap, may be taken for a short o;
but is to the native without question a. So also a sound of o may be
taken for u, as in the English ' pull/ in a close syllable, e.g. in tol toa t
a fowl's egg ; but in toliu, where the syllable of the same word is
not closed, it is plainly o ; and a native will rarely, if ever, doubt.
Diphthongs are ae, ai, ao, au ; clearly distinct, as in gae, yai, gao,
gan.
Consonants are k, g ; t ; p, v, w ; q ; m, m, n, n ; r, 1 ; s. Of
these k, w, in, n, s, have the English sound.
1. The sound of hard g is never heard; the letter is used foraguttural
trill, sometimes hardly heard (and so answering to the ' break ' in
Samoan), sometimes almost k, sometimes nearly r. Thus when the
language was first written tagai was takai or tarai, <jate was ate.
2. t is never the English dental, but has a blunter sound.
3. The Mota labials are less explosive than the English ; v
approaches b ; p approaches v. A syllable is closed with w ; yaw is
distinct from gaii.
SHOUT (iKA.M.MAU
4. q represents a compound sound in which k, p, w, are present,
sometinifs tlu- guttural sometimes tin- labial predominating.
5. The guttural nasal ng, as in ' sing,' is represented by n ; the
sound of ng in 'finger' is unknown. There are two forms of the
labial nasal m, one more nasal represented by in. The latter is
certain in the words in which it occurs, natives never hesitate or
dill'er. It closes a syllable as in nom for noma. It is not marked
by an italic in ordinary use, but it is so important to observe it (as
comparative words will shew) that it is marked in the Dictionary in
all cases where it is known.
6. The trills are sharper than in English ; there are two sounds of
r. This, r, cannot be sounded after n without an intervening d, or
after 1 without d or u ; e.g. niiinra is pronounced mundra, pidrua as
2ildrna or j> ultima; but d is not written.
II. PARTS OF SPEECH. It is convenient to divide words according
to the commonly received arrangement as Parts of Speech ; but it
must be understood that a word may be according to its use almost
any one of these Parts, noun, adjective, verb, adverb, exclamation.
But there are words which by their form shew themselves to be nouns
or verbs, such as nouns with the terminations -i, ui, va, and verbs
with transitive suffixes. Nevertheless such a noun when used with
a verbal particle is a verb, and such a verb with an article is a noun ;
the name of an object and the name of an action have each a
grammatical form and usage.
III. ARTICLES.
These are Demonstrative, o,na; Personal, i.
1. Demonstrative. There is no difference in meaning between o
and na, but in use ; both are to be translated by ' a,' ' an,' ' the,' in
English ; but there is no strict correspondence between these and 'a/
since there is in them no meaning of number. If one thing is par-
ticularly meant, tuwale, ' one,' must be used.
(a) These Articles are definite ; so when the notion is quite general
none is used ; rave iga, catch fish.
(b) As a demonstrative, o is used with the names of places.
(c) Na is used always and only before nouns to which personal
pronouns are suffixed with possessive sense ; o panei a hand, napa-
nena his hand. The practice of writing the Article in one word
with the noun has become established, though not reasonable.
2. Personal. The Article i is used with personal names, male and
female, native and foreign ; but is not used of necessity.
(a) This i applied to a word makes it at once a proper name ; it
also personifies the notion conveyed by the word ; qaratu a flying
fox, i Qaratn a name ; gale to deceive, i gale the deceiver.
(b) The feminine form iro is made by the addition of ro, which by;
itself marks a name as feminine. Mota names only, or those common
to the neighbouring islands, take the sign ro.
XIV SHORT GRAMMAR
(c) Plural forms are, masculine tra, feminine iraro; but these not
with personal names.
(d) Personal names being taken from names of things, the word*
gene, thing, sava, what, stand in the place of names not remembered
or not, for some reason, to be mentioned. Thus i gene, iro gene, i
sava, iro sava means the person, male or female, whose name is such
and such a thing.
IV. NOUNS.
Common Nouns fall into two groups, according as, 1, they take, or
do not lake, a suffixed pronoun with possessive sense ; and, 2, as
they have or have not a termination shewing them to be Nouns.
1. This division of nouns is properly exhaustive, and is most
important to observe.
(a) One class of nouns takes the pronoun of the possessor in the
suffixed form, k, ma, na; see Personal Pronouns (b) ; being the
names of parts, members, equipments, possessions, which stand in
close and constant relation to the possessor. It is not always easy to
perceive the ground of the distinction ; na usuna his bow, non o
wose his paddle.
When the pronoun is suffixed the Article na is used. These
Nouns are marked in the Dictionary with (k).
(b) The remaining Nouns are used with the Possessives, no, mo,
ga, maj see Possessives.
2. Nouns which have a termination shewing them to be Nouns
substantive are, (a) Verbal Nouns, or (b) Independent Nouns. Those
which have no special form as Nouns require no notice.
(a) Verbal Nouns are formed from Verbs by the terminations a,
ia, ga, ra, va; mate, to die, matea, death ; nonom, to think, nonomia,
thought ; vano, to go, vanoga, going ; toga, to abide, togara, way of
life ; mule, to go, muleva, going. These different forms of termina-
tion have no difference of signification in themselves ; though there
are examples where a verb takes two terminations and the nouns
differ in meaning ; see toga.
(b) Independent Nouns. The terminations i, iu or u-i, and in a
few cases e, shew the nouns to which they are suffixed to be without
dependence, in thought or grammar, upon things or persons, or upon
the names, to which they may otherwise belong or stand in relation.
Thus in namatana, his eye, (na article, na suffixed pronoun), mata,
eye, is thought and spoken of in relation to a person ; but an eye,
independent of such relation, is matai, tnata-i; so na-pane-na, his
hand, panei; a pig's head, qut qpe; a head generally, qatui.
These independent forms, naturally, do not appear in a noun which
forms the first part of a compound.
Nouns which appear in independent form, with these terminations,
generally belong to the class 1 (a), which take a suffixed pronoun.
3. Construct form of Nouns. Two Nouns are often coupled
together with a possessive relation. In the cases in which the first
M10KT (.KA.M.MAIi XV
of the two is one which has no special substantival termination there
is no change ; where there can be an independent termination, i, iu,
in, there is no cause in this composition for its occurrence; but
where the word ends in a this vowel in words so constructed is
lightened to e. Thus inata the true form, matai in independent
form, null*' tnvn a man's eye; n<>n<inii<t a verbal substantive,
nonomie //, man's thought ; {finmjn, a word with no special form,
!>in<i<- l<i nun, man's food.
The same construct form is rarely used where there is no possessive
relation ; moe yene, a chief thing.
There is here an appearance of inflexion, but no true inflexion.
4. Prefixes to Nowis. There are two instrumental prefixes, i 4.
and (ja 3. with which verbs become substantives ; ras to bale, v'w.s a
baler ; jmlnt to stick, yapidut glue. The latter, ga, is also prefixed
to words other than verbs, but rarely.
5. Number. The Noun itself lias no number. If there be no sign
of plurality it must not be thought that the word is in the singular
number; if particularly meant to be singular tuwale, one, must be added.
The Plural of Nouns is marked by Reduplication, (see below), by
(a) a plural sign, and by (b) a prefix.
(a) The sign in common use is nan ; ima, house, ima nan houses.
This is by no means the equivalent of the English plural in s ; there
must be a considerable number definitely in view to make the use
appropriate. The collective noun taure is rarely used. .
(b) The Prefixes ra, re, are used when persons are spoken of in
regard to age and relationship ; re of the class, ra of certain persons ;
o retamtamai the fathers as a class in the village ; ratamak my
fathers, imcles, etc.
The Personal Pronoun shews the same ra in the 3rd Person.
Plural. In the expression ira ta Mota, the Mota people, ira may
be called a Pronoun ; but ira before a person's name signifies that
person and those with him ; i Qarat, as above, ira Qarat, Qarat and
his company ; and here ira is the plural Personal Article.
6. There is no Gender; the adjectives mereata, tavine, or vavine,
are added when the word does not itself shew sex.
7. Reduplication. Either (1) the whole word is reduplicated; vat-
rat stones ; or (2) the first syllable ; nanatiu children ; or (3) the first
syllable closed by the succeeding consonant ; ran.ran.oi legs. The
effect of Reduplication is to express number and size ; with the closed
syllable (3) rather intensity and exaggeration ; gate ran.ran.ona !
what legs he has !
Reduplication in the name of a plant signifies that it is wild or
useless ; matig, metigtig ; qeta, qetaqeta.
V. PRONOUNS.
1. Personal Pronouns are in two distinct forms ; (a) those which
are used as the subject or object of a Verb ; (b) those which are
suffixed to Nouns substantive.
Xvi SHORT GRAMMAR
(a) Singular. 1. inau, nau, net.
2. iniko, ko, ka.
3. ineia, neia, ni, a.
Plural. 1. inclusive, inina, nina.
exclusive, ikamam, kamam.
2. ikamiu, kamiu, kam.
3. ineira, neira, ira, ra.
Dual. 1. inclusive, inarua, narua, inara, nara.
exclusive, ikarua, kania, ikara, kara.
2. ikamurua, kamurua, kamrua, kamra.
3. irarua, rarua, irara, rara.
Trial. 1. inclusive, inatol, natol.
exclusive, ikatol, katol.
2. ikamtol, kamtol.
3. iratol, ratol.
The Inclusive 1st person plural includes the speaker with those
spoken to, the Exclusive excludes him.
(1) In the Singular and Plural, na, ka, ni, kam, are always the
subject, never the object of a Verb.
(2) a, 3rd singular, and ra, 3rd plural, are always the object,
never simply the subject of a Verb, and are governed by Prepositions
as by Verbs. It may be said that ra is a plural personal Demonstra-
tive, and so finds place with Personal Articles and Pronouns, as well
as a prefix to plural Nouns ; Nouns 5. b. Thus when ra is prefixed
to ta, as in ra ta Mota, the Mota people, it is rather the plural
personal demonstrative ra with ta used as a Noun, than ra the
Pronoun.
(3) In direct indicative sentences na, ni, kam, are used as subject,
but hardly ka. In indirect, potential, optative, subjunctive sentences,
na, ni, ka, are used, not nau, neia, ko.
(4) The 2nd and 3rd singular, and 3rd plural, ko, a, ra, are
written as suffixes ; and after a consonant i, or u, is introduced ;
iloko, iloa, ilora ; vus keluko, ni me mis kelua, misiraj ilo to see, vus
to strike, kel, back.
(5) It is plain that the Dual and Trial are in fact the Plural with,
the numerals rua two, tol three, suffixed ; rua being shortened to ra.
(6) The stems appear to be, Sing. au r ko, a; Plural na = ta, am,
mi, ra.
(7) The Dual or Trial must be used when two or three persons
are in view ; never the Plural. The Trial is used also, less exactly,
when more than three, but not many more, are meant.
(8) The Dual is used in speaking to a single person when con-
nected by marriage with the speaker. It is used also when one
speaks to another of an action with which both are concerned, though
but one is active ; nara te vanocjag iniko, I will convey you ; va ma,
nara te wurvayiko, come here, I will put you to rights.
(9) Except when a person is spoken of, a hardly becomes the
object of a Verb ; yaganag luea ma, point him, her, out to me ; ko
SHORT GRAMMAR XVli
o qeta lue ma, if you find taro pull (it) up. The same is
the case with 3rd plural m.
(b) Pronouns suffixed to Nouns.
Singular. 1. k, ku. 2. ma, m. 3. na, n.
Plural. 1. inch nin, excl. mam. 2. mm. 3. ra, r.
(1) Of these the Singular only is a distinct Pronoun.
(2) These are suffixed to the particular Class of Nouns ; see Nouns
1. (a) ; above described.
(3) The 3rd sing, n, as distinct from na, points to some particular
person ; ape kikin o tanun by a man's side, ape kiki ima beside a
house ; o tete we toko ape sus tavine an infant hangs at a woman's
breast, but ape susun ravevena at its mother's.
(4) In the Exclusive 1st and 3rd Dual and Trial, n is in-
troduced before the suffixed Pronoun ; napanenkara, napanenkatol,
hands of us two, or three ; napanenrara, napanenratol, of them two,
three ; but in the 3rd person not always so.
(5) After k is often added the syllable sa; napaneksa my hand ;
which cannot be explained.
2. Demonstrative Pronouns.
Iloke, loke, this ; Hone, lone, that ; ike, this, ine, that.
Of these ine and ike can be used with the articles o and i, as if
Nouns ; but in tamaike, tamaine, like this, like that, are seen to be
Pronouns.
To all these the Demonstratives nake, nane, are often added ; ke
being a demonstrative particle pointing near, and ne farther away.
The plural ragai is also a demonstrative Pronoun ; often, with the
personal Article, iragai, those. Dual iragera, ragera ; Trial iragetol,
ragetol.
3. Interrogative Pronouns.
The Nouns sei, sava, with Personal Articles make isei who ? sin-
gular, irasei who ? plural ; irosei who ? of a woman, irarosei of women ;
with the demonstrative Article o sava what 1
(a) Sei represents the name, not the person himself ; isei ? really
asks what is that person's name ? To ask a name is not o sava nasa-
sana ? what is his name, but isei nasasana ?
(b) Sava is shewn a Noun by the question na-savama ? your what ?
of a part of the body or a relative. Person's names being names of
things, the Personal Article with sava asks a person's name ; i sava?.
who ? iro sava ? who ? of a woman.
Sava becomes sa ; o sa ? what 1
4. Indefinite Pronouns.
The Nouns sei and sava also make Indefinite Pronouns ; isei, ira-
sei some one, some persons, o sava some, any, thing.
A word which is also a numeral, tea, is also an indefinite Pronoun,,
some, any.
The distributive val expresses c each.'
There are no Relative Pronouns ; care must be taken lest an In-
definite be used as Relative.
XV111 SHORT GRAMMAR
VI. POSSESSIVES.
These are Nouns taking the suffixed Personal Pronouns, and used
with Nouns that do not take Pronouns suffixed (see Nouns 1.) to
express the possessive relation. The meaning of the Possessive
Noun is ' a- thing belonging.'
The Possessives are no, mo, ga, ma.
(a) The difference between no and mo is that no means a thing
that has come into possession from without, while mo is that which
belongs because of the action of the possessor, a person's because it is
his doing ; anoma, tania apeniko, we van tna ; amoma, tama ko me ge.
This distinction is important.
(b) A closer relation is signified by </a, very often of food, but by
no means with an original connexion with eating ; gak o qatia an
arrow to shoot me with ; gan o wena rain got for him by a charm.
(c) ma is of things drunk or chewed for the juice.
(d) To all of these a 4. is very commonly prefixed.
(e) Any of these Possessives with Article and suffixed Pronoun,
in form a pure substantive, answers to 'mine,' 'thine,' 'his,' 'hers,'
etc. ; nanok, nagana, etc. Similarly with the Interrogative ; nanon-
sei iloke ? nanok ; Whose is this '? Mine.
VII. ADJECTIVES.
1. Words which are qualifying terms are commonly used in the
form of Verbs ; but some can be used without Verbal particles,
following the qualified word ; inia mantagai, small house, tanun
liwoa big man. Nouns when used to qualify follow simply ; ima
vat, stone house.
2. Some words are marked as Adjectives by special terminations ;
these are
ga; often formed from Nouns, wuwuai dust, wuwuaga dusty.
Sometimes the ending is iga ; mamasaiga dry.
ra; as in ligligira fluid, from ligiu.
ta ; as mamanigata ulcerous, from maniga.
More rare are sa and la.
3. Adjectival Prefixes. The prefixes tna and ta are common in
words which can fairly be called Adjectives ; taniniga straight,
matoltol thick ; and these are the same which are applied to Verbs ;
see Verbs.
4. Comparison. Degrees of comparison are shewn by Prepositions
and Adverbs ; we poa nan bigger ; we poa aneane very big, biggest.
A positive statement implies a comparison ; iloke we wia this is
the best ; iloke we ivia, Hone we tatas, this is good, that is bad, i. e.
this is better than that.
See also matai 2. good, mala 2. ill, mano, vara 6. rather, tur 3.
very, and sokorai, parasiu, matig 3., mere, man 3.
VIII. VERBS.
Almost any word, an Exclamation, an Adverb, is used as a Verb
si i OUT GRAMMAR xix
with Verbal Particles prefixed ; but some words are naturally
as being names of actions not things.
Verbal Pnrln-h-x n>mn before the Verb, written separate from it.
They are 1. Temporal, 2. Modal.
1. Tetiipond Particles; we, me, te, ti.
(a) There is no strict sense of time in we, only so far as that the
action is not regarded as past or future. The time, if necessary in
a narrative, having been marked by me, past, or te, future, is carried
on with we.
(b) Past time is marked by me ; with the addition of the Adverb
veta to signify a completed action. But me is used of the future
already realized as if past.
(c) The Future is given by te. This is used in narration of things
past, but future at the time when the action narrated took place.
Time is not in view when te is used of things regarded as sure to
happen. The adverb anaisa is used to give a decided future.
(d) Ti is a particle of continuity, succession, and so commonly
used in narration. It has no strictly temporal force.
2. Modal Particles; qe, ta.
These are conditional, potential, optative, subjunctive ; ta having
rather a potential and optative character.
3. There is another Particle ti used with Verbs, but not such a
Verbal Particle as the preceding. It follows the Verb. This, if the
word be one, has three uses, (a) It throws back the time, so as to
make a pluperfect, (b) It gives a sense of incompleteness to the
action described, (c) It mitigates the directness or harshness of a
request or command. See ti 2, 3, 4, 5.
4. Verb's are used without Verbal Particles, (1) in the Imperative,
(2) in a subjoined clause, (3) in the Negative, and (4) after certain
adverbs.
(1) In the Imperative the simple Verb is enough ; but it is common
to use the Pronouns na, ka, ni, nina, nara, kara. After kamam the
preposition a is introduced. For the 2nd person in the Dual, ura,
ivura, in the Trial tol, in the Plural tur, precede the verb.
A Negative Imperative is made by the use of pea 1, a verb in form
and meaning, to be not or nothing ; so ni pea, let it not be, and ura
pea, tol pea, tur pea, do not you two, or you three, or you.
(2) In stories, kakakae, also the 3rd pronoun is used without a
verbal particle ; neira totoga, tawan ni uwa.
(3) In a Negative sentence with gate, tete, though verbal particles
appear to be wanting, there is no doubt that ga and te are such
particles, and that the negative force resides in the final te. The
conditional optative particles qe, ta, also precede tete.
(4) There is no verbal particle after qara, qale, kere, teve.
5. Suffixes to Verbs.
There are certain terminations which, when suffixed to neuter
verbs or verbs active in a general way, make them definitely
transitive, or determine the action upon some object. These tran-
XX SHORT GRAMMAR
sitive, definitive, determinative, terminations are 1. Consonantal, 2.
Syllabic.
The Consonantal g, t, v, r, s, n, n, are suffixed to verbs ending in a
Towel ; e.g. manag, mavat, sorav, kokor, kokos, raun, tiqan.
The Syllabic suffixes are ag, gag, tag, vag, rag, sag, mag, mag, lag,
'nag, nag ; e.g. taliag, vanogag, altag, sirvag, matarag, maraesag, saro-
mag, anumag, gasolctg, tigonag, lilnag.
A second termination vag is distinct from these ; the separable
vag, which may be suffixed to the verb or separated from it, and
may always be translated by ' with ' ; neira me matevag o vuru they
died with, or of, a cough ; iragai me mate veta nan vag o vuru those
who have already died in numbers with a cough.
Two adverbs are written as suffixes ; vitag because i is dropped,
as toavtag for toa vitag, and reag by habit only.
6. Prefixes to Verbs.
These are Caustive, Eeciprocal, of Condition, and of Sponta-
neity.
The Causative is va, sometimes vaga. It may be affixed to almost
any verb, but it is common to use na, ge, make, with the same sense.
From Causative va the verb va to go, used as auxiliary, must be
distinguished.
The Reciprocal is var. This sometimes (compare Fiji vei) does
not convey reciprocal but combined action ; o reremera we var-rara-
rao children crying all at once.
The prefixes of Condition, ma, ta, are those mentioned under the
head of Adjectives, and make of verbs something like participles ;
sare to tear, masare torn ; wosa 2. to burst, tawosa burst. To these
may be added sa 2.
Prefixes of Spontaneity are tava, tav, tapa, and less common tama>
tawa.
7. Impersonal Verbs.
There are some Verbs which are regularly used without a Nomin-
ative, vivtig, rakut, vide, tama.
8. Eefiective Verbs.
The Adverb kel, back, describes a reflected action ; ni me ge mate
kelua, he killed himself.
9. Voice.
The Verb names the action or condition without regard to Voice
as Active or Passive ; neira me taur paso o ima they have built the
house ; o ima me taur veta the house is built.
10. Reduplication.
Verbs, like Nouns, are reduplicated in three ways ; by (1)
repetition of the first syllable, (2) of the first syllable closed by the
succeeding consonant, (3) of the whole word ; e.g. pute, to sit,
pupute, putpute, putepute. The force of (1) is generally continu-
ance, of (2) intensification, of (3) repetition. Each form admits of
repetition ; o aka me salesalesale sasasaleihe canoe drifted and drifted
and drifted on.
SHORT GRAMMAR XXI
IX. ADVERBS.
Place and Time are generally conceived as the same. The native
mind has place constantly in view, and by Adverbs and Particles,
such as ke, ne, met, at, continually directs the action.
Words which serve as Adverbs are some of them Nouns with
Prepositions, as vea, avea, where ; naisa, anaisa, when. Past time
is shewn by nn before inn'*", w>m, '///;/, risa.
The Negative tagai is a Noun.
X. PREPOSITIONS.
These may be divided into Simple and Compound.
1. Simple. Some are certainly Nouns, pe, ma, me, lo, which though
used simply are commonly used in compound form.
Locative ; a, pe,, lo.
Motion; to, i, sur, yoro ; from, nan.
Dative; mu, mun.
Intrumental ; mun, nia.
Relation ; ta, men, ma, pe.
The locative a, at, is often used where in English 'from' would
be used, the place in the native mind being that at which the motion
starts ; ni me van ma avea? a Mota, where did he come from?
from Mota.
Goro adheres to the Verb, not, like other Prepositions, to the Noun
it governs.
Nan, nia, like the English ' from,' ' with,' can come at the end of a
sentence.
Ta in ordinary use refers to the place to which a person or thing
belongs ; o tanun ta M.ota, o vavae ta M.ota, man or speech of
Mota ; we vava ta M.ota speak Mota ; o ta M.ota a Mota person.
The word is no doubt originally a Noun. It is sdmetimes used, as
in other languages, as a Preposition of simple reference, but only in
compound expressions, as lesles-ta-gasuwe, pun-ta-ligas.
2. Compound. These are Nouns, (some of which are in use also as
simple Prepositions) compounded with simple Prepositions. From
pe ; ape, ipe, tape ; from ma, me ; ama, ame, ima, ime, tama, tame;
from lo; alo, ilo, talo.
Of which it should be observed that they are shewn to be Nouns
by (1) the use of a Preposition before them ; (2) by their taking
sometimes a suffixed Pronoun, as apena, as commonly in neighbouring
tongues ; (3) by the absence of the Article after them. By my side
is ape kikik, not ape na kikik ; in his garden cannot be alo na tuqena
but alo tuqena. The construction of pe kikik and lo tuqena
is that of two nouns in possessive relation. But it is admissible
to say ape nanok siopa, ape nagak sinaga, where the possessive nouns
have the article ; nanok, nagak being explanatory of the character of
siopa and sinaga. When ape, alo, are used as Adverbs the Article
is naturally in place.
Many words, consisting of Nouns with simple Prepositions, are
XX11 SHORT GRAMMAR
taken as Compound Prepositions ; rather because they are translated
by English Prepositions ; vunai the upper side, avune above ;
lalanai the under side, alalane under. Thus also with other
Prepositions, ivune, tavune, ilalaue, talalane ; and, with the Noun
vatitnai, alovatitne, ilovatitne, talovalitne. In these instances the
Noun is one which has a construct form ; but it is the same with
words like vaivo and lele, the upper and inner parts, making avawo f
ivawo, tavawo f alele, ilele, talele. Other words, though translated by
an English Preposition, retain the form of Noun and Preposition ; a
pan pei beside the water, a tavala pei beyond the water, panel,
tavalai. These Nouns also serve as Prepositions themselves ; vune>
vawo, lele, ima ; pan pei, tavala pei.
XI. CONJUNCTIONS.
Copulative >a, pa. Adversative pa, nava. Connective nan.
Disjunctive si. Conditional si. Illative si.
A mark of quotation is wa. The same sound wa is also ' lest/
' Until ' is gai. To express cause the noun manigiu is used.
Where the Conjunction ' and ' is used in English, the Noun ta 4. is
often employed, almost entirely where persons are in view.
XII. NUMERALS.
The numeral system is imperfectly decimal ; all numbers above
ten are expressed in tens, but the series of independent numerals
reaches only to five, the digits of the first hand. For the second
hand there is a prefix of lavea.
1. Cardinals.
1 tuwale. 6 laveatea.
2 rua. 7 lavearua.
3 tol, tolu. 8 laveatol.
4 vat. 9 laveavat.
5 tavelima. 10 sanavul.
To rita, tol, vat, and sometimes to tuwale, the Verbal Particle ni is
prefixed. All may appear in the form of Verbs, with the various
Verbal Particles.
For the units above tens the Noun numei is used ; twelve,
sanavul tuwale o nuiaei nirua.
A hundred is melnolj the sum above the hundred avaviu ; thus a
hundred and thirty-two, melnol vatuwale, o avaviu sanavul tol, o
numei nirua. A thousand is tar.
2. Ordinals.
The Cardinals with substantival termination form Ordinals ; the
second, third and fourth taking the multiplicative vaya, or va, instead
of ni, and a being dropped from lavea.
1st 6th laveteai.
2nd varuei, vagaruei. 7th laveruai.
3rd vatoliu, vagatoliu. 8th lavetoliu.
4th vavatiu, vagavatiu. 9th lavevatiu.
5th tavelimai, vagatavelimai. 10th sanavuliu.
SHORT GRAMMAR XXI 11
There is no Ordinal in the first place ; moai is first ; hundredth
is nielitoliana'.
In numbers above tens and hundreds the Ordinal goes with the
numei or avaviu which comes last ; sanavul rua o numei varuei,
twenty-second ; mdnol vagarua o avaviu varuei, two hundred and
second ; melnol vatuwale o avaviu sanavul rua o numei varuei
hundred and twenty-second.
3. Multiplicative* are formed with the Causative vaga, va : vaya-
tmc<tle, vatuwale once, vagasanavid ten times.
4. Descriptive Prefixes precede Numerals when certain objects are
counted ; pul 9, saye 4, sogo 3, tur or tira 2, taqa 3, tal 5, sorako,
pepe 3, roivo 4, raka 3 ; for the meaning of which see the Dictionary.
The word visa, how many ? so many, is treated as a Numeral ; ni
insa, raga visa, pul visa.
XIII. DIALECTS.
The language tends to divide into two dialects, the one resembling
the language of Motalava, the other that of Meralava. In the ring
of settlements which lies between the clitfs and peak of Mota the
division is most clearly marked between Maligo and Veverau. To-
the Veverau people the speech of Maligo sounds ' thin,' as that of
Motalava ; to the Maligo people that of Veverau sounds ' thick,' as
that of Meralava. The two dialects, which are confused in the
language in literary use, are distinguished in the Dictionary by V.
and M. The use of i and u, g and iv, respectively, is characteristic.
In Veverau g at the end of a word is sounded i, mantai for mantagj-
and thus the transitive suffix g of Verbs becomes i, a cause of some
confusion, as rnsai for rusag, sokoi for sokog. There is also a certain
difference in Vocabulary ; from which tlie Maligo people call the
Veverau people, and those who speak like them, ira we nao; and
these call the others ira we tdk.
XIV. UN WORDS.
Those who are connected by marriage cannot use words or parts of
words which are the names or parts of names of those so connected
with them. There are therefore certain words which take the place
of those which in most common usage have to be avoided. To use
these words is to vava viro, galiga or unj in the Dictionary they ara
marked as ' un words.'
MOTA DICTIONARY
A.
A, 1. pers. pr. 3. sing, suffixed as
object to v. and prep.; him,
her, it.
A, 2. simple prep., locative ; at ;
before inf. v. to ; before 1st,
2nd pi. imper. as " are to " ; in
idiomatic use, from ; ma avea ?
ma a Moto, where from ? from
Mota ; me masu a wine tangae,
fell from off a tree ; me ilo o
aka a mateniia, saw a ship
from the cliff. Used before
the names of places, Arao, a
Rao. Forms compound prep.
avune, on, &c.
A, 3. v. to dash, fly swiftly ; o tika
ti a.
A, 4. pref. to (1) some verbs and
(2) some nouns, without mean-
ing. (1) anig, awd ; perhaps
in this v. p. of Anaiteum, &c.
(2) anok, aavik, aimak, atuqek ;
perhaps art. of Fiji, &c.
A, 5. term, of verbal n.j galea,
matea.
A, 6. interj. in combination, are!
aivo! &c.
Aavi, (k) ay, fire, with a 4 ; aavin-
sei ? whose fire ? aavik, mine.
Ae, 1. adv. without meeting any-
~ A thing ; ilo ae, fail to see ; sike
ae, seek in vain ; nime van ae
inau alo imak ; masu ae, fall
clear.
2. v. ae kalo, climb without
obstacle ; o Ian ni ae ni ae,
may the wind blow without
harming anything.
Ag, tr. term, of v.
Agfa, 1. (k) poss. n., a 4. and
ga 1.
Aga, 2. excl. no ! not finished !
aga I gale toga.
Agavig, [a 2.] far off ; gavig.
Ai, [a 3.] rush, dash, of wind, or
tika ; probably ag M.
Aia, 1 . adv. [a 2.] there ; see ia 3.
2. excl. of assent, that's it !
that's right !
Aka, (k) canoe ; aka paspa&au,
with plank sides. Fiji, waqa ;
Mao. waka ; Sam. va'a ; Bou-
ru, ivaga, waa ; Amboyna, ha-
ka ; Ponape, iva.
A canoe is hewn out, we tara o
aka ; in shaping the hull, tti-
riai, the tree trunk is cut with
sideways strokes, ari, on the
outside, and hollowed inside
with straight strokes, pari.
The two ends are shaped alike,
the hollow part under the bows
or stern being the qanqanai ;
the upper part of each end
MOTA DICTIONARY
being decked with a taqava.
Upon the hull is built, pasau,
the bulwarks of plank, irav,
me tara mun o lakae, we was-
was lue mun o nurnuriaka,
shaped (in old times) with the
shell adze and bored at ' the
edge with a shell ; these holes
in the planks and trunk are
matewas, and we vil o irav
ape turiai mun o ga^in ape
matewas, a lashing of sinnet
passes through them. A stag-
ing of rods of hibiscus covers
the two ends upon the
bulwarks, we las o qeaqea varu.
At the two extremities of the
hull double horns, tikataso, of
gasur, are made fast, to work
the steering paddle, turwose,
in, which is tied in place with
the ga-ta-wose. The outrigger,
sama, is connected with the
canoe by three yokes, iwatia,
the ends of which are made
fast, vil, to pegs, of m'ra wood,
the pisvatoto, driven into the
outrigger. The free ends of
the two outer yokes, iivatia
mot, pass under the stages,
qeaqea, and are made fast to the
bulwarks, we ml ape irav ; the
free end of the middle yoke is
not tied fast, we risa gap.
The outrigger is thought
always to be on the left of the
canoe, the open side of which
is the gatae; the outrigger
has its corresponding gatae.
The sail, epa, is carried by two
spars ; the longer the mast,
turgae, the shorter the boom,
pane ; these altogether make
the gapan. The forked butt,
kere turgae, of the mast rests
on the "middle yoke, iivatia,
is not made fast, we pute gap
gate rot; the forked butt of
the boom, kere pane, lies in
the same way on the kere
turga e. T h e mast is supported
by shrouds, tal, made fast to
the middle of the mast ; three
brought down to the end of
the middle iwatia, carried
under and wound to the pisi-a-
toto, and three to the base of
each outer iivatia mot ; these
are the tan-gae. The boom is
set to the open side of the
canoe, o pane te risa ape gatae,
leaning over ; it is supported
by two tal-pane, each fastened
to the iivatia mot where it
projects from the irav.
The sail, epa, is made of mats
woven by women, me vau innn
gavine gae, and sewn together
by men with a needle of tree
fern wood, or a ray's sting, and
hibiscus fibre, o mereata we
susur mun o gavaru, mun o
qalia o qasai apena, si o togo
var. It is laced, ritata, to the
turgae and pane with a small
line ; all is hoisted together,
we tape o epa, and when not
in use is folded with the lines
attached. The leech of the
sail above is the qat-matalava,
the belly the toqai, the part in
the angle below the kereto-
tovoi.
Al, 1. v. to move ; alial, move
from place to place ; al piro,
go quickly out of sight ; al
sea, change place. Sam. Po-
nape, alu ; Java, alik, move,
altag-, to go about in charge of.
Al, 2. n. a climbing arad, alu.
Alan, to make a speech, harangue.
Mao. karanga ; Sam. 'alaga.
Alalanana, adv. beneath ; a 2.
lalanai; na 3.
Alalane, [a 2.] under ; lalanai
constr.
MOT A DKTioXAIIV
3
Ale, v. to put yarn or tomago into
cocoa-nut sauce which lifts
been used for toape.
Aleale. a mountain shrub.
Aleg, to sing with a loud voice j
aleleg, as a man on a hill sings
to be heard below; aleg mat-
mateas, to sing on return from
dunning a man, so that he may
hear.
Alele, [a 2.] inside, only used
of a house.
Alena, [a 4.] bounty, bountiful,
bountifully ; lena.
Aliaga, [ga 5"] prickly with fine
spicules, like ton, togo, au ;
powdered as with spray dried
on ; sticky with garusa.
Alial, go about ; all.
Alig, to carry, as a bird food in
its beak.
Alivaw, [a 2.] in the open ;
//'/varu, a Mosina V.L. word.
Alo, 1. compound prep, in, on ; [a
2., lo] ; cannot be followed by
the art, na before governed n.
See Grammar.
2. adv. while, as ; alo Hone, while,
as that was going on, then.
Alo, 3. to steer with the stroke
paddle, without a steering
paddle, turwose ; alo goro, to
change the paddle to the other
side for steering. Sam. alo,
to paddle ; Motu KG. fcaZo,
N.B. ivalu; Lifu, galu, to
paddle.
Alo, 4. v. stem of alov, alovag ;
probably Sam. alo, to fan.
Alo ilone, compound adv.
while, then.
Alolona, compound adv. there-
in ; loloi.
Alomasalepei, measure of
length ; from breastbone to
finger-end.
Alotne, alo tine, in the midst of.
Alov, \_alo 4.] to obtain mana
from a //; /'< "/< //"/< <> mi,
wa tama o vui ive ma-nagia.
Alova, interj. really! is it so?
lova.
Alovag, [alo 4.] beckon to, in-
vite, greet, by signs.
Alovatitnai, [alo 1.] comp.
adv. in the midst, vatitnai.
Alovatitne, comp. prep, in the
midst of, amid.
Alpiro, [al 1.] to move so o f uickly
as to cheat the sight, piro.
Alqp?i, a swallow; always on the
move [al 1.] till night, qon.
Altag, [al 1.] of movement
directed to an object [tag 2.],
go in charge, look alter ; ni
we gopa, isei gate altagia ;
followed by goro, to go about
looking after with a view to
protection ; thence in new use
to shepherd.
Alu, a climbing arad, monstera ;
alu also in Ysabel ; called
no-al from its leaves.
Am, to nibble with the lips, not
teeth ; tama we amiam o nai
nan o vai ; am ilo, taste with
lips ; am nolonolo, to swallow
food unchewed.
Ama, 1. [a 4.] (k) poss. n. ma 1. ;
of a thing to drink or suck.
Ama, 2. [ 2.] comp. prep, ma
2. ; (1) with ; used only with
suffixed 3rd pers. pr. amaia
with him or her; amaira,
with them ; and 2nd sing.
amaiko, with thee. (2) _by
force of a 2. from, from with.
(3) amaia, a man's wife, the
woman with him ; ?wm amaia
wa, then said his wife. (4)
also used in place of poss.
o gasal amaiko, amaia, your,
his, knife.
Amam, to deceive.
Amaran, [a 2.] to-morrow, at
light, maran.
MOTA DICTIONARY
Ame, [a 2.] comp. prep, see me.
Amen, with suff. pr.?i 2. ; with, and
by idiom under a 2. from
him, her ; so also,'amenA;amam
with us, excl. amen kara, rara,
Jcamiu, kamurua, katol, Jcam-
tol, ratol, with us two, them
two, you two, us three, you
three, them three. See me.
Amenau, with, from, me ; o qoe
amenau, my pig.
Amenina, with, from, us, incl.
Amenara, with, from, us two,
incl.
Amenarua, with, from, us two,
incl.
Amenatol, with, from, us three,
incl.
Amenra, with, from, them, ra 1.
Amera, with, from, them, ra 1.
Amo, (k) (a 4.) poss. n. mo ; some-
thing of one's own doing.
Amoa, [a 2.] before, first ; moai.
An, same as ane 2.
Ana, [a 2.] pref. in adverbs of
time, giving sense of past time ;
as in Pol.
Auai, (k) one belonging to person,
family, place ; perhaps Mai.
anak ; Malag. zanaka ; Mac-
assar, Bugis, ana. o tanun
anai, a man of the place, not
a visitor ; o tanun anak, a
man of mine ; anan vanua,
the man of the place, the
fighting man, tanun vavakae.
The termination in melnola-
nai, paspasoanai, vunvuna-
nai, is the same word.
Ananora, adv. yesterday.
Ananaisa, adv. when? in past
time, thereafter.
Anapup, [a 2.] at the further end
of the house, pup ; na probably
the article.
Anaqarig, [a 2. na 5.] to-day,
when of past time, lately.
Anarisa, [a 2. na 5.] adv. the
. day before yesterday ; anarisa
siwo, the day before that.
Anatano, [a 2. na 1.] on the
ground, tano, below.
Ane, 1. to surpass.
Ane, 2. to press, stamp, in ; me
ane o lot yita ! the nai is
pressed into the lot, it in
finished.
maaneane, trampled, as a wet
place.
Aneane, [ane 1.] adv. much, very,
exceedingly.
Anian, [an] met. to be urgent,
pressing ; as in forbidding.
Anig-, [a, 4.] to build a nest, nig.
Anika, ex. indeed !
Ano, (k) [a 4.] poss. n. no, some-
thing belonging.
Anor, 1 . [a 4.] to stir up to ill-
feeling, excitement ; nor.
Anor, 2. poss. with suff. pr. r 2.
their.
Anqis, [a?i] met. one upon whom
refusal or prohibition makes
no impression ; qis.
Anu, 1. n. a sedge with cutting
edges. 2. met. of annoyance,
irritation, hatred ; anuanu,
to feel annoyance ; loloanit,
ill-feeling.
anu?nag > , tr. v. annoy, irritate,
worry.
Anus, 1. v. to spit. 2. n. spittle.
3. n. the lungs. Sam. anu ;
Motu N.G., kanudi.
An, same as am below.
A?ia, to shoot up ; o sul vetal we
ana lue nan o tano, a banana
sucker springs out of the
ground. Malag. anga, lifted
up.
Anaisa, [a 2.] adv. when ? in the
future, hereafter ; natsa.
, [ano] becoming yellow,
as a white thing sinking iu
the sea. ra 4.
Ani, a?iia?i, a?iani, to loom large
DICTIONARY
5
on the horizon ; as the ful
moon rising ; as a full loade
canoe goes out of sight, m
munii r<tn lo ! me sogon till
ho\v big she looms, laden
enough to sink her.
maaniani, met. of dizziness, <
n<i<>i ti maaniani.
A?iis, impers. v. probably tr. ani
suit, please ; me anisia ape
mainmunti, work came handy
to him, he liked work.
Afio, 1. n. turmeric, Fij. cago
Sam. ago; Pouape, ong.
2. v. to be yellow; o vula ti ano r
the moon is turning yellow
towards setting ; o maran t
a no, the morning dawns
yellow.
a?ioano, adj. yellow in colour.
Ape, 1. comp.^prep. [a 2.], see pe;
of relation and place ; at, by,
for, in reference to, about,
because of ; no article after it
before the object ; ni ive
tigotigo ape ranona, he uses a
stick for his leg.
The same as if adv. because, ni
we tigotigo ape na ranona me
malate ti, he uses a stick
because his leg was broken.
Ape, 2. constr. apei.
Ape, 3. v. to be quiet, subdued, to
come quietly; naapena tama
tue rono, ti ape ma, he seems
in low spirits he comes so
quietly; loloape, submissively.
apes, v. tr. to jeer at, so as to
make ape 3.
Apeape, adv. [ape 3.] quietly,
submissively.
Apei, (k) constr. ape, something
within a man which is the
seat of feeling ; o apei we mas,
this sinks, falls, when one is
tired; na we mule mun o apei
we sov gese, I go with con-
fidence ; naapek we marayai,
this within me trembles, I sun
shy.
From the constr. ape the follow-
ing words :apegalo, shame,
ashamed, <jl<> ; n/wkiria, thu
feeling of shrinking, with
awe, kiria ; apemaragai, shy,
shyness, shame, maragai ;
apemot, fatigue, weary, mot
2. ; apemulemule, with spirit
refreshed, mule 2. ; aperig,
humble, meek, without pre-
sumption, rig 2. ; aperono,
listlessness, inert, rono ; ape-
sov, confidence, with mind at
rest, sov.
Apen, a form of ape 1. which
shows pe n. ; used before a
personal n. or pr. Ko me
kakakae apensei? apen Qat?
Apen irara qa tana Ro Lei.
About whom are you telling a
story ? about Qat ? Yes, about
him and Ro Lei.
Apena, 1. ape 1. with suff. pr. na,
showing pe n. ; with regard to
it, at it, beside it, about it. 2.
in use as adv. there ; o sinaga
tea apena ? apena gina, is
there any food ? There is.
Apera, with regard to persons,
ape 1. ra 1. ; conf. apena.
Apes, [ape 3.] as above ; isei qe
masu o sul we apesia, when
any one falls people jeer at
him, he feels small, loloape.
Apesa, [ape 1.] what for, why ? sa
for sava.
Apula, (k) [a 4.] poss. n. a pro-
perty, pulai.
Aqaga, white ; agaga les, white
like the underside of leaves.
Aqarig, [a 2.] to-day, soon ; qarig.
Aqit, [a 2.] far off, qit.
Aqo, 1. to wash the lace and head.
Fl. opo, to wash.
Aqo, 2. to break off the soft end
of a yam in digging it ; me gil,
6
MOTA DICTIONARY
we nonom si me qeresa veta,
we gisir, we ave nan o tano ;
nava gate qeresa, ti aqo, the
digging is clone, you think
that the end of the yam is
clear, you push your fingers
under and raise it from the
earth; but it was not clear at
the tip, it breaks short off.
Aqou, excl.of astonishment; aqou!
gate patau we lin. lana ti, oh !
what heaps of bread-fruit
lying about !
Ar, 1. n. currents in the sea be-
tween Mota and Gaua ; ar
Gaua, carries to Gaua ; ar
lama and ar matalo, carries
away to sea ; same as gar 5.
N.B. al.; Motu N.G., am;
Mai. arm, current.
Ar, 2. v. 1. to pull to pieces, strip ;
ar o ima, pull a house to
Eieces ; ar o tou, strip the
;aves off sugar-cane ; when a
tusked pig is killed they ar
him ; a man's own son, ti ar
navarana, pulls at his heart,
because he thinks so anxiously
about him. 2. neuter, to come
to pieces ; o par on me ar, the
male blossom of the pandanus
has fallen apart ; met. see
parou.
Ara, 1. v. 1. to drive away, chase,
follow up. 2. keep off.
Ara, 2. iriterj. addressed to a
person, ara ! pa o sa ?
Ararovag, adv. lengthways ; aro-
vag ; tano ararovag, place in-
to which a thing is put end
on.
Aras, [a 2.] adv. afar ; rasu ; makes
superlative.
Are, interj. expressing pain, grief.
Areare, n. loud crying ; adv.
loud ; probably are !
Arelau, 1. n. a lizard, tachydroma,
on the beach, lau.
Arelau, 2. a pain in the back
caused by staying on the
beach, lau.
Aresag, to scoff at, make game of,
annoy.
Aresaro, to ask a thing back.
Ari, to cut with sideways strokes
in shaping the outside of a
canoe. N.B. arik, split.
Arike, admire, covet, desiderate,
repine as when another suc-
ceeds, or when one has missed
a shot ; with ape prep.
Aris, to choose the best ; probably
ar 2. determ.; the thing ti
aris ineia, therefore he
chooses it.
Arisa, [a 2.] adv. the day after
to-morrow; risa.2.; arisa si-
wo, the day after that ; arisa
talavano.
Arivtag, [ 2.] adv. near, nearly ;
rivtag,
Aro, a tree of which bows are
made.
Aromea, a fish.
Arcm, to do again and again, as a
crowd begging.
Arosa, hoarse ; nalmansei ti aro-
sa. Jav. garok, hoarse.
Arovag, to insert, put in length-
ways, end on ; o tano amrovag,
the opening above the door-
way through which the lash-
ing of the door is inserted.
a tano-ararovag, adv. end on.
Artow, a tree.
Aru, the casuarina tree ; has a
sacred character ; hence, tano
aruaru, a sacred place with
arn trees, and the cry in
varowog of v-awo am !
aru lama, branching coral, gor-
gonia.
Arupata, very big ; gate tanun
we arupata. Motu N.G. l>ad,
large.
Arvau, a kind of pandanus.
MOT A DICTIONARY
As, 1. v. to pierce, stab, prick.
Sam. "//.
As, 2. n. smoke, asu.
As, 3. n. a convolvulus, ipomcea,
As, 4. n. (k) a song ; the suff. pr.
shows the person about whom
the song is made : Tursal me
la ra, Lelena ti; naasin L.
nake, natowon T., Tursal made
a song about Lelena ; it is
Lele?ia's song, Tursal's compo-
sition. M;il tig. (Ot/.sc, singing.
Asa, to rub ; so to wash with
rubbing.
asag, detenu, to rub some-
thing.
asan, intens. to rub hard, rub
into shreds ; anan o tapia, rub
the platter clean.
asania, adj. o Ian osama, a
strong wind that rubs leaves,
&c. together and shreds them.
Asasor, begin to turn colour,
a KOI:
Asasura, smoky, asu ; ra 4.
Asau, [a 2.] adv. far off, afar, aloof.
asauna, a distant object, as
fruit at end of branch, a man
aloof from crowd.
Ase, [a 4.] to separate, take
apart ; reamcwn me cise masa-o,
we took the space of time by
itself, i. e. between squalls, to
cross.
aseg, divide in portions, separ-
ate and allot.
aserag-, to separate ; asease
wut, to search for lice, separat-
ing the curls of hair.
Asiasi, v. to roll up loko in toape
in lengths.
Askov, to dive as a bird for fish;
met. of one who has boasted
and been killed, ni we (je
askov ineia.
Aso, v. not to meet, miss, of
points and ends ; tavaaw, to
slip out of place or joint,
In fa ; ///V(,so, to go round
without meeting or touching ;
r<n-!<ixt>, t<> fail to meet, the
one thing the other ; as when
a joint is dislocated the bones
each fail to meet the other,
vat".
Asoa, to produce abundantly, of
a garden.
Ason, \a 4.1 to deceive, son.
Asor, [ct 4.J to turn colour in get-
ting ripe, sor ; said only of
bread-fruit.
Asosoxnag, [a 4.] to pack tight,
.so.so.
Aspul, adj. dark, of a cloud ; like
smoke of puL
Astega, adj. very black.
Asu, 1. n. smoke. Mao. au; Sam.
N.G., Tagal, am; Mai. .*</>.
2. v. to smoke as fire, to go up
as smoke.
Asuasu, said of a canoe running
swiftly, o oka we asuasu sage,
salilina, runs up ashore in
smoking surf.
Asui, o ami we tatcmo, smoke so
thick in a house that nothing
can be seen ; said also of fat,
sleek pig.
Asur, excl. truly ! same as sur,
tamr, used at Tasmate.
At, adv. of direction from the
speaker, outward, forward.
Pol. Mel. atn.
at aia, thither.
Ata, male ; as in mereata, mr<t
ata.
Atai, (k) the soul ; properly some-
thing distinct from the man
with which he thought him-
self peculiarly connected, in
which his personality re-
flected ; it might be snake or
stone ; not a thing in which
he thought his soul was con-
tained. Not new in the met.
8
MOTA DICTIONARY
sense of soul. Mao. ata, a
reflected image ; Sam. ata,
shadow ; Motu N.G. vata,
ghost.
Atalia, adv. about, tal.
At ana, to become encrusted with
a peculiar enamel.
ata?iavag, o lasa ti atanavag o
gea, the drinking cup gets
enamelled with the kava.
Ate, 1. to turn the face, direct the
look, ate kalo, look up ; ate
kelkel, look about ; ate Ian,
turn the face upwards as to
heaven, Ian ; ate lilin, turn
the head on one side ; ate lue,
turn the face over the shoulder ;
ate ris, turn the face another
way ; ate siuorua, talk with
heads together, sino ; ate
vatut, look with the head
straight up ; ate wot, look
with the head rising out of
something ; ate wutui, look
out with the head only ap-
pearing ; atevtag, turn the
face away and leave, vitag;
ate tivtag nan, turn from with
rejection; ate qolilin, to hold
the head on one side. Tanua
N.H. ate teling, turn the ear.
Ate, 2. to visit, go and see ; ate
pain, see under ateate.
atev, to visit; vaatev, visit after
goto.
Ateate, the visiting with presents
of one who makes a hole, when
he ceases to goto; the proper
day, o tur qon ateate, or tur
ateate, is the eve of the kole ;
but on the day before is a
private view, ate pain.
Atenoroa, [ate 1.] to sit quiet ;
met. like a roa, a turret uni-
valve that goes very slowly.
Atu, 1. adv. outwards, forwards, at.
Atu, 2. to give single strokes in
drumming while the other
performer is using both drum-
sticks ; met. of an ovenful of
food, some cooked, some not.
Au, 1. n. the bamboo ; au kalan^
a striped variety; au malum,
with softer substance ; an,
qalis, with small leaves ; an
vat, large strong kind.
au non Qat, a scallop shell.
Au, 2. v. to step, move on the
feet ; au getget, to hop ; au
ninit, go lightly, stealthily ;
au palatag, go at random; au
qalo ma sal, go with long
steps ; au qcdo vaon, with
short steps, met. from lengths
of bamboo, qalo au; au saksa-
kereivaka, with hasty careless
steps ; au tanmiga, go
straight on ; au tegteg, go on
tiptoe ; au valago, run ; au
vagorgor, with quick steps ;
au patpat, take very short
steps ; au sasaivuara, to pass
t>y.
Ausag, to fail in paying debts ;
shirk, put off payment.
Autegteg, [au 2.] go on tiptoe.
Av, 1. n. fire ; Pol. abi, afi ; Mai.
api ; Malag. afo ; met. as in
ruavsis, excessive.
2. a place, step, in the suqe.
Av, 3. n. a climbing plant, ga-av.
Av, 4. v. to strike flakes, shape by
so striking ; we av o mavin, o
wetov, strike flakes of obsi-
dian, glass-bottle. N.B. ap.
Av, 5. v. to pile, as stones for a
fence, to fence ; we av goro o
qoe, fence against a pig with
stones lightly piled ; we av
o wona, make a fish-fence, av
goro iga. Malag. avosa, heap ;
Motu N.G. ahitj to fence,
avaviu, what is piled ; see
below.
avtag, to throw in a heap.
Ava, 1. v. to miss the mark, make
MOT A DK.TInNAItV
u mistake, go wrong ; mud-
urn, appear to die but revive.
Ava, 2. n. a small stone amulet,
long, black, and thin.
Ava, 8. n. a mesh ;
ii-t- /ma ; o gene ape ml<>.-ir
tuwale apena ape gape we poa,
o ava we wiMiritii <jese.
Avarea, [a '2.] adv. outside the
house, in the m/v<(.
Avaviu, [tir 5.] in mum-ration the
sum above the hundreds ; 103,
melnul tuirnle <> nrnrin nitol ,*
130, o ava riii tunntnd tol.
Avawo, adv. [a 2.] above, upon,
vawo.
Avawosus, a measure of length ;
we r<>r<i a>'<nr<> M/.S, a fathom
measured from right breast,
sus, to fingers of left hand.
Ave, v. guide, direct, steer ; we
ave o nam alo qarann nan o
tano, move carefully a yam in
digging it.
averag, to draw.
Avea, [a 2.] adv. 1. where ? vea 1.
2. which, whether, in choice,
avea ko we inaros ? which do
you like ; tarn, avea, how.
Aveave, a tree, in V.L.
Averag, to draw down the bough
of a tree ; probably ave.
Avi, (k) fire, av 1. ; see aavi.
Avirik, the first stage in the suqe ;
avrig.
Avkete,to squat with one knee up.
Avlasolaso, adv. insecurely, so
as to slip ; taur avlasolaso,
without good hold, as a thing
too short to grasp well, or
slippery like a fish.
Avlava, [av 1.] the fire outside
the gamal ; the position of
one not yet in the suqe ; lava.
Avuag, to carry in the arm, on or
under, mnai.
Avne-wis, adv. standing on one
leg, as an owl, wis, stands
with the other tucked up
under his wing, avnag.
Avrig, the lowest, or one of the
lowest, ranks in the suqe, the
little fire.
Avtag, 1. to wave, toss as a
branch; wave the arm, throw-
ing it up, as in dances ; toss
out the nook in tishing ; to
throw underhand.
2. [ay 4.] to put in a heap one
thing on another, as yams
ready for planting.
Avtag, 3. to do the first part of a
mat, epa ; we qeteg vauvau>
we tig ; see vinit I.
Avtagataga, one of the lower
ranks, fires, in the suqe.
Avtapug, a fire, rank, in the
suqe ; of all ranks ; tapug.
Avtogo, to make compensation ;
ni me avtogo tnun o qoe, he
has given a pig in payment
for some one killed.
Avu, 1. to borrow.
Avu, 2. v. 1. to come out, as a
secret or piece of news ; o ga-
gas qaranis ti avu lue nan, the
steam comes out of the oven..
2. impers. to come as a habit ;
gate avu tiqa munia, qara les
ti, he has not yet got into the
way of it, he has only just
been admitted. 3. tr. v. to let
out, as a secret, or news,
avut, as below.
Avuai, (k) fluff, tomentum on
plants, scales on butterflies'
wings ; o ottnuri me sara nan
napanena.
avuaga, fluffy, downy, dusty;
met. misty, indistinct.
Avunana, [a 2.] adv. above ; n.
on him, her, it ; vunai.
Avune, [a 2.] 1. adv. on ; ni me
mas avune tangae, he fell
from a tree. 2. n. winai, in,
constr. with prep.
10
MOTA DICTIONARY
Avut, 1. [a 4.] take up, move,
vut ; avut raka, take up and
transplant.
Avut, 2. [avu 2.] 1. tr. cause to
move, attract, as by a charm ;
o sor me avutia, the sor has
attracted him ; a man has
made a charm by rubbing
sor, the crowd influenced by
the charm are attracted to
the feast. 2. the people thus
attracted, we avut, go all
together.
Avut, 3. when three men are at a
drum the middle one is said
to avut, the two outer to pcda ;
qatavuvut, the drumstick.
Awa, ex. in lamentation, sad
surprise.
Awatega, adj. clean.
Awisiga, [a 4.] budding into leaf,
ivisiu ; to come into leaf.
Awo, 1. cry of pain or grief ;
thence 2. v. to cry out in
pain or grief.
awon, to exclaim loudly at.
awosag, to cry with pain.
awoawo, to shout.
Awo, 2. to entice, as an eel from
its hole with a bait, or a sick
man out of his house with
promise of something nice.
Awo?i, 1. [awo 1.] as above.
Awo?i, 2. to steam over the fire
and straighten, as a reed.
Awosa, [a 4.] to cleanse, beating
with the hand, wosa, as a
dirty mat in salt-water, or
beating out dry dirt.
E.
;, 1. exclamation, of surprise,
denial, disapproval, calling a
person's attention; many com-
pounds :
ea ! of fear, deprecation.
ei I of refusal.
eke ! of surprise.
eo ! of disapproval.
eqa ! eqe ! eqei ! of astonish-
ment.
e ! si , doubt, disavowing ;
don' t know !
e we ! surprise.
e wun ! of doubtful assent,
wun.
E, 2. expletive added to ti ; man-
tagai ti e, yet a little.
Eleele, adj. high, lofty.
Epa, (k) constr. epe. 1. mat, piece
of matting, epa pepe%)e, mat in
which infants are carried, pepe.
2. sail of matting, o epa me vau
mun yavine yae, woven by
women ; o mereata ti susur,
sewn by men, mun o yavaru ;
mun o qatia o qasai apena,
with a tree-fern needle.
Ere, a kind of pandanus j the
leaves, no-ere, used for the
ridge thatching of houses.
Es, esu, live, life ; be in health ;
esu kel, recover health.
esuva, life, living, saving,
safety.
esuvag, live with, by.
Ete, to turn up the face, for ate ;
soeteete.
G.
This letter represents a guttu-
ral trill, never the hard (/. In V.
it is commonly replaced by w, and
at the end of a word is sounded as i.
G, tr. suffix to v.
Ga, 1. poss. n. (k) of close relation,
generally of food ; yak o qatia,
arrow to shoot me with ; na-
yak namatama, an expression
of endearment ; as yak taema,
of admiration. Fl. ga ; Fij.
ke; D.Y. Marsh, a; N.G.
Aroma, ya ; Kerep. a.
MOTA DICTIONARY
11
Ga, 2. constr. gae; common in
names of plants and trees
with fibrous bark.
Ga, 3. pref. of instrument or con-
dition.
Ga, 4. v. p. as in neg. gate. V.L.
ga, ge, ga; Lep. ga; Sta. C.
Lif. Mao. k<t ; Ul. a; used in
songs, charms, &c. Na ga
van, no, we vet row mini Lid
mame=nau we van, we vet
rowo.
Ga, 5. adj. term, as in Ar. Lep.
Mae. Bks. I. generally ga, g ;
Sol. I. generally ga, ha, 'a;
Fij. Sam. a; Motti N.G. ka.
Ga, 6. term, of verbal n.
Gaal, [ga 2.] creeping arad, alu.
Gaas, {ga 2.] 1. ipomoea, as. 2.
met. sinew, tendon.
gaastjona, ipomcea bona nox.
Gaav, [<ja 2.J creeper, ai\
Gae, constr. ga. 1. creeper, trailing
plant. 2. fibre, string made
from it. 3. tie, bond. 4.
bunch of banana or pandanus
fruit. Fij. wa.
met. o gae ni halo taniniga,
speaking of the rightful heir
of a property, isei o tag gan o
utag ; the vine runs straight.
Gaei, (k) bunch of banana or pan-
danus fruit.
Gaela, [gae] stringy, tough.
Gaereere, \ga 3. ere] contracted,
thin-waisted, like orange-leaf
or wasp.
Gag, v. suff. Fij. kaka; Marsh.
kake.
Gaga, n. v. crack.
gagagi, tr. break skin, wound.
Gagaega, [ga 5.] sticky.
Gagaganor, [nor] wantonly mis-
chievous, of bad disposition.
Gagagao, 1. [gagao] writhe, move
in water by arms, legs, ten-
tacles.
Gagagao, 2. \gao\ adv. smoothly ;
/;/ <j<i>ig<io, serve evenly with
sinnet.
Gagaleg, [g<de] practise upon
with charms so as to attract
or repel.
Gagalig, ascend, of smoke in
small volume from unseen
fire, o am me gagalig kalo.
Gagaliwo, the handle of a gete.
Gagalo, [galo 2.] weak, helpless.
Gagamaii, shake the head ; na-
gjntil: !>' <j<i<i<!inail vitag, I shall
reject by shaking my head.
Gagan, [gan 1.] to work upon the
skin so as to impress a mark,
make a sore ; me gagan tawa-
sis, has broken the skin.
Gaganag, to show, tell.
Gaganarag, [gatm] eat to excess,
confusedly.
Gaganor, [nor] mischievous.
Gagao, 1. throw about arms, legs,
tentacles, so to swim, of men,
nautilus, cuttle-fish, &c. Sam.
V an, swim.
Gagao, 2. stiff, straight ; o pisui
tuwale we gagao ; flat, o ima
we taqa gagao, a house with a
flatter gable than common ; o
malo we rasa gagao ; compare
vat-gao.
Gagapiag, to dun, demand ten-
aciously ; see next word.
Gagapiaga, [ga 3. piai, go,
5.] tenacious, glutinous, like
cooked sago.
Gagapior, shrug, back away in
refusal, restive.
Gagaqor, [ga 2. qor.] disturbed,
of the stomach.
Gagar, [gar] 1. to rake, scrape.
2. a rake. 3. to threaten.
Gagara, to itch.
Gagarag, [gara 1.] to scrape
away ; o gagarag lepa, a
scraper.
Gagarakae, [gara 2.] urgent,
urgently.
12
MOTA DICTIONARY
Gagaramamasa, [gara 2.] go
without food, fast.
Gagaramea, [gara 2.] to draw out
the tongue.
Gagarat, the itch, to have the
itch.
Gagareaga, getting light in
colour, of a bread-fruit mature.
Gagaro, clutch, tear at.
Gagaroro, [ga 3.] coming with
loud noise, roro 1.
Gagas, 1. rise in particles, as dust,
spray, steam. 2. annoy, pain.
gagasiu, what rises in particles,
gagas tano, dust ; gagas pei,
steam ; gagas nawo, spray.
Gagasir, diligent, diligently.
Gagasoag, impers. v. with goro,
to be fit to do anything, neira
gate gagasoag gorora Ini, they
could do nothing, from fatigue.
Gagasuwe, a mollusc, chiton.
Gagata, to scratch.
Gagatpoapoa, [gat] stutter, as if
chewing the words.
Gagauwa, sea-woodlouse.
Gagavu, thick, muddy, cloudy, of
water.
gagavug, to make thick, as
scent in the air.
Gagin-7wot, [ga 3. gin] said of
strong, successful men ; one
who grips and holds.
Gai, 1. demons, pr. see ragai ;
only used as sing, in voc. gai,
you fellow !
2. interj. giving emphasis.
Gai, 3. conj. till, until.
Gala, qualifying prefix.
Galamas, [ga 3.J beating, thrash-
ing ; the sound of it.
Galao, (k) left hand, left-handed.
Galaqar, [ga 3. laqa] a stone or
other object from which mana
springs out.
Galaqot, [ga 3. laqot] in a large
bundle, as arrows ; pul gala-
qot, take a large handful.
Galava, 1. [f/a 3. lava.] long last-
ing, everlasting. 2. [ga 2.] a
long creeper. 3. a kind of
ga/uro.
Galaveai, a swine-fish.
Galavetanun, a small man.
Galaviv, [viv 2.] whistle, sound
as wind blowing round a
point, voice close to the ear,
wind in a hole.
Gale, deceive, trick, lie.
galea, (k) deceiving, deceit,
being deceived ; . na galeana,
what deceived him.
galeg, practise upon, as with
charms, so as to deceive.
galesag, succeed in deceiving
one.
galeva, " deception, trickery,
temptation.
gale ilo, try, tempt.
Galean, adv. for a time, awhile.
Galesag ; see gale.
Galete, [ga 3. lete] shrink with a
curl, as wosoisoi, green wood,
underdone food.
gagalete, adv. with ends curv-
ing in ; ti kalokalo gagalete, of
geometer caterpillar.
Galeul, give money on first
pregnancy.
Galeva ; see gale.
Galewora, adv. for a short time,
after a short interval.
Galgalamemea, ruddy, reddish.
Galgalelan, a toy, windmill of
palm frondlets.
Galgalewatika, a blue star-fish
put on bananas to keep away
matika.
Galgaluanara, [rutra] blush,
flushing.
Galo, 1. v. to roll fibre on the thigh
into twine. Fl. galo, a line.
galo wetwet qoe, to roll with
one strand over another.
Galo, 2. feeble, depressed.
Galoi, to endeavour ; galoi lai t
MOT A DICTIONARY
13
persevere and succeed ; <il<>!
'iiinh'lii, ['nil in endeavour.
Galolo, tr. v. to turn round and
round, revolve,
galoloag, adv. with a twist ;
malawv galuloiuj, grow tall
and twisted.
Galoxna, M. to roll fibre on the
thigh into twine ; galoma ga-
Ito, to twist, roll to the left ;
(joloiim innl tut-, to the right.
galomtag, rub with rolling
motion, twist in preparing
fibre ; savsavula galomtag,
wash the hands rubbing the
knuckles in the palm.
Galtag, adv. for a while ; la gal-
tag, to lend.
Galwcmia, said of a fire burnt
to red coals ; me gan mata-
nona.
Gamal, (k) club-house of suqe,
or of a single high rank j
gamal wemeteloa.
Gamalmalaqauro, [ga 2.] creeper
of wild gauro.
Gamanin, [ga 2.] yellow-wood
tree.
Gamao, [ga 3.] swift, as a falling
star, of a vessel.
Gamas, [ga 2.] a tree.
Ga?n,asig, \ga 3.] thing given to
masig with.
Gamatani?min, a soft creeper,
no good fibre.
Gamataviro, [gait] fish-hook
made of nug ota, prickle of
sago palm.
Gamau, an acacia.
Gamemes, [ga 3.] what makes
the eye memes, red, inflamed.
Gameto, [ga 2.1 a creeper.
Gamgamera, [ga 3. mera] red-
dish, rusty-coloured.
Gamo, v. to sail, make a sailing
voyage ; gamo peperua; gamo
rupe, of two canoes sailing
together.
gawova, sailing, a sailing
voyage.
gawovag, [vfKj 2.] sail with.
Gan, 1. V. to eat food. Fl. //ant;
Lif. xen =gen; N.B. an.; Mai.
tn<il:<tn; N.G. kani, ani.
Gan, 2. V.M. to eat as an ulcer
or sore, spread as fire.
Gan, 3. to swim by the movement
of the body ; of fish, eels.
Gan, 4. n. a kind of ant, the bite
painful ; its nest is ime gan.
Gana, M. to eat food. Fij. kana;
Malag. hanina.
ganagana, n. M. gangan V.
an eating, meal, feast.
ganavag, [vag 2.] eat with
something as an accompani-
ment.
gana gogona, of one who still
eats the av tapug, does not
yet gana popolotag ; gana-isis,
to eat with expression of dis-
gust, rara we gana isisia, at
him ; gana mate [mate 2.] eat
and finish ; gana matea, eat
the death meals and feasts ;
gana popolotag, eat ordinary
food when the days of gana ta-
pug are expired ; gana pulul,
eat, giving all present a share ;
as if many are eating and one
is apart, they say, tagai, nina
gana pulul, Not so, let us,
all of us, eat together ; gana
qatmatea, to eat the tapity
without payment after a
death, allowed to children,
see gana tapug; gana sal, to
miss an oven in eating the
tapug, and so gain a step in
the suqe; gana sapur, to eat
careless of the quality of food,
eat bad food ; gana sei nin,
to make a feast when the en-
closure, nin, for the qat is re-
moved ; gana simpei, to sip
water as one eats, eat and
14
MOTA DICTIONARY
drink together as in sickness ;
gana smere [sinerei] to eat
sparingly while others eat
largely ; gana sopun, to eat
all up ; gana tapug, the cere-
monial eating by which one
is admitted to a rank in the
suqe; gana tavaltmvale, to
eat with others without con-
tributing a share of food ;
gana Mag, to make a farewell
feast for a person, gana tula-
gia; gana vare iamate, said
of an angry man ; gana vasig-
tag, loathe eating with a
person, kamrua me gana va-
sigtagia could not eat with
him in sight, nan wa lulua;
gana vasvag, to eat, picking
off the good bits and throwing
away the bad ; gana vasvas,
the same ; gana vile-rag, to
eat delicately, choice bits ;
gana vovo, to make a feast
after a deliverance, gana vovo
gak ; gana mile iwa, to eat for
the first time in a new house ;
gana wonot, to choke in eat-
ing ; gana wonwono, to eat
a step in suqe, and so set one-
self right after anything one
has been ashamed of ; gana
wora, eat and do little work.
Ganae, small, dwarfed.
Ganagana, n. a feast, meal ;
ganagana liwoa, a big feast ;
ganagana matea, tapug, tulag,
vovo, see gana.
Ganaman, \ga 2.] a tree.
Ganamera, 1. n. o gene o natmera
te wota ma ni we toga alolona,
placenta, after-birth. 2. v. to
be occupied about childbirth.
Ganarawe,iw word fortaperaivol.
Ganaro, [ga 2.] the neck-rope
worn as a sign of naro.
Ganase, a fish, mullet. Mao.
karate; Fij. kanace.
Ganawasia, a tree.
Ganawono, [ga 3.] 1. n. distress,
sorrow. 2. adv. wantonly,
carelessly.
Ganene, [99; & nenei] 1. a beetle.
2. a yam eaten by ganene.
Ganere, [ga 3. nere] something
very nice ; ti nere, breaks
short alo valama,, in your
mouth.
Gangan, V. n. and v. same as
ganagana with its compounds.
Ganganira, [V/an2.,ra4.] scarred,
as a tree often chopped, or leg
marked by sores.
Ganganor, [no?-] n. adj. intensi-
fied ganor, malice, ill-feeling,
so a desire to do mischief,
evil disposition ; thence
wickedness, sin, wickedly,
sinfully, in recent use.
Ganganpewu, warty growth like
a pewu.
Ganialo, anything sweet.
Ganig, [nig] to separate the use-
ful from useless part of a
vine, nip out the fibre.
Ganir, [ga 2.] 1. the fibre of nir
of which sinnet is made.
2. adv. exactly, in following a
pattern.
Ganlue, [gan 2.] a sore in the
sole of the foot which eats
through.
Gan-mata-nona, [gan 2.] burn
clear ; of a fire newly lighted
when the air draws through
the openings, matai, in the
fuel.
Gan-mule, n. one who eats much
and quickly, as birds do just
before dark when the paka
fruit is ripe, eating and going
off.
Ganor, [nor] malevolent disposi-
tion, malice.
Gan-rowo, 1. a kind of ant [gan
4.] that leaps.
MOTA DICTIONARY
Gan-rowo, 2. [<in I.] scarcity of
food.
Gan-rowo, 3. to eat for the first
time in a house; ganroivo inm.
Gansar, [<i<m -2.] hum furiously.
gansarqov, g<in*irn<n\ burn
quickly as a lire of soft wood,
gansar popo, burn strongly as
fire of solid fuel ; see popo.
Gansasa, [*/<* 2.] to approach,
collide.
Gansewsew, tale-bearing, tamo,
si tti it;- g((ngan, ni we
roiiotag isei Hone ive vana
apenxci, ni in? mule we g<j-
n<i'i inntua.
Gantavalaima, [gan 4.] a stink-
ing ant.
Gantawela, [gan 2.] an open sore,
not deep.
Gantaweraga, [gan 2.] of a fire
burning to ashes, taireraga.
Gantawtawilis, [gan 1.] of a fish
such a? m (iinia feeding at a
reef, rolls, wil, on the waves,
but keeps on eating.
Gantul, [gan 3.] of fishes sinking,
ful, as they swim.
Gantutut, [rf'an 2.] to burn out
to an end, as a log, or wick
Ganua, [ga 2.] a creeper, used to
poison fish.
Ganue, west wind, o ganue ti tur
ma sage alo' Gaua; ganue
mate, as it dies away over
Gaua ; ganue qoe, ti tur alo
tuaea, o Meralava sage wa o
Gaua siwo ma, pa alo vati-
tnai, blows from the open sea
between Star I. and Sta.
Maria ; ganue siwo, ti tur ma
alo Nus Paul, blows from
Vanua Lava over Qakea.
Ganvataleag, to take food one
from another ; ko we la nagak,
na we la nagama.
ranvun, [gan 2.] consume to the
end, vun.
Ganwora, [g<tn l.J eat to burst.
Gan wot, [gun 3.] of fishes coming to
the surfece, wot, as they swim.
Ganwune, [<jn 1. wu-ne] a jocular
saying, ko me ganwnne iinni
n!, i .svnvff how did you come
to think of me ? see wune.
Gao, 1. to spread from point to
point ; rnjgao, stone continu-
ous, in bed. 2. to burn, of fire,
active and neuter. 1. gao tala-
ri nj, spread as a secret carelessly
let out. 2. gao searag, of fire
that spreads from the middle
to the outside fuel ; gao serla*
ivalawa, burn with flame ;
go taweraga^urn. down into
embers, taweris.
Gaosa, pass across on branches
from one tree to another.
Gap, 1. adv. with no particular
thought, purpose, or effect,
merely, only.
2. gap ! interj. be quick !
Gapa, 1. food, such as is secretly
given to women.
Gapa, 2. a bat. Sam. 'apa.
Gapagapa, 1. swallow, Collocalia
uropygialis. 2. the cross-
shaped mark on the qat. 3.
harpoon iron. The two laiter
from the shape of the bird.
Gapaka, [ga 2.] bowstring, gener-
ally made from fibre of paka.
Gapakasamali, prov. a wet bow-
string, bad shooting.
Gapakapulpul, prov. of one who
does not tell of or notice a
wrong ; like a sticky bow-
string which an arrow does
not quickly leave.
Gapalag, to do, act, work.
gagapalag, n. 1. actions.
2. assistant, minister, officer ; in
recent use.
Gapalao, [ga 2.] 1. tendons, which
tetanus, palao, affects.
2. veins.
16
MOTA DICTIONARY
Gapane, 1. the sail of a canoe,
also gapan. 2. gapan ta Roiia,
the middle ribs, of a pig.
Gapatun, [ga 3.] thing to pelt
with ; said in ridicule of a
large heavy fishing-line.
Gape, 1. n. a net, we tia o gape;
various nets, gape saosao, gape
taqataqa, gape tultul.
Gape, 2. v. to break or tear apart
with both hands ; gape sare,
tear apart ; gape wora, break
apart ; gape sansan, tear to
pieces, as a dog a fowl ; gape
sau, break up a door by lifting.
gapeag-, met. to annoy, dis-
tract, as when a man thinks
of what he has to pay for
suqe ; ti gapeagia ape som.
Gapgaperue, [gapa 2.] a bat,
small.
Gapilwana, 1 . to flash like light-
ning ; wan, in Gaua red sum-
mer lightning. 2. n. un for
lightning. 3. a flower.
Gaplei, n. opening, mouth, of a
wound or ulcer.
Gaplot, [gap 2.] adv. quickly,
soon ; v. to be quick ; it is
said to be met. from the quick
motion in making lot.
Gapmatava, [gap 1.] the early
morning time generally.
Gaprono, an ornamental girdle
which women kole ; native
money (Fl. rono) is platted
into it ; the word may pro-
bably be ga 2. pe, rono.
Gapul, [ga 3.] union, bond of
union ; gapulpul.
Gapulut, [ga 3.] 1. earth used be-
tween the stones in building a
wona, see tanopidut. 2. glue
made of totoe patau, used in
making tamate. 3. in new use,
glue, paint.
Gapun, a kind of crab.
Gapurpur, [ga 3.] the fencing at
the bottom of the doorway of
a house.
Gaqale, [ga 3.] very crooked, of
a stick, road, life ; see qale.
gaqalesag, to deal crookedly
with.
gaqaleva, witchcraft, harmful
magic.
Gaqatmot, [ga 3.] something very
bitter to eat or drink.
Gaqir, [ga 2.] a creeper used for
tying thatch ; puto or uto
gaqir is very strong.
Gaqisan, [ga 3.] something op-
pressive, that weighs down,
qisan.
Gaqoag, twist ; gaqoagmot, break
with twisting motion.
Gaqoas, [ga 3.] bandage, leaves,
cocoa-nut husk, to tie round,
qoas goro, a sore foot.
Gaqonamate, the line strung
through the meshes of the
gape saosao next to the bow.
Gaqora, 1. [ga 3.] something
causing unevenness ; qora.
2. a fish, silurus.
Gaqot, [ga 3.] a swelling in which
matter gathers in a lump,
qote, and will not burst.
Gar, 1. same as gara 1. thence to
scrape.
Gar, 2. same as gara 4. poss.
Gar, 3. v. M. to chop, cut down.
Gar, 4. a cockle ; vingar, cockle-
shell, used to cut yam vines,
and to scrape out meat of
cocoa-nut.
Gar, 5. same as ar 1. current,
ar Gaiia, ar lama.
Gar, 6. same as garu; garmotmot.
Gara, 1. to bring together so as
fit or press evenly upon some-
thing opposite, as teeth upon
teeth in eating and speaking ;
so to eat, bite, speak; me gara
ava, made a mistake in speak-
ing j neuter, to fit close to.
MOTA DICTIONARY
garagara, v. to clench the
teeth ; g<n-<ignfa u/'ri/n, in
pain ; gar<ig<ii'<i >n<im<ixa, go-
ing without food, shutting
jaws upon nothing.
garat, v. to bring things close
together.
garav, to bring, press, close.
garavag, go with shut mouth ;
gaming o rii rt ii\ go with a
message in the mouth.
Gara, 2. to come apart ; reverse
of yam 1.; ta-gamgara ; gam-
wora.
Gara, 3. v. spread, swarm, like
un; catch and spread like
fire; gai-a.-a.i-a, of fire, where
not meant to burn. Motu
N.G. 7,vm/.
Gara, 4. 3rd plural of poss. ga 1.
Gara-ava, 1. [gam 1.] make a mis-
take in speaking, be wrong in
what one has said.
2. [yara 3.] of fire ; o av me gara-
ava ape qatia, the fire spread
and caught a tree-fern which
was not intended to be burnt.
Garake, n. fat of meat ; see
tutup.
Garalate, [cjara 1.] 1. v. to leave
off words half spoken.
2. adv. mawui garalate, in plant-
ing a garden to leave off work
half done.
3. v. to bite in pieces, gar a, late-
late.
Garamal, [gar 4.] a bivalve,
cockle.
Garamawa, soft, of wind and
speech.
Garamata, of the first fish or
crustacean caught in a new
net or pot, me yaramata nivi-
sa ? how many were caught ?
Garameai, [ga 2.] (k) tongue ;
meet is probably tongue, as in
San Cr. Mala. N. Georgia ;
Fij. yame; D.Y.karame.
Garameav, flame, tongue of fire.
Gara?wis, [ga 3.] 1. something to
smear, min/.s. 2. v. to take a
little to eat, just enough to
ymi/.s with.
garawisa, bitter in taste, like
ramiai.
Garamos, [yara 1.] to close lips
firmly ; yaramomos, to close
the lips as when a man lifts
a heavy weight.
Gara->iit-late, to eat biting short
off.
Garanoman, [ya 2.] the loop of
the bowstring at the lower
end of bow, kereus, as nayoqasa
at qat us; from likeness to
bird's foot.
Garaorior, Q/ara 1.] to make a
noise in eating, or in grinding
the teeth in sleep ; ori, to
creak.
Garaoror, the same.
Garapig, [yara l.,pig] to eat vege-
table with animal food ; ive
pig tnun o qoe.
Garapul, to shut the jaws closely,
piil ; garapul goro, to swallow, '
gulp down.
Garapupsag, to blow, puff out,
pupsay, through closed teeth,
as in rejecting food.
Gararua, [yara 1.] said of two
persons who are always to-
gether, or of things that go in
pairs.
Garaqa, new.
garaqai, (k) n. from garaqa,
the first thing, doing ; what
is new to a person ; o tau Hone
ni qara toga yaraqana, that
year he made his first stay.
Garaqpsa, [gar 4.] a kind of
cockle.
Garasawsaw, [gara 1.] to eat a'
thing hot, steaming, sawu.
Garasilsil, [gam 1.] close, shut,
so as to darken, sil.
18
MOTA DICTIONARY
Garat, [gara 1.] to bring things to
meet, as firebrands end to end
keep the fire in ; thence of
fire remaining but hidden, as
on the hill Garat on Sta.
Maria, where the volcanic
fires remain ; see vagarat ;
garat qalo, said of thick dark-
ness settling down, o siliga ti
garat qalo.
Garata, (k) fragment of food, &e.
used as medium for a charm ;
so the charm thus brought to
work. It is the garata of the
subject who is to be affected
by the charm, garatansei. To
prepare a garata is to woro
garata.
garata lalai, a man thin in the
ribs by reason of a go.rata
charm ; garata tapilta, one
with shrivelled stomach ;
garata toqatoqa, one with
stomach swelled.
Garatai, (k) fragment, remnant.
Isei o garata tapilta me map
nagaratana iake ? What man
whose belly will be pinched
for it has left a fragment of
his food here ? Mai. krat.
Garatapug 1 , [gara 1.] same as
ganatapidj.
Garataqai, take the first bite.
Garatigiu, (k) a row, things or
persons in a line.
garatig tano, row of holes dug
for planting yams.
Garaug, M. garauw, V. 1. to blow,
i<#, through closed lips. 2.
met. to urge.
Garauwav, to blow the fire with
the mouth.
gagarauwav, n. [go- 3.] bellows,
new word.
Garav, [gara 1.] to climb a cocoa-
nut tree badly, pressing body
and knees against the trunk,
to swarm up.
Garavag ; see gara 1.
Garavalor, to eat [gara 1.] mixing,
lor, one food with another.
Garavis, [ga 3.] anything that
will rams a man ; said of wind
blowing hard ; tano garaws,
at the edge of a cliff.
Garavrag, to eat, gara 1., with
mouth too full, so that the
food bursts, mira, out.
Garavura, n. v. said of loko in
which almonds, nai, are im-
bedded ; when the loko is bit-
ten the almonds burst through.
garavurag, tr. v. see garavrag.
Garawisota, said of black hair
with red tips.
Garawora, [gara 2.] split, as
when two parts which have
been close together part
asunder ; e. g. the cotyledons
of a growing bean.
Garawotora, to bite a stone or
other hard substance, wotomi,
in food.
Garegare, a small fish.
Garenaw, tasty, as salt, naivo,
in food.
Gare?iren, burnt in cooking, as
toape without enough water.
Garere, [ga 3.] a narrow channel
through which the tide ebbs
and flows ; rere 2.
Garerea, [ga 3.] place of strong
current, rere, tide-rip.
Garete, [ga 2.] kind of pandanus.
Gareve, [ga 3.] adj. very long ;
n. a long thing ; reve.
Gar gara, [gara 1.] redupl. to
close mouth, teeth ; gargcra
mamasa, go without food,
fast ; gargara mm'n, clench
hard the teeth in pain.
Gargarat, [gagara'] to bite, burn,
the tongue or throat, as under-
done qeta.
Gargareano, a yellow garegare
fish.
DICTION. Ml V
19
Gargarewolgesa, kind of yare-
gure fish.
Gargarial, roots of the alu;
ynrin.
Gargaroa, a sunburnt fruit very
good and sweet.
Gargartintin, small yams good
to roast, tin ; yurin.
Gariawasa, [in.(.s</] waste, empty,
where there is space.
Garisa, a creeping fern, ligodium,
much used as a tie, gae t in
building, thatching.
Garitata, [ga 2.] the lacing,
n'tnta, of a sail.
Garitgae, small rootlets met in
digging yam-holes.
Gariu, (k) a root ; gar tauwe,
base of mountain or hill.
Mai. aka.r.
Gar?notiot, [gar 6.] squalls of
rain coming in succession,
motmot, on the sea ; garu 2.
Garo, 1. n. the hard ground under
the soil ; adj. hard ; see
tinegaro, matagaro.
Garo, 2. v. to stretch the arm
bending it ; ~kamam me gaga-
yaro o taqagaro, we scooped
up a little muddy water,
garovag, to throw the arms
round something.
Garogaro, 1. white with scratch-
ing, as the body of one who
has the itch. 2. a scratched
place. Sunda garo, scratch.
Garotrot, n. tie, bond ; rot.
Garov, 1. the hard inner fibrous
part, gae, of the rachis of
cocoa palm-leaf ; garov qatiu,
the scalp.
2. a kind of yam.
Garovag, to throw the arms
round, garo, and clasp to
the breast, embrace a person,
gather into both arms.
Gartaga, a kind of cockle.
Gartanasul, a fire-stick, brand.
Gartaweris, black embers, < liar-
coal ; o av me gao tagea o IH
pa me gnrixin'rix vires, the
wood has all burnt away,
there is nothing but charcoal.
Gartuka, name nrst given to
iron, as if pieces of the base
of the sky ; gariu.
Garu, 1. to advance by motion of
legs and arms, so to wade and
swim, of men. Mai. arung,
wade. // yarn ma qaurouro,
he comes helping himself with
his hands weak with hunger.
2. to sweep on as a rain shower,
or current.
to.mate garugaru, a waterspout,
garuvag, swim or wade with.
Garugaru, from same word, reck-
less ; ge garugaru mteg,
squander recklessly.
Garululu, advancing ripples be-
fore the wind on the sea, a
catspaw ; see lulu.
Garurus, [ga 2.] a running line ;
see rums; said of one who
talks at great length, ni me
la o garurus.
Garusa, salt spray settled on
leaves, &c.
Garusaro, 1. a way of taking
fish ; men wade, garu, and
drive fish into a space en-
closed by roughly-woven
cocoa-nut fronds ; the fish
try to enter, saro, but are
driven back by the spikes,
sinai, of the frondlets, and
they are shot.
2. met. of a smart person, who
does things with little labour.
Garuturgoro, a way of taking
fish ; men wade, garu, and
drive fish into a hollow rock
or pool and stand to prevent
escape, turgoro, till the tide
goes out ; they then poison
them, win.
20
MOTA DICTIONARY
Garuvag ; see garu.
Garuwe, a flattened c,T&b;<jaruwe la
Panoi, one kind of such crab.
Garviteg, recklessly ; see garu-
garu ; vava garviteg, speak
without due respect.
Garwetav, [garuwe] a skin dis-
ease.
Gas, 1. to rise in particles, stem of
gagas.
Gas, 2. adj. sharp : probably as 1.
Gasakalo, [ga 3.] a man who
hangs things safely up, does
not let them fall ; sakalo,
sakau.
Gasal, [ga 8.J an instrument to
cut, sal, with ; probably a new
word for a knife ; the bamboo
strips in former use not being
fit to sal.
Gasala, persons whose children
have intermarried, as if on
the same road, sola.
Gasalosalo, [ga 3.] a thing laid
endlong, solo.
Gasalsal, \ga 2.] a line used as a
snare or fishing-line, sal.
Gasasao, [ga 2.] the neck-rope of
one who is naro.
Gasavai, V. [ga 3. sava] how ;
gasavai nia, by what means.
Gasei, M. [ga 3. sei] how ; gasei
ilia, by what means ; see sei 4.
Gasene, [ga 3.] very sharp, said
of adze or knife that cuts
rapidly ; sene 2.
Gasesega, [ga 2.] a kind of qauro.
Gasgasowag, a kind of yam.
Gasgastapatara, a kind of yam.
Gasiosio, rainbow, perhaps be-
cause curved like a sio.
Gaslag, 1. to stick things, knives,
&c., between the layers of
thatch inside ; probably gaso-
lag below.
Gaslag, 2. to range the cut pieces
of yam on the hills for plant-
ing.
Gaso, 1. n. a rafter. Mao. kaho ;
Mai. kasati; Fij. ka-so, cross
beams in canoe.
met. o pisui o gaso, dirty fingers,
as rafters black with smoke ;
gaso mot, rafters consisting
of a pair of bamboos crossing
at the ridge-pole ; not as is
usual one long bamboo bent,
riiqa, to make a pair ; gaso
name, a rafter broken and
hanging.
2. v. to put on the rafters of a
house ; me gaso qet qara luln-
qa, when the rafters have all
been put on, begin to tie on
the purlins.
Gasolag, to stuff one thing with-
in another, between others.
Gasoma, M. to husk cocoa-nuts
with a stick.
Gasomag, same as gasolag.
Gasor, a tree ; vinsorsor.
Gasovag, same as gasolag.
Gasuga, a tree bearing edible
nuts.
Gasur, a tree from the wood of
which the tikataso is made ;
an euphorbia.
Gasurla?i, met. isei qe leqaleqa Ian
ineia o gasurlan.
Gasusuliav, [ga 3.] name given to
a yam badly cooked, burnt
outside, raw within.
Gasusumatig, [ga 2.] a creeping
plant.
Gasuware, [ga 3.] 1. n. one who
is always sending others about,
suivare. 2. v. to hurry people.
Gasuwe, 1. a rat. Varying forms
in Banks' Islands, New Heb-
rides, Solomon Islands, show
the stern to be suiue. Fij.
kucuve.
gasuwe ta Houa, a rat of smaller
species.
2. a mollusc, the woodcock shell-
fish.
MOT A DICTIONARY
21
3. a kind of qmiro.
Gasuwetavtav, a heap thrown
up by a rat outside its hole.
Gat, to chew ; perhaps common
I'ol. /.v<//. '"//, "A'*'.
Gatae, the free side of canoe
where the outrigger is not ;
imitate sama, the side of out-
rigger towards the canoe ; par
fi"tae, to paddle between the
canoe and the outrigger ; see
jinr. Fij. /,</<'.
Gatakul, [<i<> :{.] said of one who
holds fast to, takul, his pro-
perty ; yntakid qoe, yat<il;nl
tn ni</, a close-fisted man.
Gataqava, [ya 2.] a creeper, not
good to tie with.
Gataqes, a tree.
Gatasig, [ya 3.] salt water to ta-
*i<l with ; "H word for nawo.
Gatava, the shutter, door, of a
house ; used all over Mota, as
matetipa&ipag is in parts ; it
is made of lengths of the ra-
chis of sago palm, lape ota,
run through, siis t with a stick.
Gatava, a district in Mota.
Gatavag, to look about on all
sides ; sale gateway, hover as a
hawk does looking for prey ;
met. of a man walking and
looking.
Gatavanoro, [ya 2.] a creeper,
used to inalov enemies ; ti gat
o yatavanoro, ti pupus, ti
malov neira.
Gatawose, the rudder-band, gae ;
observe prep, ta, of, belonging
to, the paddle wose.
Gate, neg. used with verbs ; being
ga 4. with the neg. part, te 2. ;
gate ! is used as excl. gate
tanun gai ! Oh what a man !
Isn't he a man ! as the neg.
taho in Fl.
Gatig, stiff, of the jaws ; napala-
sana me gatig o qon nitol, he
could not move his jaw for
three days ; <j 3. tiya.
Gatipa, [ya 3.] a stake, rammed
into the ground, tipa, for a
fence, or to keep back, wn
goro, earth.
Gato, v. 1. to speak. 2. talk
another language, ni ive gato
riia, he speaks two languages,
interprets. 3. talk nonsense
in sickness, ni me gato veta,
he has become delirious. 4.
gato goro, to forbid. 5. n. a
foreign tongue.
gato linalina, to speak in an im-
proper way to or of a sogoi;
see un 2. qaliya.
gato val tanun, to speak to one
man after another, it may be
in different languages.
Gatogo, [fja 2.] a creeper.
Gatogoi, [(/ 2. togoi\ the back-
bone ; a range of hills.
Gatoso, a sparoid fish.
Gatou, the hermit crab ; N.B.
katu.
Gatowos, [ga 2.] cord to flog with,
towos, lash of whip.
Gatowtowos, [ga 3.] whip, includ-
ing handle ; probably new.
Gatpoapoa, [gat] speak as if with
mouth full, indistinctly, stam-
mer with nervousness.
Gaturgae, [ya 2.] a fishing-line of
gaav well made.
Gaturtur, [ga 3.] a tree that
stands, tur, fixed below high-
water to bathe from, or in
villages to hang wowosa on.
Gatutuag, [ya 2.] a small wild
gourd.
Gatuwa, [ya 2.] a creeper used to
poison, mm, fish with.
Gatuwale, yatwale, [ya 2.] a
creeper without branches, all
in one, tuwale.
Gau, a fish-hook. N.G. gahu,
kaii, igan. Malag. havitra.
22
MOTA DICTIONARY
Gaua, tlie island of Sta. Maria ;
particularly the part called by
the people Gog.
Gaun, sirmet of cocoa-nut fibre,
met. o tur gaun, a good strong
worker.
Gauna, east wind, ape mate loa,
over Merlav.
Gauramolaso, a strong man who
snatches things from others.
Gaus, [ga 2.] bow-string.
Gav, 1. see gavu. 2. to crumble in
hands, to work up earth with
fingers ; gavir.
Gava, to flap the wings, fly with
flapping wings ; gava vatoga,
hover. Mao. kapa ; Tong.
kaba; Mai. kapok.
gavag, 1. to carry flying ; o
tagere qara gavag rara, where-
upon the fantail carried the
two of them as she flew. 2.
met. to carry away captive.
gavarag, of many birds flying
together.
Gavaru, [ga 2.] 1. fibre of the hi-
biscus tiliaceus, mm, used
for stringing money, sewing
sails, epa, &c.
2. id gavaru, fine flowing hair,
like gavaru.
Gavarur, [ga 2.] the great bean
vine common on the beach.
Gave, 1. v. to snatch away, claw;
gave late, to break; gavelike,
take quickly oft' the covering
of the oven ; gave sera, snatch
and take away; met. be before-
hand.
2. n. a crab ; so named from its
claws. Esp. Sto. gave, arm ;
N.G. Motu, gave, tentacles of
octopus.
The following are some of the
species called gave ; gave ga-
pun, gave kakeuwa, tortoise
crab, gave keremino, gave lu-
muta, porcupine crab, gave
mara, gave mawoa, gave
spotted crab, gave naras,
swimming crab, gave nerenere,
a little crab which when taken
up cries, nerenere, and froth,
moromorosa, is seen in its
eyes ; gave qetegpapalak, gave
rowo, gave sasaqoe, gave siia-
sua, gave sun it, gave takor,
gave tapia, gave vat.
gave nerenere, met. a child ready
to cry.
Gavetaga, sticky to the teeth,
like bread-fruit.
Gavetal, a bunch of bananas ;
gae 4.
Gavetlaraalama, [ga 3.] drum-
sticks used at the ends of a
drum, to start the tune, vet,
and beat, lama. Gaua word.
Gavet-tultul, [ga 3.] drumsticks
used in the midst of the drum,
to begin, tnl.
Gavgagaga, a kind of gaviga.
Gavganaretamate, a kind of
gaviga.
Gavgavmot, one who runs so
quickly, as away from a fight,
that the wind from his body,
gavgavnna, is felt.
Gavgavtun ; see gavtun.
Gavgavui, (k) the wind of a
moving body ; gavug.
Gavig, far away ; me gavgavig
veta gina! a long way on
already ; roro gavig, very deep;
agavig.
Gaviga, the Malay apple, eugenia
malaccensis ; malmala gaviga,
wild uneatable kind.
Gavilvilqat, [ga 2.] an ornamental
band tied round the head.
Gavine or Gavne-gae, a fibre-
producing pandanus of which
mats, &c., are made.
Gavir, [gav] squeeze, wring, with
the hands.
yavir mna, grasp, making the
MOT A DICTION AI5Y
23
fingers meet; g<n-!r n'g,
grasp an object too large for
the fingers to meet round it ;
(/(*// /(fww.sK, to let fall un-
perceived from the grasp.
gavirtag, squeeze, grasp, some
definite object.
Gavivis, [ga 2.] 1. a line wound
round, c/c/.s.
2. met. a man who withholds
what he has.
Gavivsa, [ga 2.] the long strip of :
hibiscus bark wound round,
vis, the dried bread-fruit, k<n:
Gavtun, 1. to broil, tnn, some-
thing small, fish, &c., as laqan.
2. Thence, since a little smoke
rises from the cooking, gav-
gartun is used to describe a
column of smoke ; o as Hone,
/m.sr/ {< gartxn ti? there is
a smoke going up, who are
cooking some morsel 1 o as we
poa ti ga/vtun kalo, a great
smoke ascending straight up.
Gavu, to make payment for a man
killed.
Gavug, winnow as with a fan.
Gavun, hide, deceive ; conf. ta-
vun; stem, vun ; Mai. buni.
Gavut, [ga 3. wit] the stomach ;
of a fowl the gizzard.
Gaw, gawu, take up in handful.
Gawele, [ga 2.] the creeping mi-
mosa that produces " crab's-
eyes," abrus precatorius ; the
seed ivowele.
Gawismea, [ga 2.] a kind of qauro.
Gawo, 1. to exaggerate.
gawotag, to exaggerate some-
thing, or to some one.
Gawo, 2. to twist.
gawoag, twist, contort; gawoag
mot, break by twisting ;
woag savrag, shake, wrench,
oneself clear of.
Gawola, [ga2.] the creeping palm,
calamus, rattan, tcola.
Gawolawolas, [ga 2.] the fine
line or fibre with which the
hook is made fast, wolas, to
the fishing-line.
Gawolowolo, [ga 3.] the main
purlin of a house, which rests
crosswise, wolowolo, on the
pete.
Gawono, [ga- 3.] same us ganawo-
u<> ; limn i<i <i<in;<mo, heedlessly,
with culpable carelessness.
Gawu, to take a handful, in hand-
fuls. Motu N.G. l-alni.
gawrag, take a big handful, as
many small yams at once.
Gawug, gawuw, V. a mound
where there are graves, there-
fore sacred, rono.
Gawur, [ga 3.] dirt ; see wuiuur.
Ge, M. to do, make ; ge ilo, to try;
gevtag = gevitag, to d(j away
with ; ge worn, n. a trifle.
gege, molest, punish.
gen, determinative from ge, as
nag from na.
Gea, piper methysticum ; kai-a of
Polynesia ; tnak o gea.
Geara, a fence, to fence ; geara
goro, fence against, round ;
ara.
geara mun, fence of sticks or
stones laid horizontally be-
tween pairs of upright stakes,
which are tied together above
the top rail or log, the sagere
toa ; geara nor o tulgona ,*
geara pala, upright stakes
wattled, we, tutgag qara pala ;
geara pid, a close fence ; geara
venegag, single stakes fastened
by two horizontal bamboos at
the top, \oe tutgag tuwatii-
ivale, we laq, qara total mun
o gae; geara qatqoe, o tna-
saoi we poapoa we tnalueliie.
Gega, an amaranthus.
Gegasoma, M. the stick to husk
cocoa-nuts with, ga-soma.
24
MOTA DICTIONARY
Gegesa, a tradescantia with bright
blue flowers and bright green
leaves ; see gesagesaga.
Gege usurgae, to treat one's usur
with liberty allowed to the
connexion ; ineia iisurik, nau
we mule we gaw o orooro ice
map avune qatnna, he is my
father's sister's husband, I go
and take up a handful of dust
and put it on his head.
Gegona, a tree.
Ge-ilo, try, tempt.
Ge-lanalana, [Zana] stir up, turn
up, to fight or dance.
Gele, underdone, raw.
Gen, determinative of ge ; gen o
sava inia? how can it be done 1
effect what thereby ?
Gene, a thing. With personal
art. i, iro, a person ; the word
gene standing for the name,
not the person ; iro gene, a
woman whose name is not at
the moment remembered, or
it is not well to mention ; the
woman is not called a thing.
In the same way gene is used
as v. ni me gene get-, he did
whatever you call it ; no. me
gene ti notnctgok me midemule
wawaliog, I was I don't know
how to express it my face
went round and round. Simi-
lar use with anu, hanu, Mai.
Malag. Java, Dayak, &c., Sol.
Islands, N. H.
Ge-ne-tas, [ne dem.] of a bad
place to go along ; o matesala
we genetas, the path is bad ; a
pan qarana me genetas, it is
slippery walking by the ra-
vine ; see tasgala.
Ge-risris, [ris] met. disturb,
annoy.
Gesagesaga, [gegesa] bright blue,
or bright green.
Gese, 1. a term of plurality,
including all in question, and
excluding all else ; never pro-
perly with a singular ; trans-
lated all or only ; kamam to,
M.ota gese iake, we are all Mota
people here, we are Mota
people only ; kamam we gana
o kumara vires gese, we eat
only sweet potatoes. The
same word geh in Motlav, ge
in Merlav, is the plural sign.
Fij. kece, kecega, all, every.
2. v. to keep apart, eat alone,
not giving to others ; Sam.
'ese.
Geseqpra, trunk-fish, ostracion.
Gesesala, [gese 2.] one who walks
by himself.
Gesevuvun, [gese 2.] one who eats
secretly, stealthily.
Get, 1. to rise, stand, stiffly ; get
raka, make a brisk start.
2. to hop ; get raka, of a ball
bounding, getget, hopping.
Gete, a woven basket. Mao. kete ;
Sam. 'ete.
Get get, [get] adv. hopping ; pute
getget, sit on the heels ; au
getget.
Getgetenai, a kind of yam.
Ge-tigatiga, [/] to set up on
end ; met. stir up to fight or
dance, keep people to it.
Gevtag, put away, reject ; ge vi-
tag.
Gewora, 1. n. a trifle ; matewol o
gewora, die for a little fault.
2. v. ge worn, to separate,
sunder.
Gig, a balanus.
Gigilrag, [gil] intens. form, to dig
much, many ; we gil o qatag
nam tuivale, we gigilrag we
qoqo, if the tubers attached to
one yam vine are dug you say
gil, if those belonging to many
are dug you say gilgilrag.
Giginpis, [gin-pis] fix the toes in
MOT A DICTIONARY
the ground ; tano <ti<jinpis,
place for taking ufl' iu a jump.
Gil, 1. to dig. Mao. ken ; Sain. \li;
Fij. Mi; N.B. /;<>, hire ; Mai.
gnli.
gigilrag, as above,
gilgil, of heavy rain that digs
the ground.
giliag, dig deep, and fix.
2. to move by entreaty.
Gilala, to know, understand.
gilaglala, n. understanding.
Gilulsir-sur, to dig, gU, down,
sitr, to the end, ul, of a long
yarn.
Gima, the bear's-paw clam; Fl.
gime the giant clam; Mai.
Tagala, kima; Batak, Malag.
7i ima.
Gin, to pinch with fingers or toes,
nip ; gin mot, pinch off clean.
Mao. kini; Sam. 'ini; Ponape
kini.
ginit, V. to pinch, nip off.
ginita, M. the same. Met. to
persist. Fij. kinita.
gintag, clench fingers or toes,
grip the ground with toes.
Gina, expletive, emphatic.
Ginginigau, 1. to stroll. N.B.
kinkinit.
2. a game.
Ginginpilage, [gin] to trip on the
toes, as a pilage runs.
Ginpis, [gin] to pinch the ground
with the toes, pisiii, for a
firm foothold ; so tano gigin-
pii> above.
Gintag, [gin] to stand one's ground
in fighting, so, to be brave;
gintag gwo, make a firm stand
against an enemy ; see above ;
gintag lea, to tell a story out.
Gior, creak, as a tree or mast.
Gir, 1. to clear away, in a quan-
tity ; gir o wotano, clear away
weeds ; gir tuwus, remove
ashes from hearth.
Gir, -2. to rouse ; gir gnroko, gigir
goro, rouse yourself ; gir vaso-
soi<, stir up to quicker action ;
see icir.
Gir, 3. to be in abundance ; o la-
lais ti gh-gir g<>r<> neira, they
are all over sweat.
Gir, 4. we gir sarusant, of a yam
vine without tubers, we gil o
nam, o iviai tagai apena.
Gira, unripe, uncooked.
I Gire, pandanus odoratissimus,
female tree ; mm. gire, the
fruit-cluster ; ivo gire, the
single fruit. Motu N.G. gere-
gere ; possibly Mao. kiekie.
Giregire, the tropic or boatswain
bird, Phaethon sethereus.
Girei, to buy or sell, money pass-
ing ; tin word for som.
Girgiroro, a man good for nothing
but to clear away rubbish,
orooro ; gir 1.
Gis, 1. v. to be employed, busy
about ; gis valgoro, make one-
self busy, be actively employed
everywhere ; chiefly seen in
composition.
Gis, 2. thrust, poke, with finger ;
gisgoro, to stop with fingers, so
to choke ; gis goro matepei, stop
the source of water with the
finger ; met. cut off a chance,
gisir, thrust finger into, thence
throttle, choke ; we gisir o
qeres nam, thrust the finger
under the end of a yam in
digging, so as to raise without
breaking.
1. gismamate, to get ready be-
forehand, prepare overnight,
inate 2.
gismana, one who deals in m<ma,
magic, a wizard, thence a
doctor.
gismantag, one who is accom-
plished, able.
gismataka, to rise up in excite*
MOTA DICTIONARY
ment, mataka ; kamam me gis
mataka nol ape neia, we nonom
si ni te mate.
gisqiqlon, do secretly, hide.
yisraka, make a start ; raka.
gisvalgoro, to be active all round,
able to do anything.
2. gisgagalo, hold feebly, with
weak fingers, gagalo ; tama
isei we taur o sava mantagai
pa we mavatia.
gisgoro, stop with finger.
giskov, stretch fingers before a
light of pul, to shade it ; met.
to interfere and stop a quarrel.
giswenar, to put fingers into
something soft ; giswera, the
same.
Gisgis, gisigisi, a game.
Gita, expletive, as gina.
Goa, remove the core, uloi, and
seeds of bread-fruit in making
kor, with matesipa.
Goana, ropy, like cobweb, or stale
flesh.
Goar, a fish.
Goara, abide, stay; in company,
not alone.
Gogae, stay constantly, reside.
Gogo, 1, shrink, shrivel ; o tanun
we gopa ti mar, ti gogo, ti wa-
wae, a sick man dwindles,
shrivels, has nothing in him ;
often with mirtnir. N.B. kogo.
2. n. a thing that has been
plump now shrivelled, a weas-
ened pig.
Gogol, come quickly, arrive.
Gogolo, 1. [golo 1.] to shake,
tremble, with cold or fear.
2. to fear, be afraid.
gogoloiga, fearful, trembling.
Gogololava, a thing that greatly
terrifies.
Gogona, 1. [gona] bitter, acrid ;
o valai tama te gona apena,
the mouth is constricted. Sam.
met. bad ; tau gogona.
bad season for planting ; tan-
gae we gogona, a tree that
sheds its leaves.
2. close, unapproachable, as
haunt of ghost.
Gogoparag, [gopa] to be sick in
numbers at once.
Gogor, a flowering shrub, eran-
themum.
Gogorag, [</ora] to gather together,
act. and neut. flow together in
crowd or mass.
gogorag ninin o tuqei, gather,
clear away, weeds, and make
a garden neat, ninin. gogonj
pata ilo lia, pour as surf or
tide into a hollow rock, gogo-
rag </on, go in a body, as
travellers, fill night, gogorag
sur o pulua, scrape the dirt
down the back; met. to do a
man a pleasant service, gogo-
rag valis, n. the name of the
little finger, the grass- gatherer,
in clearing gardens.
Gogoroi, withhold, refuse.
Gol, use angry language ; ni me
gol amenau, he scolded me.
N.B. kolot.
Gole, neut. v. turn on axis, re-
volve ; gole goro, turn round
towards ; gole ris, turn back-
wards. Fl. kolili; Mai. faeft-
ling, guling.
goleag, tr. to turn round ; ti
goleagia, he turns himself.
Golgoleav, a V.L. tree.
Golgolgapelia, a fish.
Golgoloaga, said of very ripe fruit.
Golgolomea, [yoloi] a red-tailed
fish.
Golgolonoota, the eaves of a
house ; goloi.
Golo, 1, to tremble ; red u pi. gogo-
lo, gologolo. Malag. horohoro.
Golo, 2. to fade, wither, said also
of sick persons.
Golo, 3. to thicken, curdle, as
MOTA DICTIONARY
27
scum or blood ; <>.s<m( ti yolo,
<> it lira ti (jolo.
Gologolo, 1. v. to tremble, quiver.
2. n. a toy, windmill made of
undeveloped frondlets of palm,
same as yalyalelan.
Goloi, (k) tail ; golgolo-epa, skirt
of mat ; yolyolonoota, eaves of
a house, edge of thatch.
Golokete, with tail erect, kete;
said of ;i bird.
Golokut, a game ; children string
i\(ti and come into the village
singing, others chase them.
Goloman, a young sprout from
the ground.
Golonur, the last man of a party.
Golopita, a white-tailed fish.
Goloqet, to cut short a sow's rail
so as to make her prolific.
Golowa?iara, a scorpion, its tail
forked, tcauara.
Goltogoa, a fish.
Gom, to hold liquid in the mouth,
gomyom. Malag. hombona,
Motu N. G. he-yomoyomo.
Gomal, used in stories for yarned.
Go?>io, twist up, tear as in anger ;
we yomo naulura.
Gona, entangled, intricate, so diffi-
cult ; to be engaged, occupied.
yona ta Roua, a slip-knot,
vayae maslay ; vanua yona, a
district occupied by enemy or
tamate, so that it is closed ;
mule, yona ma, of the enemy
coming to close the country ;
van yona, V. va yona, M. the
same ; also to go in danger ;
vayona [va 3.] to tie in a
knot.
gonatag, to secure as by tying ;
me gonatag yoro o tavine mini
o som, a small sum of money
has been paid to secure the
arrangement for a marriage.
Gonagona, [yona] 1. to be in a
difficulty, as a man who has
eaten in the wrong place in
the m K/t'.
2. a button, a new use.
Gongonesava, [yona] occupa-
tions, business, o sava sin
yona />i'n<i, something to en-
gage him ; o retavine tayai nor
o gonyonesava tarn o me/v-//.-
ape yaratu, women have
nothing to do with yarata
charms as men have.
Gono, a conical basket used for
taking small fish at Gaua,
filled with coral and set in nar-
row channel in a reef ; the fish
hunted into it and taken up.
Gonogono, shaped like a yono,
hollow with a mouth ; of dish
or bowl.
Gopa, to be sick, ill. Sam. 'opa,
weak.
gogoparag, to be sick in num-
bers together.
gopavag, to be sick with ; ive
yopavay o vur, ill with a
cough.
Gopae, 1. sickness ; yopae soloray,
endemic sickness. 2. a sick
person.
Gopgop, ornamental scar by burn-
ing with pith of a tree.
Goqo, bubble, boil, ferment, effer-
vesce.
goqovag, to bubble with, fer-
ment with.
Gor, to rasp, scrape; of a pig
gate sirvay me yor ivia, after
being killed not shaved, only
scraped ; to scrape out the
meat of vusa-, young cocoa-nut,
with the bracts, or top of shell.
Gora, 1. v. sweep, away or to-
gether, push away or together,
advance or retire ; o naivo me
yora savray o nai nan o lot,
the surf swept the almonds
off the pudding ; yora savray
gai o av nan o tanyae iane
28
MOTA DICTIONARY
rmvo, push away (with a stick)
the fire from that tree there ;
o sul te gora vavtig ma, the
crowd is coming along in a
body ; te gora lue at, is clear-
ing out.
gogorag, as above,
goras, scrape out, grate, the
hard meat of cocoa-nut with
vin-gar. Fij. kora.
Gora, 2. a rich man.
Gora, 3. n. a stunted person, does
not grow up.
Gorai, [gora] what is brought
together.
gore savasava wealth, acquired
property.
Goragora, n. a rich man, who has
scraped together.
Goras, see gora.
gorasiam, to nibble the cocoa-
nut meat as one scrapes it out.
Gorasmule, said of a rich man.
Gorgor,n. a cocoa-nut with enough
meat to be scraped out after
drinking ; see matig.
Gorgoriav, to blow sparks of fire
on a person.
Gorgorogae, [goro 3.] said of a
runaway from a fight, he cuts
goro, the creepers, gae, in his
haste to escape.
Gorgortepie, a children's game.
Goriam, [gor] to clear out the
soft meat of drinking cocoa-nut
and nibble it.
Goro, 1. prep, of motion towards,
around, against, geara goro o
tuqei, fence round a garden ;
geara goro a qoe, fence against
pigs, to keep them in or out ;
saru goroko mun o siopa,
clothe yourself over with a
garment ; pute goro, sit over
to take care of, or over against ;
ilo goro,\ook out for, or against,
after ; mule goroa, go after
him ; gana goro, to eat so as
to stop hunger, ima goro
maron drink to stop thirst ;
knrkur goro, eat to correspond,
to prevent waste, see mama-
ma s ; ni me vava, wa nau
qara rave goro siivo, he told
the story and I wrote it down
after him ; net we -varus go-
roko iniko we savai? nau we
mar os we ronotag goro ko, to
ask for an answer, hear in
answer, about you. This prep,
follows closely on the verb,
does not admit an adverb be-
tween it and object.
Goro, 2. v. to cut, cut round,
formerly with a shell; goro
late, cut short off, as a line,
twig ; goro savrag, cut away
with a shell.
gorotag, to cut a quantity of
things ; gorotag o toape, cut a
number of edible hibiscus
plants off.
gorogoro, the cutting off the
yam vines, with a shell, before
digging them up; in new use,
harvest.
goronana, to impress a circular
wound or mark.
Goro, 3. to embrace, with goro 1.
prep.
gorovag, to hold in crook of
elbow, to embrace round the
neck.
Goro, 4. v. to pass over, of sound,
probably same as goro 1.; garo
mot, the sound ceases.
gorot, pass over and strike, of
sound ; o sawai, o rorovia, ti
gorot, the noise of distant
dance, shout, comes over and
strikes our ears.
Gorog, to give magic power ; ni
me gorog napanena, he drank
some very bitter decoction to
give force to his hand, so that
he should shoot and kill.
MOTA DICTIONARY
29
Gorogoro, 1. n. [</<>/" 2.] the cut-
ting of yum vines.
Gorogoro, 2. v. (f/oro 4.] dissen-
sion arising with noise.
Gorogoro, i>. n. .shouting, uproar,
of dissension ; o <i<>r<><j<>ro me
yoro mo/, the noise of disputa-
tion ceased.
Gorogoro, 4. v. to throw arms
round the neck.
Gorogoro, 5. a fish, chcetodon.
Goronana, [yoro 2.] to make circu-
lar cut or mark by pressure,
as a taqas will ; see ?utna.
Goron, to stick to work.
Gorot, [yoi-o 4.] strike as sound
from distance.
Gorotag, 1. to squeeze and roll
grated cocoa-nut in the tapia
dish so as to soften it.
Gorotag, 2. [yoro 2.] to cut in
quantity.
Gorotano, v. of a hurricane or
very strong wind ; o Ian ive
go-rota n<>.
Gorotoqa, a scented yeya, amar-
anthus.
Gorotou, a shell, chiton.
Gorov, same as yoron. ^
Gorovag, [yoro 3.J hold in crook
of elbow, hug round the neck.
Gorovalesigo, [yoro 2.] to cut the
end of a round stick on both
sides so as to bring it to a
wejJge ; like a kingfisher's
beak.
Goso, 1. v. to job a spike, thence
to husk a cocoa-nut with a
pointed stick, yoso o iga, to
spear a big fish ; yoso taqes-
gag, to husk, leaving a strip
to carry by ; goso mate o qoe
stab and kill a pig.
igoso, the stick used to husi
with.
gosoma, M. same as goso 1. V.
but mule yoso ma o matig, go
husk, bring me cocoa-nuts.
Goso, 2. talk injuriously ; liw
j/o.sfu/o.so, slander.
gosorag, accuse falsely, slander
a person.
Got, 1. to prod, dig in with point,
cut with point of knife, got
loom, sunder with point ; we
got o vare qeta, cut the head of
caladium ; to run in, pene-
trate, as thorn or pointed stone.
N.B. koto.
igot, the pointed wooden knife
used to divide lot with,
vagotgot, to hurt the back as
a biirden with points or knobs,
gotgot, sir yotgot, to cut pieces
out of a yam by careless
scraping.
Goto, to keep inside the house or
gamal so many days after
taking step in suqe, entrance
into salagoro, childbirth, giv-
ing or receiving wounds, with
a particular diet, tete gana
popolot(((j. When a man is
shot, his friends we goto ama-
ia o gon tavelima, stay indoors
with him five days, faring as
he does. Fij. koto.
Gov, a man full of sores.
Govgov, 1. to dazzle, quiver, of
light ; o loa ti sar govgov na-
matak, the shun shines dazz-
ling on my eyes ; namatak
me sar govgov apena, my eyes
were dazzled.
2. to bicker with the fingers,
crooking them and shaking
them in derision or cursing.
I.
I, 1. personal article ; making a
noun into a proper name, and
a verb into a descriptive name.
qaratu, a flying fox; i Qaratu,
30
MOTA DICTIONARY
a man's name ; gale, to deceive;
i gale, deceiver ; applied to
personal names, native and
foreign, and prefixed at plea-
sure to all pers. pr. Corre-
sponds to Pol. and Sol. I. a;
Malag. i.
ira, pi. the companions of some
one, the people of.
iro, fern, with ro ; used with
native names only.
I, 2. has pronominal sense in ike,
ine, &c.
I, 3. prep, to, with sense of motion
towards ; i siwo, westwards,
i roivo, eastwards, in the west,
east ; ilo 3. ilolona.
I, 4. instrumental prefix; iras,
baler; ikmo, roller, from verbs,
ras, lano. Very common in
Fiji, but written with art. not
noun ; ai lago in Fiji, o
ilano in Mota. Motu N.G.
kokoa, to nail, ikoko, a nail.
I, 5. pref. with out meaning; itagai,
ituwale.
I, 6. exclamation ; 1. of excite-
ment, as in mago. 2. of refusal.
I, 7. euphonic ; maros-i-ava for
maros ava } qatiaka for qat
oka.
la, 1. pers. pr. 3. sing.; pa ia, ni
me roivo gis veta apena, but
this man here, he has already
been at work at it ; ineia.
2. adv. here ; as when a thing
looked for is found, ia! here
it is.
lake, this, here, ke demons.
iane, that, there, ne demons.
la, 3. pers. pr. 3. sing. ; suffixed
to v. and prep., probably i 7. ;
see a 1.
la, 4. exclamation.
lake, 1. dem. pr. this, these ; iake
nan, these many ; iake nake,
this here. 2. adv. here, now ;
iake nake } here, now ; iake at,
hence ; iake at nake, hence-
forward.
lane, 1. dem. pr. that, those ;
iane nan, those many ; iane
nane, that, those, there. 2.
adv. there, then ; with nane.
le, exclamation, of self-satisfac-
tion, I know that !
Iga, a fish. Mai. ikan; Mao. Pol.
ika ; Sam. i'a ; Marsh, iek ;
Mafoor, ijen.
Many fish are named after leaves
of plants ; iga no-nat, iga n<>-
taqava, iga no-varu, cobbler
fish, iga no-vilog.
iga non, or pulan, Qat, red fire-
fish, pterois ; iga tole, king-
fish.
I gene, iro gene [i 1.] stands for
the name of man or woman
which is not remembered or is
not mentioned ; gene, thing, is
that the name of which is a
common noun, and with i be-
comes a proper name ; see
gene ; so ira gene, irogene.
Igoso, [i 4.] stick to husk, goso,
cocoa-nuts with, to stab with.
I&Qfc [^ 4 -] knife to cut, got, pud-
ding with; tegot,te sura man
o igot, we sapalo, cut the pud-
ding, slide the knife under the
slice, suei, and take it up,
carry it with both hands to
the mouth.
Ikamam, pers. pr. 1. pi. excl. we,
us.
Ikamiu, pers. pr. 2. pi. you.
Ikamra, pers. pr. dual 2. you
two.
Ikamtol, pers. pr. trial 2. you
three.
Ikamurua, ikamrua, pers. pr.
dual 2. you two.
Ikara, pers. pr. dual 1. excl. we,
us, two.
Ikarua, pers. pr. dual 1. excl. we,
us, two.
.Mo'l'A DICTIONARY
31
Ikatol, pers. pr. trial 1. excl. we,
us, three.
Ikau, [i 4.] forked bamboo, to
twitch off naij &c., with ;
Ike, [(' 2.] 1. demons, pr. this,
these'; persons or things ;
with article, i and o ike. 2.
adv. of place ; na qtde totogu,
ran nake ike, I have always
lived here ; dem. particle ke.
II, 1. M. to smear, paint, the face.
II, 2. M. to loose, id V.
Ilalanana, [? 3.] under it ; adv.
underneath ; with motion.
Ilalane, [i 3.] under with motion ;
lalanai, cunstr.
Ila?io, ['i 4.] roller for dragging
canoes ; Fij. il<j<>.
Ilele, \i 3.] into, of house only ;
lele.
Ili/<a, M. 1. n. (k) a head-rest or
pillow. 2. v. to rest the head.
Ilo, 1. v. to see, know ; after
another verb often to try; ge
ilo, try to do, see if one can
do. Sam. ilo, see.
ilo goro, look after, take care of,
overlook ; ilo mana, view with
favour ; ilo niaturtur, see as
with closed eyes, 'matur; Ho
nayoi, remember a person, as
if seeing his face ; ilo raka,
choose from among others ;
ilo sur ano, prefer, from liking;
mule ma, ilo sur anoma, come
here, choose which you like ;
ilo tanun we ilo tamate, as in
the dark, is it man or ghost ?
ilo vaglala, see plainly ; ilo
valaqat, to see an object flat
against the land, not standing
out from it ; ilo varirgala, see
without recognizing in a
crowd ; ilo woloivolo, look
askance at, with envy.
ilova, v. n. seeing, sight.
2. adv. at all ; in a neg. sen-
tence ; ni ijc/f r<>\\l<i<i il<>, la-
did not hear at all.
Ilo, 3. prep, [i 3.] into; lo : ////
i-ix KHi 1 xiifu il.ii td.nomiu, go
and lie down in your places.
Ilogoro, n. a caretaker, overseer ;
probably new use.
Iloilo, n. a vision.
Iloilonagoi, n. a memorial of one
absent or dead, whereby his
face is seen.
Iloke, [t 2.] 1. pr. demons, this,
these ; cannot take the article.
2. adv. here, now. see lo, fee.
Ilokenake, 1. pro., this ; 2. adv.
now, iloke at nake, hence-
forth ; nan ilokenake, the
same ; iloke raka nake, from
this time forward.
Ilolona, [i 3.] into the inside of
it ; into ; loloi.
Hone, [i 2.] dem. pro. that, those ;
no article ; lo, ne ; Hone nane,
that, emphatically.
Iloneia, that, those, at distance;
ia 1.
Ilova, v. n. of ilo, seeing, sight.
Iraa, 1. n. a house. Mai. rumah;
Motu N.G., D.Y., ruma; San
Cr. ruma, rima; Mala luma,
nima; Bouru, Amboyna, &c.
luma; Java, Ceram, Lakona,
Bks. I. uma, uma ; Gilolo,
Anaiteum, um ; Pent, ima ;
Merlav, V. L. im ; Saddle I.
em ; V.L. Pak, en ; Sta. Cr.
ma; Nengone, 'ma.
fade ima ; the outside of the
roof; ima vanoyag soko, rub-
bish-heap, not house ; ime
gan, the tuber of the lalaso
in which the ant gan is always
found.
When a house is built, 1. sirvag y
level the site ; 2. towo, measure
it out ; 3. woso leqaleqa mun o
wote tangae me taso, mark the
points by pegs ; 4. map o tur-
MOTA DICTIONARY
, set the two main posts
with forked tops in their
places ; 5. salo o qatsuna, lay
the ridge-pole horizontally in
the forks of the tursana; 6.
tara paparis, giliag ape papa-
ris, qara map, cut slabs, irav,
for the low side walls, dig
deep for them aud place them ;
7. fix stakes, puton, to stiffen
them, along the top of which
two bamboos run tied, we laq,
to the stakes ; 8. fix pete we,
wanara, the side posts, forked
at the top, the four at the
corners, sigrai, being large ;
9. lay on these the ga-wolowolo,
the plates, which at the outer
corners make the sisi ima ; 10.
caso, put on rafters, bamboos
bent, me ruqa, in the middle,
lying over the qatsuna, lashed,
vil, to the yaivolowolo, the
ends tied to the bamboo at the
paparis; 11. luluqa, tie on the
purlins, varat, the projecting
ends of which are sipala.
The front, matai, and the back,
pup, of the house is filled in,
turatnra, with perpendicular
bamboos. The doorway, ma-
teima, is not placed in the
middle of this screen, so as to
avoid the tursana, unless it be
far enough away ; it is formed
of stout bamboos, and over
the lintel, qatmateima, is a
hole similarly made, tano
ararovag, through which the
cord is passed to tie the shutter
when the door is fastened.
The shutter, gatava, mateti-
patipag, is made of lape ota,
sago stalks, run through, sus,
with a stick, and when used
is thrust down, tipag, between
the two parts of the tiqanal,
the rails over which entrance,
kalo, roivo, pata, is made.
Below the tiqanal the door-
way is filled up with gapurpur
of bamboos ; and the whole
mateiwa we vin goro is pro-
tected by logs.
For thatching see tuu-nr.
Ima, 2. v. M. to drink.
imarag, rag intens. to drink
often.
Imal, a tree with which fences
are made ; the wood soft, the
leaves eaten; imal pita, light-
coloured; imal qoe, large kind.
line, \i 3.] comp. prep, me; as
ame; with a person, after
motion to him ; nau we maros
si katol iragetol imenan, I de-
sire that we, I and those three
that come to me to be with
me.
Inagtawasvar, a kind of yam.
Inara, pers. pr. dual 1. incl. we,
us, two.
Inarua, pers. pr. dual 1. incl. we,
us, two.
Inatol, pcrs. pr. trial 1. incl. we,
us, three.
Inau, pers. pr. sing. I, me.
Ine, [i 2.] demons, pro. that,
those, of things and persons ;
with article i and o ine ; ne.
Inegen, ex. there ! so ! kamam te
vet si inegen ! si aia !
Ineia, pers. pr. sing. 3. he, him,
she, her, it ; ineia ! that's it.
Ineira, pers. pr. plu. 3. they, them.
Inia, V. thereby; tmg savai inia;
kamam qara ivol o sava inia ;
see nia.
Iniko, pers. pr. sing. 2. thou,
thee.
Inina, pers. pr. pi. 1. incl. we, us.
In, M. a bunch, of cocoa-nuts, or
now/ see imn.
Invaw, a kind of yarn.
lo, ex. here it is ! of satisfaction.
loe, ex. of fear.
M<>T A 1>KTI <>N Ally
33
Ipala, [i 4.] tongs, cleft stick with
wliich t<> iil hot stones.
Ipe, [I 3.] comp. prep, locative,
with motion ; beside, at ; pe.
IT, shrug the shoulder, shrink ; so
to be unwilling, unfriendly to
approach ; a disobedient wife
ti I I'ir nun r<ts<jna. ; see
tapevr.
irvitag, shrug away from, re-
fuse friendly intercourse with.
Ira, 1. pers. pr. pi. 3. suffixed to
v. and prep.; never subject.
Ira, 2. \i l.J pers. art. pi. the
people, companions, of ; ira
ta Mote, the Mota people ; ira
Qat, Qat's companions, Qut
and his party; ira ive nao,
those who say na ; ira we tak,
those who say tak, the people
of two sides of Mota, whose
dialects are characterized by
those words ; ira gene, the
persons, whose names are not
mentioned.
Iragai, dem. pr. pi. 3. those defi-
nite persons ; ragai.
Iragera, dem. pr. dual 3. those
two.
Iragetol, dem. pr. trial 3. those
three.
Iraka, [i 6.] 1. ex. up ! excite-
ment ; raka. 2. v. to rise up
in excitement.
Irara, pers. pr. dual 3. they, them,
two ; rara.
Iraro, pers. art. [i 1.] fern. pi. the
women.
Irarosei, 1. interr. pr. what
women ? 2. indef. pr. some
women ; sei.
Irarua, pers. pr. dual 3. they,
them, two ; rarua.
Iras, 1. [i 4.] a baler ; ras 3.
Iras, 2. [i 3.] adv. afar, to a distance
with motion ; ras 1. .
Irasei, 1. interr. pr. pi. who ?
whom ? 2. indef. pr. pi. who-
soever, those soever, some
people.
Iratol, pers. pr. trial 3. they,
them, three ; the three.
Irav, board, slab of wood, in canoe
and house.
Iri, 1. same us //.
Iri, 2. to ask privately ; ni<it<tiri,
o tavine qe paere pata.
Iro, per. art. fern, see i 1. ; 'n-n
gene, the woman, whose name,
gene the thing the name of
which is hers, is not men-
tioned ; iro sava, what's her
name ?
Iroiv, no ; a V.L. word, but used
in Mota.
Irosei, 1. interr. pr. fern. sing,
who ? whom ? 2. indef. pr.
fern. sing, some one woman.
Irvaltanun, to refuse every man.
Irvitag, ir above ; refuse agree-
ment with, obedience, consent
to.
Is, 1. ex. of disgust.
Is, 2. to make a hissing noise as
a sign of disgust, refusal; is
nan, reject an imputation or
suggestion. Malag. isy! excl.
isitra, reject with contempt.
isvitag, to reject and leave.
Is, 3. 1. to take off from a peg or
hook, unhitch ; is reag o epa,
unhitch a sail and move it
away ; is vitag, take some-
thing off, leaving something.
2. to remove, as by cutting,
what hangs, as a bunch of
fruit.
tavais, to come off, as from a
peg or hook, come unhitched.
Isa, 1. M. v. to chew a juicy thing,
sugar-cane, pandanus fruit.
Isa, 2. n. a bitter thing, such as
bad wo-iis ; o liwoi te motion
apena, sets the teeth on edge.
Isar, \i 4.] a stick to pierce, stab,
with ; a pointed stick for
MOTA DICTIONARY
stabbing pigs cat a feast,
pointed staff to walk with ; a
spear.
Isei, 1. interr. pr. sing, who?
whom ? 2. indef. pr. some one.
iaei is not properly who ? but
what is his name 1 ? isei nasa-
sana, what is his name 1 i pers.
art. ; so irosei, irasei, iraroaei.
See sei.
Isvitag, 1. [is 2.] reject and leave
with disgust ; vitag.
Isvitag, 2. \is 3.] take off, from
peg or hook, leaving some-
thing behind.
Ita, M. 1. a nosegay of scented
leaves, fruit, &c. 2. plant
used for the purpose.
Itagai, [i 5.] 1. nothing. 2. no ;
tagai.
Ituwale, [i 5.] one, single ; tuiwle.
Ivawo, [i 3.] upon, with motion.
Ivea, [i 3.] whither ; vea.
Ivsale, fly as an unbalanced
arrow.
Ivuna- (k ) [i 3.] comp. prep, with
runai; on, with motion ; imvn-
A', on me, ivnnana, on him,
upon it.
Ivunana, to heaven, the region
above.
Ivune, [i 3.] comp. prep, with
constr. vunai, on, upon, with
motion.
Iwa, 1. n. the collar-bone.
2. v. to carry over the shoulder
on a stick, qatiiwa, with
burden on both ends.
Iwasasa, to carry, two men
with qatiiwa on their shoul-
ders and the burden between
them; sasa.
Iwasola, ground plate of fnigo-ro.
Iwatia, 1. [i 4.] the yoke connect-
ing the outrigger with the
canoe ; iuxdia mot, the free
end over the canoe ; v:ati.
2. a yam.
K.
K, pers. pr. sing. 1. suffixed to
some nouns ; my ; same as
leu; common throughout Pol.
and Mel. and in Malaysia.
Ka, pers. pr. sing. 2. thou ; always
the subject, never object of v.
Kae, to speak, talk ; kallae, kdka-
kae, talk, tell a story.
Kaekae, 1. to begin to talk, as a
child.
Kaekae, 2. n. the cry of a matika,
a rail, porphyrio.
Kaesa, to persist after reproof;
l:o we vcivct tnun o tanun ape
aavasa-va gate mona; ti mnle
ma ti ge tnulan.
Kaka, 1. v. to stretch out the
arm so as to lay hold. Mai.
Ittikap.
2. a generous man.
Kakae, 1. 1. v. to talk ; 2. n. talk.
Tcakae lea, form with which a
story begins.
Kakae, 2. n. un word for nam,
yam.
Kakakae, 1. v. to talk, tell a
story ; 2. n. a story.
Kakalatoga, confusedly, not
according to pattern ; me rns
fcafadlafoga o pul, the pattern
of the tattooing was wrong ;
thence of bad writing.
Kakamarga, light yellow colour ;
o tanun we wenewene, si ta^a-
n.i<ja, tamaovetal we memea,
a clear light or yellow com-
plexioned man, like a ripe
banana.
Kakamor, to scrape together with
fingers spread out.
Kakarau, [A-a/ca] to climb like a
bat, hanging on by the hands.
Kakareti, heartily, of laughing.
Kakarmag, [kam] to scratch,
making a hole ; o qaratu ti
MOT A DICTIONARY
35
i i^ jxtfiiu, a flying
fox is scratching a hole in the
bread-fruit.
Kakatariga, ia<nun we s!ri(j<i,
tete ram mnnsei, guff >i'i.
Kakau, [/;//] to visit constantly ;
ni iw leu hi a r<ign<> ma, he is
always coming and hooking
himself on.
Kakawa, a ]>iuna shell.
Kakeuwa, a mollusc in sand,
white, crablike.
Kal, to stir round and round, mix
stirring ; to rub with circular
motion, as a painful leg with
a finger.
kalmag, make up line into a
hank.
Kala, a lizard, blue ; nona kola,
adv. head downwards.
Kalakala, stale taste.
Kalan, striped, chequered.
Kalato, 1. a nettle tree. Fij. salato.
N.B. kalang.
Kalato, 2. a mollusc, frog shell.
Kalit, to tease, annoy, as by im-
portunity.
Kalmag, [kal] to wind line into
a hank and tie towards the
end.
Kalmatag, to bundle together,
crumple up, in lengths.
Kalo, 1 . adv. up, upwards ; kalo
sage ; adv. of time, kalo sage
ran ma, from long ago up to
the present time.
2. v. 1. to go up, climb up ; ni
me kalo sage ma, he climbed
up inland to us. 2. to enter
a house, over the tiqaual.
kalovag 1 , come up, climb, with.
Kalo, 3. v. to crawl, creep ; Icalo
navemvera, crawl slowly ; o
mataqa ti kalo naveravera, a
poisonous land mollusc crawls
like a vera.
Kalo, 4. v. to take up a fish which
has been hooked, with the
hand ; a large fish or a flying-
fish.
Kalokalo, 1. [halo 1.] 1. adj. steep;
2. n. a steep place.
Kalokalo, 2. [kalo 2.] wi word for
maligo, cloud.
Kalokalo, 3. a tree.
Kalovag, I. [kalo 2.] climb, ascend,
with. 2. [kalo 3.] crawl with.
Kaltaqataqa, to stoop, taqa, in
entering the doorway.
Kaltatau, to bend the* back in
going through a doorway,
I or in pain.
Kaltavutug, to bend the back
going under a heavy burden.
Kam, pers. pr. pi. 2. you ; only
as subject of v.
Kamam, pers. pr. pi. 1. excl. we,
us.
Kamiu, pers. pr. pi. 2. you.
Kamra, same as kamrua, you
two.
Kamrua, pers. pr. dual 2., you
two.
Kamtol, pers. pr. trial 2., you
three.
Kamurua, same as kamrua, you
two.
Kaova, an egret, herodias ; kaova
pita, white egret.
Kar, to scratch. Same as karu.
karmag, tr. determ. to scratch
through.
Kara, 1. pers. pr. dual 1. excl.
we, us, two.
Kara, 2. n. a forked arrow, with
four or six prongs, made of
qatia or m'ra, to shoot fish
with.
Kara, 3. v. to stick flowers in a
curve over the ears, the hair
being felted into pads there,
and combed up above.
Karia, dracsena.
Karu, v. to scratch. Mao. raku;
Sam. la'ii; Jav. Mai. garut.
kakarumag, to scratch a hole.
36
MOTA DICTIONARY
Karua, pers. pr. dual 1. excl. we,
us, two.
Karui, (k) tentacles of cephalo-
pods ; o wirita ti toiutowola
mun na IcdrJca/rwna, the octo-
pus rolls itself along with its
tentacles ; feelers, antennae, of
butterflies, moths, beetles, &c. ;
strings of bags to carry by,
ape sa we siplag o tana mun o
karu tana, why hang up a
bag by the strings? karkaru
gea, the small stringy roots of
piper methysticum.
Karwae, a pig ; un word for
qoe.
Kas, to damage, do injury, vio-
lence, to, provoke ; ape sa ni
we kaskas gap tamaike, why
is he so wantonly mischievous,
quarrelsome 1 ni me kas nau,
he ill-treated me.
kasiva, violent, injurious con-
duct, quarrelling.
Kasavui, (k) kasavui, 1. the knot
whence shoots of a plant pro-
ceed. 2. the shoots from a
knot, sprouts from a stock,
as on the edible caladium
qeta.
Kasiana, a kind of tomago ;
Valuwa name, kasan.
Kasiva, [kas] v. n. disturbance, a
row.
Kat, to persist, in asking, deny-
ing, arguing. Malag. hanta.
Kata, to ' stick, cleave ; with
ape.
Katmaran, [kat~\ one who solicits
till morning ; a word not to
be used.
Katol, pers. pr. trial 1. excl., we,
us, three.
Kau, to catch hold, as with a claw.
Malag. kaotra. wolakaukau,
the calamus with hooks.
kaula, M. 1. v. to claw off ; 2.
n. the stick to kaula with.
kaut, to catch hold and pluck,
twitch ; as with ikau, and to
call attention.
ikau, [i 4.] the cleft bamboo
used to twitch off almonds,
bread-fruit. &c. ; o au o valai
apena, we kau o new, o patau,
o wotaga nia.
Kavakava, a fish.
Ke, 1. ex. of astonishment.
2. to cry ke ! ni me ke apena,
he cried out in wonder at it.
Ke, 3. dem. particle, of direction
and place, here, this way ;
suffixed to many demons,
pronouns and adverbs of time
and place, Uoke nake ; intro-
duced as directive, iake ke wa !
here, this way ! in enumerating
things as if before the eyes, o
qoe ke, o rawe ke, o toa ke. '
Kearag, to remove, take away
from.
Kei, ex. stronger than ke I
Keke, to spread out the arms, of
a bird the wings ; me keke
wora o qo.rqar nania ti rowo-
lue, came out parting the
screen with his hands,
kekerag, tr. determ. to stretch
the arms for a certain effect ;
in opening a (European) door,
in measuring, not a full
fathom ; to stretch the arms
apart and cast away ; kekerag
mot, to throw the arms apart
and break what is in the
hands.
Kekeasag, to throw the shoulders
apart.
Kekeluag, [kel] crooked, wind-
ing.
Kekerag, see keke, to stretch out
the arms, or wings.
Kekete, 1. adj. high ; 2. v. to
rise up.
Kel, 1. adv. back, backwards ;
again ; with v. gives a reflec-
MOTA DICTIONARY
37
tive seiii-e, mm ire revey kel
nau, I condemn myself.
IrlLi'l, backwards and forwards,
about ; / /m/ /'/>( /.v/fceZ, stand in
place after place.
2. v. to go or come back, return.
keluag, turn back.
keluva, v. n. return, return-
ing ; ( tnl: <> l:i'!ii,-n. start on
a return journey.
kelvag, return with.
Kele, to put the finger in a hole.
Mai. kele.
Keleag, to turn the eyes round in
looking at any one, look out
of the corner of the eyes.
Keleva, to give money, pay a fine,
for crossing the legs of certain
relatives, such as veve vies
r<in'e, or on returning home.
Kelkeluag, crooked, irregular.
Kelmatexnate, [mate 2.] to go
and sleep at a place so as to
be ready for a start the next
morning.
Kelo, adj. barren, of living things.
Keluag, adv. turning again ; o
qoe ti war keluay, the boar's
tusks are making their second
round.
Keluva, [kel] returning, return
journey.
Kelvag, to return with.
Kere, 1. n. 1. the thick or butt
end, thence a club. 2. bottom.
Kere, 2. adv. equivalent to teve,
just, only, nothing but that ;
na kere tut wia neia, I only
just hit him with my fist ;
see teve 2. Motlav, Merl.
Gaua, kere, ker, neg.
Kereai, (k) [kere] a little at the
bottom.
Kereag, to wipe utterly away.
Kerei, (k) 1. the thick end, butt,
of something long ; 2. the
bottom where there is depth.
kereaka, the stern part of a
canoe.
kengapurpwr, the lower part of
that which bars, pm; the
doorway.
kerepei, the lower part and
mouth of a stream.
kererara, the latter part of the
winter season ; ram.
keresala, one who is last of the
company on the road ; sola.
kereminv, the bottom of a pool
on the reef, mino, or of the
sea near the shore.
kerepue, the bottom of a bamboo
water-carrier ; met. a rank in
the suqe.
kerequloi, or qiloi, the lower
part of the abdomen below
the navel.
Proverbial expressions ; o kerei
me malue the bottom has a
hole in it, na kerena me malue
there is a hole in the bottom
of it, the matter has been
patched up incompletely, it is
still open ; o kere qoe, o kere
sotn, yate wono, the bottom of
the pig, or money, is not
patched soundly up, i. e. what
was at the bottom of the ques-
tion, about pig or money, has
not been thoroughly settled.
Keremainiin, a large bag of
money.
Keresovin, said of a man who
squats in fear ready to jump
up, as if on the end, kerei, of
his posteriors.
Kerevag-, to turn the head, look
round moving the head.
Malag. herika. kerevay nona
malau, to look round with
eyes only moving, without
turning the head ; as the
malau does lest it should
attract attention by moving.
Kergalgalaput, 1. n. the notch
MOTA DICTIONARY
in the butt of an arrow. 2.
v. to shoot an arrow into the
notch of one shot before.
Kerkerevalerai, a number of
various objects, bewildering
valerai.
Kerkersanavul, a kind of yam
with many ends, kerei, of the
tuber.
Kertaworag, almonds at the
bottom of the pugoro, chest,
lying at the bottom, kerei, of
the side pieces, taworag.
Kertotovoi, the lower part, kerei,
of a sail in the angle between
the mast and the boom.
Kesa, n. quarrel, disturbance, v.
to fight, quarrel ; kesaraka,
raise a disturbance.
kesava, v. n. fighting, quar-
relling, a riot.
Kesakesa siwo tano, one who is
always moving about, never |
resting, always disturbing the i
ground under his feet.
Kete, high, raised up ; commonly j
ketekete.
kekete, v. to rise up.
Kik, to draw aside or back, shrink,
turning the elbow up, as in
dread ; as from mother-in-law, j
kiksag, in vakiksag, go by the
side of.
Kikina, 1. adj. dreadful, awful, j
makes one kik.
2. v. to draw back in dread, as !
from qaliga.
Kikiu, (k) a side ; ape kikik, pe j
kiksak, beside me. Malag. i
kiko, elbow.
Kilau, 1. v. to turn the back, turn
the head back ; kilau ris, turn j
round.
2. adv. with the back turned ;
pute kilau, sit turning the
back ; vara kilau, step, stamp,
kick, with the back turned.
Fij. kilavaka ; Malag. hilana.
Kilokilom, to tease, bother.
Kilmata, to roll the eyes and lift
the eyebrows, making a sign ;
rova kilmata, to measure a
length with the right hand
on the collar-bone, turning
the eyes round to observe the
length.
Kilsai, (k) the outer part of the
eyebrow.
-kilse matai, the eyebrow.
Kio, a whale.
Kiogale, met. said of one who
persuades others to do some-
thing dangerous or trouble-
some and withdraws himself ;
the whale plays a trick, gale,
on fish, nina vano salilina,
let's go ashore ; they go and are
caught, he remains in the sea.
Kir, to snap off, asunder, neuter ;
from this sakir.
Kiria, to shrink as in pain or shy-
ness ; ape kiria, shy.
Kiskislag, to annoy mischiev-
ously ; toga kiskislag, behav-
ing badly.
Kita, fierce, bad-tempered, wild ;
we kita nan, to be unmanage-
able by.
Ko, 1. pers. pr. sing. 2. ; thou,
thee.
2. pers. pr. sing. 2., suffixed to
verb and prep., thee.
Koa, to be unsteady ; whence
takoakoa.
Koalag, to take and keep what
does not belong to one ; with
goro of the person to whom
the wrong is done ; e. g. if a
man takes by force another's
inheritance.
Koe, to pull backwards and for-
wards, loosen, and pull out ;
the proper term for pulling
sugar-cane, koe ton.
koesag, to loosen by shaking.
makoekoe, loose and shaky.
.MOT A DICTIONARY
39
Koko, 1. tr. v. to keep close, con-
tract ; carry water in hands
or leaf ; koko !;(<>, lake up a
soft tiling in both hands,
keeping it from falling abroad;
koko (fora, protect as with the
hand enclosing ; neuter, of an
ulcer getting smaller as it
heals, o a ir ti kkoko. Malag.
Kohotct.
kokomag, to keep something
carefully ; careful, trust-
worthy.
kokor, to enclose, hold care-
fully with both 1 lands ; keep
carefully, faithfully; o tavine
ti kokor o tiatmera not man
napcmentt.
kokos, to enclose, prevent from
escaping, as fish in a net,
fowls by the people catching
them.
kokot, to enclose in narrow
limits, contract.
kokot a, 1. adj. narrow, con-
fined. 2. n. a narrow canoe.
Koko, 2. to cluck, make the cry
of fowls ; kokoko.
Kokok, n. a fowl of the intro-
duced kind ; probably from
the English word cock.
Kokolovuga, [koko 1.] overhung,
covered close ; o vanua we
kokolovuga with clouds, o
mot we kokolovuga with trees
overhead.
Kokowag, tr. determ. koko 1. keep
carefully ; faithful.
Kokomatag, [koko 1.] look care-
fully after, matay.
Kokopei, adv. in such a way as
to hold water, koko pei ; o
mala ti salesale kokopei, a
hawk soars so steadily that
water would not spill from its
wings ; o epa we kokopei, a
sail not well set will hold
water in the bulge.
Kokor, 1. tr. v. koko 1. hold, en-
close carefully ; nl i-niiiu leas
reagkoJcorinagcvroaa inn ///<,
n //.v. noil, may lie have pity
and rescue and preserve.
Kokor, 2. nn word for ii.rttipii'j.
Kokor ako, to crow as a cock,
koko 2.
Kokoroma, to hold the arms over
the breast, to fold the wings.
Kokoromag, to crackle as broken
twigs or bones ; to crash as
falling trees.
Kokorou, [koko 1.] to cross the
arms over the breast, as in
cold ; of a bird to close the
wings, we pute kokorou.
Kokos, tr. determ. koko 1. to en-
close.
Kokot, tr. determ. koko 1. to
narrow, confine.
Kokota, [ta 6.] narrow, confined ;
koko 1.
Kole, v. to make a feast with a
view to some particular thing
or circumstance.
kole yainal, when a new gamal is
built, or part added ; kole ima,
a new house ; kole liivanta-
mate, the figure of a dead
person ; kole nereqoe, for the
right of wearing a pig's tail
in the hair ; kole nule, for a
carved wooden image ; kole
sarlano, for wearing the lano
hat ; kole sewere, for a stone
to remain in the marana;
kole valvalai, for a house with
ornamented ends to its pur-
lins ; kole vat, for a stone
placed as a memorial of the
feast ; kole wetapup, for the
right to wear a lace of feathers;
kole varoivoi completed, me
kole veta, me itkeg veta.
Kolekole, a feast made as above.
Kolo, to contract, be contracted.
kolot, to press together, crush
40
MOTA DICTIONARY
with the hands, to stop the
mouth of a pig with the hands.
Koloi, (k) a hole, probably kolo.
Kolkoloi, a small contracted
thing, kolo ; an abortive cocoa-
nut.
Kom, to keep food in the mouth,
in the cheek. Malag. homoka.
Komara, a creeping plant with
large hooked thorns.
Komas, a tree.
Kome, to break off with a twist,
wring off ; te kome o vun nai,
te koine late o nol tangae.
Komkom, 1. n. something kept
in the mouth, v. redupl. kom.
2. a small make, Tahitian chest-
nut.
Komtaqola, to put food into a
mouth already full; kom.
Kor, 1. n. v. to become dry, with
heat or time.
2. n. 1. a cocoa-nut in its last
condition before it falls from
the tree. 2. a bread-fruit
artificially dried, tin, tun; also
tin kor; te teve, te goa, te
loilwil goro, te vasager alo av,
te ris, paso nan me manoga get,
pa te lano. 3. a dry tree, kor
gara qaro old but green.
Kor, 3. adj. clear, of the sky and
sea ; the clear sky behind
seen between clouds, tuka kor ;
the open sea clear of islands,
lama kor.
Kora, 1. shrunk, wasted, as the
eye in sickness, or cocoa-nut
with little meat.
2. n. a narrow canoe.
Kora, 3. v. to break, or cut short,
branches, in clearing for a
garden.
koran, tr. determ. to break a
branch downwards at its base
on the trunk.
Korave, to draw aside, rave,
korave lea, take credit for whal
some one else has done, say
that another's work is one's
own.
Kore, the trunk of a tree used as
a drum, hollowed from a
longitudinal slit, the lip of
which is struck.
Kos, to do damage to, assault.
kos lea, break peace ; apesa ko
we kos moma o lea immak ?
why do you want to quarrel
with me 1
Kota, to talk, chatter ; commonly
kotakota.
Koto, 1. tr. v. to nip ; koto mot
nip short off, as money, or
710 mata leaves. 2. term used
in snqe or kole ; me koto val
neira mun o sow, money was
broken off for every one of
them.
2. n. v. to snap ; koto mot, to
snap suddenly short like a
brittle stick ; ti malate mala-
rowo.
Kou, to keep secret, property or
information ; te koti rorono o
som.
Kov, 1. tr. v. to obscure ; kov goro
pul, put earth on the torch of
gum to make the light dim ;
so giskov. 2. n. v. to be ob-
scure, dim, talkov ; o loa ti
sar kovkov namatana, the sun
dazzles his eyes so that things
are obscure to him. Distin-
guish from govgov.
Ku, pers. pr. sing. 1. suffixed to
nouns ; same as k ; my.
Kukulmatag, to crumple, bundle
up.
Kukurag, [kin-] to eat fruit in
abundance, such as rai.
Kukurwota, [kur] to bite a fruit
and come upon, ivota, a stone
or hard seed.
Kula, n. 1. a hump, bent back ;
2. a humpbacked person.
M()T A DMTloXAUV
41
Kulai, (k) 1. the humped or
rounded part ; so, of u man or
animal, the back. 2. in sec-
ondary sen.se, the hinder part,
behind ; "// l;ul.l;, benlnd
me.
1. I; ill' !ma, the roof of a house,
outside, never the back of a
house ; fade panei, the back
of the hand ; knl<>. i/nre, the
carapace of a crab, thence met.
the instep of the foot ; kide
<//.vf, the bottom of a vessel.
2. kide </on, the next day after.
Kulum, to handle a thing till it
is spoilt, as a child does a
banana.
Kur, to eat hard food, as fruit,
things uncooked ; to gnaw as
dogs do bones ; always used
of eating men.
kur nW/Avr, met. to eat things
raw, as the rail ; manoga kur
matika, said of underdone
food, cooked for a matika's
eating, raw ; fair qulo, one
who eats fruit before it is
ripe.
kukurag 1 , to eat in abundance,
r</ 2. intens.
Kurakura, a shell used as a
trumpet.
Kurut, a dog ; there were no dogs
in the Banks' Islands, but the
name given them is no doubt
connected with Sta. Cr. fadi;
Fij. koli; Maori, kuri.
La, M. to give or take, with at
or ma respectively ; la o ta~
valitij to take one's side.
lav, tr. determ. take.
Laeolo, a tree with handsome
flowers, a cassia.
Lag, 1. to marry, to be married ;
i l(j the bridegroom, iro
1<(<I the bride; lay rnMmum,
one constantly changing her
husband.
Lag 1 , 2. tr. suffix to v.
Lagalaga, a fruit tree.
Lagau, to pass, cross over ; of im-
pediment rather than space.
o layau tauwe, met. a tall man,
can step over a mountain,
lagaus, tr. determ. to cross over
from tree to tree.
Laget, to climb a cocoa-nut tree
with feet against the trunk,
we veresay mun o ranoi.
Lago, 1. v. to step, stretch the
legs ; te lago avnne, wot tanyae,
steps across from the top of
one tree to another. Fij. lako ;
San. Cr. rago ; Day. laku ; Bat.
laho; Tag. Idkar; Motu N.G.
loo.
valago, to run.
Lago, 2. cylindrical large basket
of flattened bamboo to hold
yams, &c.
La goro, [la] to make preliminary
payment for securing the pur-
chase of pig, or engagement
of wife.
Lagota, giant ; of man or pig.
Lagsar, a tree.
Lai, 1. v. to be able, succeed.
Gaua lai, to strike ; me lai,
it has been successfully done.
2. adv. after a verb " can " ; te
nina lai at, can get there.
3. adv. at all.
Lailai, adj. said of small things,
persons ; i yene^ we lailai ;
but not as in Fiji, small in a
general use.
Lais, v. to beat, as heavy rain ;
to speak in loud angry tone ;.
from Gaua, rather than Mota,
lai.
Laka, 1. to kick up the heels,.
as in dancing ; 2. to dance.
42
MOTA DICTIONARY
lakalaka, 1. v. to rejoice, dance.
2. n. a dance, a merry-making.
malakalaka, joyful, happy,
rejoicing.
Lakalaka pule loa, one who
lives comfortably in a worn-
out house in fine weather ;
prov. ; as if rejoicing in his
having sunshine.
Laka pule masu, one who re-
joices in -present abundance,
masu, without thinking of
the future.
Lakae, adze made of clam shell,
tridacna.
Lakitiu, a small quantity, a
small bundle, as of toape,
that can be carried in the
hand.
Lak, hard.
Laklak, v. to crackle as biscuit
in the mouth, or a light hard
thing when tapped.
Laklak ta Vava, a trap of
pointed bamboo in a hole, set
against thieves.
Lakona, a part of Sta. Maria ;
Lakon.
Lakosa, disturbed, tossed, of sea,
mind, feelings.
Laku, to fasten with horizontal
sticks or bamboos, laid along
and bound round ; we laku
innn o cm ; same as laq.
Lala, 1. n. v. to come open, lala
wora; tavalala.
Lala, 2. to burn clear and hot.
lalav, tr. to scorch.
Lala, 3. 1. univalve, top-shell.
2. bracelet made of it. N.B.
lala, the same.
Lalai, (k) rib, side.
Lalais, sweat, perspire, perspira-
tion.
Lalak, a bush bearing a round
fruit.
Lalakete, [la-kete] to be victori-
ous, successful, get the upper
hand ; lalalcete nan ra tava-
laleaj to be victorious over
the enemy, nan o vayalo, in
the battle.
Lalakorekore, the drumming
noise of an insect in hollow
tree ; kore.
Lalaktera, [lak] hard, as earth,
&c. ; adv. hard.
Lalala goro, to talk down.
Lalalano, to keep things in order
in house or cultivations, go
properly about bu siness ; la no 1 .
Lalahiara ; see lalanara.
Lalamanolnol, the short ribs ;
lalai, nol.
Lalamarag, [lama 3.] to beat
down in quantities, as children
do now.
Lalamas, beat, redupl.
Lalamera, child-bearing ; tano
lalamerq,) time of ; la, mera.
Lalanag, [7an] to raise the
hand, arm.
Lalanai, (k) the underpart or
side ; alalane, alalanana,
also lalane, lalanana, under,
underneath.
lala?iaviga, adj. with an under-
side.
Lalanara, [Zanor] cloying sweet ;
we pun lalanara, smells sweet,
but hurts the nose between
the eyes.
Lalanaviga, adj. having an
underside, Icdanai ; as a stone
lying apparently firm, but it
is unsteady, inaymayoa, you
know it is lalaiiaviya, has
an underside that can be
got at, qara yil, we wU sav-
ray ; or as a recess, deep
horizontally under a rock.
Lalanitiga, adj. all in a sweat ;
o vanita we lalanitiyavay o
tutunsay.
Lalaparpar, to dash about, as
fowl, fish ; o yasuive ti lala-
MOT A I>HTH>\.\I;Y
parpar al<> pittjnro, when a
tire is lighted underneath to
kill it.
Lalapeag-, springy, as long elastic
pole.
Lalaptape, to sing away from
the tune ; see tape siwo.
Lalasiaga, adj. full to repletion ;
o to<ja! fi lalasioQa.
Lalaso, a kind of half-wild yam,
with tubers on the vine.
Lalateag, to move away from
an object it is desired one
should approach ; as a child
from its mat not wanting to
lie down.
Lalaxis, stretch out, up ; redupl.
Zi ; a damaged tree recover-
ing ti lalans ; ineia tama o
{iiiytie <ja, qara lalalaiis sage,
of a sick man, he is shaky
like a mast just set up, before
the stays are tight.
Lalav, [lala 2.] 1. tr. to send out
a blast, burn, scorch. 2.
neuter, to be hot, burnt ;
natarapena ti lalav, his body
is scorched.
Lalaviu, (k) n. the blast of heat
from fire, sun ; lalavi av,
lalav loci.
Lalaviai, lalaviay, steep, pre-
cipitous ; ti lalav aia.
Lalaviu, [lalav] 1. the blast of
heat. 2. the blast of a swift
passing body, as a falling
rock ; tayai, na me ronotay
gap nalalamnd, it did not
touch me, I only felt the
wind of it as it went by.
Lalawora, [lala 1.] burst and
come open.
Laloloi, whet to appetite; ko we
ima o (jene we yoyona, ko we
malinsala.
Xiama, 1. the open sea. Marsh.
lama; Kerepuriu N.G. lama,
salt, sea.
In nut /."/-, the clear sea between
islands, hor 3.
inn nun /vr/v///-, clear Sea.
i>nn\i\<iD, the unvisited,
mouldy, sea.
In in 1 1 .s-f, deep water close on
shore.
In ma. rniianit'ay, empty sea
without islands.
Lama, 2. adj. vast; probably
same word ; vui lama ! said of
one much grown ; vui.
lamlamaga, very large.
Lama, 3. to beat, strike, with a
drawing motion.
lawiarag, tr. intens. beat in
quantities, lalamaray.
lamas, tr. clef, to strike some-
thing, with drawing stroke.
lamasag 1 , tr. def. to beat upon.
Lamanawo, the tail of a fish ; ti
lamofcuna o tiaivo.
Lamansia, to work for nothing,
ape tuqensei, look after for no-
thing, ape pulansei o som;
la manasia.
Lai^as, [lama 3.] to strike with
drawing strokes ; as an arrow
that strikes with the side as
it passes ; as a branch drawn
back strikes in flying back ;
as in adzing off smooth the
sides of a canoe ; as in striking
the brush in painting ; thence
in new use to paint.
Lamasag, to beat upon, give
stripes upon ; lama 3.
o mera ti lamasag, day breaks,
the streaks of dawn beat upon
the sky.
lamasag noronoro, a month in
which the wind beats and
rattles the dry reeds.
lamasag pue nawo, to break a
bamboo water-carrier of salt
water on a sow's back ; a
charm to promote birth of
pigs.
MOTA DICTIONARY
Lamasasa, the sea at the end of
deep water.
Lamlamasag kere, a very strong
man.
Lamlamaga, [lama 2.] very large,
immense.
Lamlamalou, a greedy man who
eats anything ripe or unripe,
as if he beat the trees in the
lou.
Lano, 1. v. to go about.
Lano, 2. n. 1. hat worn in a
certain rank ; 2. rank, oven,
in siiqe.
Lan, 1. n. (k) wind ; nalanina,
his wind to sail with ; gan o
Ian, wind worked by charms
against him.
2. adv. upwards, heavenwards ;
ate Ian, to turn the face, look
upwards.
Ian. mamata, a wind that blows
all night ; met. a man who
wakes all night.
Ian sere, steady strong wind,
trade-wind.
Ian tale va! cry in hurricane,
tale.
Ian ta Panoi, whirlwind.
Ian ta ivo-rara, N. wind in
winter, shakes off the rara.
Ian mts, a hurricane.
Names of winds ; Ganue, Gauna,
Masalava, Nucdiu, Togalau.
3. met. a lazy man ; iniko Ian !
Mai. langit; Malag. lanitra;
Mao. rangi; Sam. lagi; Pol.
generally, the sky; Mortlock,
Ian, sky ; Ponape, Ion, cloud;
Fij. lagi, the heavens or
atmosphere; N.H Jam, wind ;
Fij. cagij wind and atmo-
sphere ; Motu N.G. la'i, wind ;
Sol. I. San Or. rani, rain ;
Fl. lani gabu, the iris on surf
or rainbow, rain of blood.
Lana, to lift up, turn up, so as to
show the underside, as the
edge of a mat, the sole of
foot, leaf from the end.
la-nag, tr. determ. in lalanay
redupl. to lift up the arm.
Sam. laga; Fij. laga.
Lanai, the underside, lalanai ,
same word as lana.
Lanalana, [n] 1. to shave the
edge of the hair.
2. turn up on end ; o tangae we-
vile lanalana, the leaves of
trees above a cliff are turned
up as the wind blows on its-
face.
La?iameme, |7ana] the lowest
purlin of a roof.
Lanar, to cloy, as certain strong -
tasted over-sweet food ; when
one has- eaten such me lanar
nan, me paso, can't eat more,
lalanara, adj. cloying, over-
sweet.
Lanavag, to stop a hole in thatch
with a sago leaf : probably
turning up, lana, the thatch
to insert it.
Lanlaii, 1. to use effort, we lan-
lan goro matila, try in vain.
Lanlau, 2. [Ian] (k) the wind of
swiftly passing object ; na
lanlanina apena.
Lanlananau, to sleep sound with
eyes open, eyeballs turned
back, lana ; when the man
wakes, namatana we wil, gate
W;.
Lano, 1. the bluebottle fly. Mao.
ngaro, rango ; Sam. la go ; PoL
rango; Fij. lago ; N.H. com-
monly lano, Ian; Anaiteum,
lag ', Sol. I. lano, rano, thano /"
Mai. lanyau ; Sangir, lango ;
Motu N.G. lao; Mefoor, ran.
La?io, 2. to place horizontally
across in order, as wood for
the fire ; we lano o varu ape
kor, hibiscus rods laid in order
for drying bread-fruit on,.
MOT A DKTIONAIJV
45
we i\<> <>
te /"IK* ii pii.tjufO) construct a
food-chest.
3. to lay rollers for drawing
canoes.
4. met. 1. l<n\<> [ir<>, to take the
place of another, as in speak
ing; 2. to arrange 'in lend
ing money for repayment,
with yoro ; A lends 10 hanks
of money to B., he we Zono
<jon> A. by lending him at the
same time four hanks.
Mao. /V//M/O, roller for canoes
Sam. layo, prop for canoes ;
common Pol. in these senses
Fij. layona, to put pieces oJ
wood under anything.
lanon, tr. to arrange bread-fruit,
&c. on qat lano for drying,
&c.
ilano, a roller for canoes. Fij.
Uago.
lia?iolano, a fish.
Lanon, [lano 2.] to arrange ma/re
kernels, or bread-fruit, for
drying.
Lapa, to flap ; sis-lapa.
Lapalapa, with flapping motion ;
o too, ti wosa lapalapa napa-
nina, a fowl flaps his wings.
Lapai, (k) the rachis of a palm-
frond, tree-fern frond, banana
or caladium leaf. Sam. lapa-
lapa.
Lapasag, to serve with food ;
probably lapa.
Laplapesoraka, quickly and
badly.
Laq, to strengthen a single row
of stakes with horizontal
bamboos along the top, which
are bound round, tatal, with a
running line ; same as laku.
Laqa, to spring up, spring back,
fly up, as a spring or any-
thing elastic, flip up or back ;
laqa^^wora, to [split, burst
asunder, lly :q,;irt u a .-lone
on the fire; la</ we, l IK-
rent, split; rarn l<i<i, to
speak clear again, the
returning after hoarseness,
me soso ti pa me laqa kel ; of
a vessel not observed spring-
ing up suddenly into view,
o aka me /"<y "/'</ >-nn. See
laqar, tr. to spring back upon;
as a spring-trap on rat, &c. ;
o niniKi ti l(i<i<(ri<i, tin; plan-
strikes him with delight, its
pleasantness, beauty, spring
upon him as he first sees it ;
impers. me laqr /MM/, I was
struck with dizziness.
laqarag, 1. to spring back, re-
cover, as a bent bough, or
bow; laqlaqctrftij, elastic. 2.
to flip off in springing.
Laqai, (k) the blade, flat, broad
and thin, part, as blade of
paddle laqe ivose, tail of eel
(not of fish) laqe marea.
Laqa?i, to wrap food in leaves
and cook on embers.
laqan ranronai, to cook in the
same way with fewer leaves
so that it is more like broiling,
ranow.
Laqar, to spring upon ; see laqa.
Laqarag, 1. recover with elasti-
city. 2. flip off ; laqa.
Laqasare, to tear, split asunder ;
neuter.
Laqe, 1. a creeping plant of which
a crimson dye is made.
Laqe, 2. v. to spread and join.
laqelaqe in nara laqelaqe, sis
laqelaqe.
laqea, spreading out, and so
sinking down.
Laqei, same as laqai.
Laqetaga, small as a bundle ;
laqan.
Jaqlaqea, flattened, flatten down ;
46
MOTA DICTIONARY
o tano me vutvut halo ti pa tne
laqlaqea siwo, the earth has
stood in heaps but has been
flattened down, after rain ;
when in cutting a canoe a
part projects too much te tara
laqlaqea siwo adze it down.
Laqlaqe-maligo, [laqe 2.] con-
nected clouds, spreading to
touch.
Laqlaqe-vanua, a town or vil-
lage made up of connected
parts.
Laqot, to hold in a large bunch
or bundle ; galaqot.
Laqotiu, a bundle or bunch,
large.
Lareag-, \la\ to take away, leav-
ing some behind ; reag ; sub-
tract.
Las, 1. live coral, of the branching
kinds ; las tur, large kinds.
Las, 2. to lay in rows, set side by
side ; we las o qeaqea inun o
var, make the stage in a canoe
by laying rods of hibiscus side
by side ; we las o togo for a
screen, set reeds side by side ;
las no gae make the mats of
leaves for qaranis fastening
on one after the other by
thrusting in the stalks.
Las, 3. a tree.
Lasa, a drinking cup ; vinlasa,
one made of cocoa-nut shell ;
lasa tangae cut out of wood,
as for gea.
Laslasorawe, a small tree with
curious fruit, rare.
Laso, a rawe pig.
Lasoi, (k) the male members. 2.
a big boar pig. Mao. raho,
testicle ; Sam. laho, scrotum ;
Macassar, laso, penis.
Las-no -gae, [las 2.J n. mat of
leaves for closing the native
oven.
Late, 1. v. to break, snap ; te late
savrag o sine noota, to break
and pull off the midrib of
sago frondlet.
2. adv. in broken bits, breaking
short ; tira late, stop short in
walking ; see luqe late, wola
late ; vns latelate, beat to bits.
lateg, tr. to break; particularly
of the reeds on which yams
are trained ; we viawo, we
qeteg taur, ive la halo o tuei
avune togo, qara lateg ; when
the vine has reached the end
of the reed, the reed is broken
so as to bend and meet another
set upright to take the runner,
this and others in succession
are so broken, till the vine is
full-grown, then ruqa.
lateg qatremeat, to break and
bend the reed high up.
lateg ronomara, to break and
bend the reed near the ground,
like a dove's leg.
malate, broken.
Lateqalo, the sound of the break-
ings of twigs, &c. ; qalo.
Latlataga, bottle-shaped, narrow
above, bulging below, like
some yams, and toqe nai;
naqatuna ti gaereere, natu-
riana we sasarita ; talatlat.
Lau, the seaside as opposed to
the inland, the beach as ap-
proached from the laud. Mai.
laut.
Laulau, long, at length ; verey
laidan, to stretch the head out
far in spying at something.
Laus, [us 6.] to give, put, forward,
up, out.
Lav, \la\ to take, receive ; o la-
vine te lav no-tuna, a woman
has a child.
Lava, 1. n. a large sea-urchin,
echinus ; maru lava, its spines.
Lava, 2. adj. great, large. Mao.
raha, wide; San Cr.
MOT A DK.TIONAIIY
47
Marsh. li>, large ;
. l>n;i, long ; Mai. //-
pang.
Lave, tlie prefix to numerals be-
tween live and ten, i.e. tlie
digits of the second hand ; in
cardinals <( is added, making
lured. N.]J. l<ij>-t !!;<.<!, (5 ; <rr-
laveatea, six ; lan'd'ai, sixth.
lavearua, seven; iarci-mn,
seventh.
laveatol, eight ; li-i>tlii!,
eighth.
laveavat, nine; Zavevoitu,
ninth.
Laviao, to eat greedily and ask
for more.
Laviulo, to make its appearance,
of the male flower, idoi, of the
bread-fruit, o uloi ti laviulo.
Lavlavat, 1. tr. v. to hurry,
bustle up with fear, as when
a tuniate chases a man, ti
la da vat neia ; 2. impers. v.
me lavlavat neira, they were
in a hurry because of their
fright ; 3. adv. in a hurry and
fright, kamin- me tavaraka
lavlavat apesa?
Lavlaviae, steep, precipitous.
Lavparau, to oil a bow ; ran is
ram.
Lawa, 1. to blaze, flame ; 2. to be
of a blazing, brilliant, red
colour.
lawalawa, adj. 1. blazing red ;
2. met. in exaggeration.
lawatura, crimson, like a we-
tapup.
lawlawaga, burning red ; na-
palasana we lawlawaga, his
cheek is burning with a blush.
Lawe, a bleimy h'sh ; of many
species, e.g. lawe-mata-memea,
a red-eyed blenny, lawe pa-
tau, lawe puputa, lawe qat-
ycu/arat, lawe qcitu kura, laive
fill" .";/(", /")' /" mala Hives
in pools, linr,' i<i<i, la<i<i*itjini,
I, i iff LI;-- >ri,i ; the calf of the
leg, luijrlinrr, from its form.
Lawesus, an abscess or boil ;.
called after a species of laive ,
which is eaten as a cure.
Lawu, a fish.
Le, give, take, same as la; le m,
change.
Lea, M. word, report^ law ; same
as V. Zeo, which see.
/<<( lol, stupidity, indifference,.
refusing to attend ; lot.
lea sorsvrwo, rumour ; sororo.
lea ta matesala, news picked up
on the road.
lea tata t bad news.
tavala lea, the one or other side
in the question, enemy.
lea varyol, quarrel.
Leas, 1. v. to take the place of,
put in place of, change ; 2.'
adv. instead of, in change.
Leasag, [lea] to argue or contend
against a statement or order,
contradict, disobey.
leleleasag, to be contentious.
Leas?nera, a child adopted to take
the place of one dead.
Leg, to hang up ; manley.
Legao, to pass over; same as
layau.
Lego, last of all ; always with '
nia; tawur, tayir, lego nia,
last of all, behind.
Leilei, an oyster ; vin leilei
oyster shell.
Lekir, to beat, dash with violence ;
o makaru me wota ti we rowo
mnn o yae, te lekir ti, a flying-
fish wlien caught leaps with
the line dashing itself on the
surface; rowo leklekir, leap
and stamp.
leklekir, adv. violently, strongly.
Lele, 1. a flat-fish, sole ; see
Idenawo.
48
MOT A DICTIONARY
Lele, 2. n. 1. the inside of a build-
ing ; so with prep, a, i,
comp. prep, alele, ilele ima, in,
into the house.
2. without a or i, itself prep.,
lele ima, in the house, indoors.
Lelenawo, V. to swim on the surf-
board. Motu N.G. lele, swim,
of fish.
Lelena, v. to stray ; adv. astray.
Lelep, to cover and protect from
dirt, as leaves lelep goro ta-
rowo in eating keep food off
the ashes, ive lelep avune vat
are laid over the stones to
keep the food clean in the
oven ; the leaf so used no-
lelep.
Lelera, to be possessed as by a
tamat lelera, be delirious ;
lera.
Leles, v. to succeed, be heir.
Lelesiu, (k) successor, heir, to
position, property.
Lelete, to warp ; to draw in the
back as in avoiding an arrow ;
lete.
Leleva, to leave a track ; see
next word.
Lelevai, (k) a track shown on
grass, bushes, &c. of one who j
has passed, not footprints on
the ground.
Lelvetur, said of one who goes j
about not settling or sitting,
with traces, lelevai, of stand-
ing, tur, only.
Lelvotur, said of a village in ex-
citement, anxiety, in expecta-
tion of a fight ; votur.
Lemes, the point of an arrow.
Lena, 1. a woman's dance ; ive
ras o lena.
Lena, 2. to be indistinct, bewilder-
ing ; as in valenai, valenalena,
alena.
Lenas, (k) brilliancy, dazzling
splendour, as of sun, moon,
yaviya in full bloom, &c. ;
lena.
Leo, V. same as lea M. word, re-
port, law. In N.H. Lep.
Pent. Mae. speech ; Mao. reo ;
Sam. leo.
Lepa, 1. n. dirt of the ground,
mud, dirt generally ; 2. adj.
dirty. Bugotu, dhepa, ground.
lepag-a, lepalepaya, adj. dirty.
lepava, v. n. dirtiness, filth.
lepavag, to be dirty with, de-
filed by.
Leplep, an unripe make, Tahitian
chestnut.
Lepmatua, said of tantin gate
poa mantag, te toga solsol
amen o tavine, ti gopa.
Leqa, 1. 1. v. to dig a trench to
carry water, lead water in a
trench ; 2. n. a lead.
Leqa, 2. v. to fly before, dash
away from ; o reremera te leqa
o tamate; leqa nawo, on a
surf -board ; leqa Ian, fly be-
fore a gale.
valeqas, to put to hasty flight.
Leqaleqa, adv. loosely, tempor-
arily ; rot leqaleqa, to bind
loosely round fence or purlin ;
woso leqaleqa o wote tangae me
taso, hammer in pegs to mark
the points of the ground-plan
for a house.
Leqleq, same as leplep, a maJce
not full-grown or ripe.
Lera, 1. to wander, go astray.
2. to talk deliriously.
lerava, v. n. wandering, error,
delirium,
leravag, to wander with, be
delirious in.
Les, 1. v. to become a member of
a tamate society, be initiated ;
gate avu tiqa munia, qara les
ti ; we les o tamate, o qat.
Les, 2. v. to turn over, act. or
neut. ; roll, fold, up.
DICTIONARY
40
les m - , turn inside out ;
lea, very white.
3. adj. blunt, with edge turned ;
oi' metal tools.
malesles, ready to turn over,
unsteady, drunk,
matalesles, full so that the
liquid curls over the vessel's
brim ; we ura matalesles.
Lesles-ta-gasuwe, head over
heels.
Leso, a kind of ficus elastica,
Morcton Bay fig.
Lesu, see les, with derivatives.
Lete, t*o curve in or out, protrude
like elbow of a bran ch v curl,
warp ; nudetelete, protrude
the lips ; lelete, above ; yalete,
tatagatete^ shrink with a curl.
Levegao, to cross over, pass over,
a space ; siia levegao, paddle
over from shore to shore.
Lia, 1. (k) hollow in or under a
rock, cave, den ; lie peserag,
a shallow cave. Mai. liyany ;
Mao. nta ; Sam. lua, pit, hole ;
Malag. luaka, hole.
Lia, 2. v. in the words below.
Liamule, to shoot a man of one's
own party in a fight ; me
liamule ineia.
Liawora, to come through to
land, as a canoe.
Ligiu, (k) moisture, juice, sap,
gravy, liquid contained.
ligligira, liuid, juicy.
Lig-sinaga, food of a juicy un-
substantial kind, fruit, &c.
Lig-telepue, honey j new word.
Lignamele, the shell-collecting
phorus, univalve.
Ligo, 1. to tie with the end of a
line, as when tying up a pig ;
to hang by the neck, strangle.
met. to engage, promise ;
N.G. rigo, ligo, rio.
2. conceive in the womb,
ligog, (1.) to make an engage-
ment for, promise ; me //</</
<> '/on, the day is fixed, as for
a feast,
ligovag, (2.) be conceived with.
Ligomate, 1. to hang to death ;
o tavine qara ligomfite kelua,
thereupon the woman hanged
herself.
Ligomate, 2. a tree.
Ligorea, a hollow between two
knobs or prominences, as the
narrow part of a kite, rea,
between the body and the
tail.
Ligotapug, the appointed day
for taking the suqe.
Ligowol, to hang, strangle one-
self for some one's sake ; wol,
in compensation ; see mate-
wol.
Lik, to open with unfolding
motion, as the eye, hand, to
lift up from one end as a leaf ;
we like o mona iga, we la kalo
o takelei si a la munsei, we
lib. When you open a wrapper
in which fish has been cooked
you like, when you lift up a
piece of fish by the end to
give it to somebody you lik.
Like, 1. to open by turning back
a cover, as an oven by taking
off rogo. 2. particularly to
open the oven.
like ivesives, to open mona or um
after delay.
liketag, determ. to lift up
turning over ; liketag risris,
turning over one way and
another as in searching.
Lil, 1. to spread, as in laying a
mat, a bird opening its wings,
to peel drawing off the skin,
thus (1.) in opening, and also
(2.) in covering with corre-
sponding motion ; o manu ti
lil lue, ti HI kel, napanena, a
bird opens, shuts, its wings ;
E
50
MOTA DICTIONARY
te lil lue, te lil kel o vilog, open
and shut an umbrella ; te lil
goro o tano mun o epct-, spread
over the ground with a mat.
So (3.) water spread abroad,
or a crowd te lil ivarwar ma.
liliv, tr. detenu, to cover over
with spreading motion.
lilnag, tr. to spread out over,
cover over spreading.
Lil, 2. to haul up the wele of a
sail when the wind falls.
Lil, 3. to go aside, fall away
from ; no, me vivir pa me lil,
I threw a stone, but it missed,
went nowhere near,
adv. lilil, valil.
Lilgon, 1. v. to set a snare on
ground or in tree, ive lil o
gae sin gona ; 2. n. the snare
so set.
Liliake, a tree.
Liliava, [lil 3.] to stagger from
weakness, falling away from
the path ; ava 1.
Lilikiaga, adj. disobedient, word
used in scolding.
Lilil, 1. adv. [lil 3.] astray, not
rightly ; nom lilil, 'think
wrongly, be in error ; ni we
toga lilil, ni gate toga mantag
amen tamana.
2. v. [lil 1.] redupl. to peel.
Lilipa, to be irregularly scat-
tered ; ive matur lilipa, when
sleeping in disorder, not in
tano-epa.
Liliv, [HI 1.] 1. to cover over w r ith
something that spreads, as
water, earth, a crowd ; o ma-
l<m ti liliv goro natolina, the
brush turkey, megapod,
spreads earth over its eggs ;
o snl ti liliv ivarwar ma, the
crowd spreads hither over the
ground. 2. n. liliv pei, a flood
of water.
liliv maleka, met. to take yams,
&c., from a place where some
one has been before so as to
be undiscovered ; as if traces,
malekai, covered over.
Lilivit, sore, as hands made sore
with work.
Liliwei, one not full grown.
Lilmalo, [lil 1.] said of a strong
wind, blows up a malo.
Lilnag, [lil 1.] tr. to cover
over by spreading something
above.
Lilpataru, to lie down together,
o tangae me lilpataru qet.
Lilwora, said of a garder! used by
two persons; o tuqei tuwale;
isei o tavaliu, isei o tavaliu.
Lima, un word for panel, hand ;
also the stem of the numeral
tavelima, five. As " hand " or
" five " it is common through-
out the Ocean languages ; Mao.
ringa, hand ; rima, five ; see
tavelima.
"Lin, 1. to incline, lean ; Zin o
qoroi, incline the ear, tarapei,
the body ; linwia, lie down
only. 2. to pour gently. Mao.
ringi; Sam. ligi, to pour.
Imrag, intens. of 2. to pour
abundantly.
Un sur uatapana, met. has come
safe through, has inclined his
surf-board to the shore.
linlm, adv. bending over, thence,
of a tree, abundantly.
Li?ia, to be out of sight.
linarag, tr. determ. to hide.
Li?iai, (k) sound, voice, taste,
way of life, manner.
linai o galamas, sound as of
beating.
linai o mala, clear voice as of a
hawk.
linai we manesenese, clear plea-
sant voice.
linai masmasaivora, when a poor
man calls another poor.
MOTA Diri'loXAIJV
51
linai we mate, a mild temper.
linai we nnnin\i-<i<i, resonant
bass voice.
linai we qeya, voice failing with
hoarseness.
linai we sesere, a rasping sound.
linai we worn <jnn-!teg, speaking
without respect.
liii'i! <> irorile, an endless talker,
y((tf vulevulea ; n-ocile.
line yosoyoso, constr. slander.
line ma-ran, lazy disposition.
line -worn tun fa, deceptive wail-
ing as i'or death.
Li/ialalft, one who speaks openly
and cheerfully.
Linalava, much speaking.
Li?jalma, [Una] adv. heedlessty;
we ilo linalina, to see without
recognizing ; yato linalina, to
speak in an improper way to
a soyoi ', toga linalina, to be-
have like a bully caring for
no one.
Linamenamena, to refuse to help
one who has given help; with
goro.
Linarag, [Una] to hide, act. and
neut.
linarag non we vula, partially
hide ; we vula, as in Gaua.
Linasapur, [linai] to speak evil
of, sapur, use bad language.
Li/(i, numeral, seven in counting
Liulm, adv. plentifully, o tangae
we uwa linlin, a tree bears so
much fruit as to lean, lin 1.
Linker, a shrub.
Linrag, [lin] to pour profusely ;
met. to produce abundant off-
spring, tarn o mala qe vasus
we qoqo we linray o natqoe
pours forth her progeny.
Linwia, [lin 1.] to sleep without
eating, nothing besides lean-
ing over to sleep; wia.
Lipe, to prise with lever, move
with something introduced
underneath.
liperag, tr. determ. to prise a
thing off ; lipe savray, to throw
off, flip off, with toe, finger,
stick.
Lipe nun, of a thing falling with
heavy sound, numu t as if it
lifted the ground.
Lipotag, to start a false or idle
story.
Lisa, a nit, pupa of louse. Mao.
riha; Sam. lia; Jav. Bat. Tag.
lisa.
Lislawe, a shrub growing on
beach, also weslawe.
Lispuna, a yam rotting in the
ground and smelling, puna.
Lineli?ie, bungling, ignorant ; Lito, firewood.
taqel lineline, said of one who i Livit, to make sore, as hands by
misunderstands, does the | work.
wrong thing.
Lineroa, adj. o matig we line-
roa, a cocoa-nut so far ad-
vanced that when shaken the
sound, linai, of the water is
heard.
Line-tamate, the noise made to
represent the voice of the
ghosts, by the members of the
tamate 3.
Lineul, one with
speech, id.
a ready flow of
Livun, 1. to bury. 2. to burrow.
Liw, same as liwu, water.
Liwantamate, the figure of a
dead person set up to kole.
Liwat, to be full to the brim, as
water in a qilosiu ti ura liwat.
liwatvag, to be filled, full,
with.
Liwo, 1. n. a bracelet of pig's tusk,
liwoi.
Liwo, 2. to pour out ; liwoliwo
goro, to pour over.
52
MOTA DICTIONARY
liworag, intens. to pour out
quickly.
Liwoa, great, large, important ;
liwolhvoa, redupL
Liwoi, tooth, pincer of crab,
spider, &c.
By change with n Mao. niho ;
Sam. nifo; Malag. nify; San
Cr. riho, lifo; Fl. livo; Ma-
lanta, niho and livo.
Liwolava, the large right claw of
naer" birgus latro.
Liwomanon, of teeth aching or
set on edge, as after eating
many oranges or an isa, o
liwoi te manon apena.
Liwomarae, the teeth showing in
laughing, marae, one who
shows his teeth as if smiling.
Liwomaran, full day, 'noon ;
liwoa ; tine liivomaran, the
point of noon.
Liwoniwara, a tree, a red Icalato.
Liwo?iira, showing the teeth in
laughter or death.
Liwopas, one who has lost his
teeth, me paso.
laworag, [liwo 2.] intens. to pour
out quickly, completely.
Liwosaru, [liwo 2.] to pour and
sweep away with what is
poured out.
Liwosis, adv. not being able to
shut mouth as in laughter,
marae liwosis ; o liwoi ti sis.
Liwosurata, high noon, surata ;
tine liivosurata, the point of
noon; liwoa.
Liwotapit, a person who has to
be often spoken to; o liwoi te
tapit ape ive vava vagaqoqo
munia.
Liwu, ?m word for pei ; Gaua for
water.
Liwun, to count on the fingers,
same as luwun.
Lo, 1. n. what is inward, and
thence place ; as in iloke, &c.
2. prep, in, at ; as in comp.
prep, alo, ilo, talo ; in names
of places, Lo Sepere, alo M.ake,
at the severe, make, tree.
3. adv. there, in rare use ; tne
anani ran lo ? of a canoe ;
naapek lo we marmaragai.
See the rednpl. loloi. That lo in
use as prep, whether simple
or comp. remains a noun is
shown by the absence of the
article after it. See Grammar.
Loa, the sun ; probably the
same word with alo of Lak.
Pent, as in SalibabdJ Celebes :
possibly same as aho of Lep.
and Sol. and so a/io, Mao.
loa ta Farono ; prov. of a sunny
place, like Farono on the
beach of Veverau.
loa -ml, constant sunshine,
drought, as if the sun were
bound, vil, with charms to
shine.
Loaroro, the left claw of the
naeru, birgus latro, which
holds till the sun sinks, roro.
Loas, to flog with small rod or
cord.
Loasag", adv. worrying, as pigs
nit loasag, bite and worry a
newcomer.
Loav, blacken by fire, as nai in
pugoro.
Log, to call, give name to.
loglue, new word, ecclesia, church.
logivia, new word, praise, bless.
Loke, [lo] pron. this ; adv. here ;
iloke.
Lokean, 1. to spoil, make badly.
2. adv. badly.
Loki, a creeping plant, used in
making toto, so-called poisoned
arrows.
Loko, 1. a pudding of grated yam ;
we rasa o nam, ti lolovag, we
savur o nai, ive Inqeg, o loko
nane. 2. to make a pudding
MOT A DICTIONAIIV
53
by grating yam, cocoa-nut,
almonds.
Lol, blunt, stupid.
loliga, blunt.
Loliwao, a dance, named from the
cry.
Lolo, 1. to spread as a creeper or
vine ; met. me lolo goro nato-
qana, of the feelings, mind,
obscured, impenetrable by
light
lolovag, tr. spread thick.
Lolo, 2. n. a liberal man.
Lolo, 3. constr. of loloi; see com-
pouifd words.
Loloae, [loloi, ae] 1. without in-
terruption, obstacle ; matur
loloae, sleep sound, undis-
turbed by dreams, &c.
2. a bad man or thing.
Loloami, ,[loloi, ami] hatred, loath-
ing, irritated, met. from the
cutting sedge, o anu we salsal.
Lolog, v. to be all of one, to be
nothing but ; o vaniw me lo-
log punai nia, the place was
all one smell with it, was
nothing but smell ; adv. all,
nothing but ; lolog pei vires,
nothing but water'; lolog qat-
qat tavine, all a pack, nothing
but a pack, of women.
Lologagara, anger, irritation ;
angry, irritated, as if a man's
loloi were scratched, gagara.
Lologona, of ill-feeling, malici-
ous ; o loloi ive yona.
Lologoro, [lolo 1.] to grow over
as a vine ; grown over, imper-
vious, densely obstructed.
Loloi, (k) [lo] 1. the inner part.
2. a hollow. 3. the inward
part of man, heart, affections.
1. The prep, a, i, ta, with the
construct form lolo and the
suffixed pers. pron. fc, ma, ?ia,
&c. make up words written in
one, adolona, ilolona, talolona,
within it, into it, belonging to
the inward part of it, and so
on.
2. o loloi apena, there is an
inner part to it, there is a
hollow in it, it is hollow; o
loloi tayai, it is solid.
3. Compounds of lolo with adj.
or noun, describing affection,
disposition, character, are very
numerous, and are therefore
placed as they come.
Lololera, [loloi] error, erroneous,
wandering, in mind; lera.
Lololiga, [loi] adj. blunt.
Lololo, [lolo 1.] spread as creeper,
&c. ; said also of fire, av lololo !
spread fire ! said to make the
fire burn off the stuff in
Sreparing a_ garden.
(
Lololoa, [7oZor] one engaged in
making sunshine and fasting.
Lololop, tall, of a man or
tree.
Lolomagarosa, [7oZot] a merciful
pitiful, disposition.
Lolomalumlum, [loloi] soft-
hearted, of an easy, mild,
temper ; gently.
Lolomauana, [loloi] longing, as a
pregnant woman, who fancies
food.
Lolomaran, [fotoi] enlightened,
maran, within ; intelligent,
understanding ; fco me vatogo
lolomaran nau, you educated
me, taught me till I became
enlightened.
Lolomatartoga, [loloi] of pure
character, guileless, clear and
clean, matartoga.
Loloniawunwun, [loloi] of a feel-
ing of sickness.
Lolonun, \ldoi\ true in heart,
disposition.
Lolomomogo, [loloi] reverent,
momo(/o.
Lolomot, [loloi] generous, decided
54
MOTA DICTIONARY
good feeling ; nalolok ti mot
suria ; mot.
Lolona, [Zona] to gather and
abound ; o ninisa ti lolona
alo valama, the saliva gathers
in your mouth ; o M.ota we
sect nan amoa, o vavae mon
God me lolona aia, the word
has spread abundantly.
lolonar, 1. to spread through-
out, be plentiful, as at once,
not gradually ; o mas lolonar,
a great and general abundance
of fruit ; we mena lolonar,
fruit ripe in quantities all
together ; o gopae me lolonar,
there was great general sick-
ness.
Lolonar, 2. [loloi] thinking less of
a person than formerly; nar
1.
Lolopepewu, [loloi] humble, pe-
pewu.
Lolopewupewu, [loloi] tired of
food, loathing it as a sick
person; peivn.
Loloqon, [loloi] 1. ignorant,
stupid, unenlightened, con-
trary to lolomaran as qon to
maran ; adv. in a stupid way.
2. to forget ; na tete loloqon lai,
I shall never forget, na tete
loloqon naniko, I shall not
forget you. In both senses
the parts are separated; nalo-
lona we qon, he is ignorant ;
nalolok tete qon laiko, I shall
never forget you.
Loloqorag, [loloi] said of one who
rejects nothing, nothing is
bad to him.
Lolos, to roll up, envelope, in a
covering.
lolosiu, a thing enveloped ; lolos
vetal, a bunch of banana fruit
wrapped in leaves to protect
it from birds.
Lolosa, to writhe, wallow.
Lolosarsaramot, [loloi] exceed-
ingly angry.
Lolosuwasuwa, [ZoZot] loathing,
feeling of repulsion; suwa.
Lolotape, [loloi] kind, loving ;
tape.
Lolotitin, M. [loloi] eager, hot,
titin, about a thing.
Lolototoepe, [loloi] upright in
character ; totoepe.
Lolotutun, V. same as lolotitin.
Lolovag, [lolo 1.] to spread out,
act. and neut. in a thickness,
as mash of yam in making
loko, te lolovay o nam mun o
panel; when two or three
sleep on one epa, they lolovag.
Lolovaruarua, [ioZoi] doubtful,
hesitating, as of two minds ;
rua.
Lolovatawasai, [loloi] open, free-
minded; tawasa.
Lolovil, [loloi] liberal ; met. as
ima ml, a well-built house.
Lolowena, [loloi] one engaged in
rain-making, eats nothing.
Lolowia, [7o<n] good - hearted,
kindly; ivia.
Lolowo, to flame, flare, of fire.
lolowosag, intens. we lolowosay
alo toqana, of a man in a
flaming rage.
Lolowono, [loloi] sorry, sorrow,
straitened feeling ; wono.
Lolroworowo, bad food which
makes one feel sick ; o loloi te
roworowo.
Loltamate, a freehanded person.
Lone, [lo 1.] same as Hone, that,
there, then.
Lon, to cover with leaves, &c., Ion
goro, met. to disguise a failure
or fault, as if covering over a
broken place.
Lo^ia, to flow, trickle ; o ninisa ti
lonalona, a mouth watering ;
see lolona.
(7on] lonlone maran
MOT A DICTIONARY
55
the time before dawn, about
3 a.m.
Lonos, to lic^m to rise, of the
tide, i/iirii lonlonon /."/" // ;
probably from same origin
with preceding word.
Lope, a shrub.
loplopega, watery, like lope, of
unripe fruit.
Loplopgormetil, reremera ice qo-
<[<>, h'tt> r<n\mi <jet lai.
Lopsag, afflicted, miserable.
Lopusar, a fish.
Loqo, to bulge out, project in a
lump ; n<itr<irt'n ti loqo, he
has a bulging forehead ; .syV/
loqo, to swell after a blow ;
tnsay, we loqoloqo, lay the mat
evenly, it is unevenly laid.
Loquga, swelling, as a* thriving
plant ; o wotiu ti loqloquya,
when about to bear fruit ;
probably qulo, by metathesis
of syllables.
Lor, to mix, mingle, be mixed,
variegated.
loriag, tr. to mix together,
mingle.
lorlor, adv. confusedly, mixed.
Lortogove, a kind of yam.
Los, to play the fool in a dance.
loslos, the dance in which some
play the fool.
Losalosa, to stay about in a
place.
Lot, 1. v. to mash bread-fruit. 2.
n. a mash of bread-fruit ; done
in a tapia with a vat-ye-lot,
pestle ; ti qusa mun o vatgelot,
ti veasay tnun o vin matiy, ti
lin o matiy, ti sura mun o
iyot, we sapalo o lot patau.
Lou, garden ground.
Louae, one who has no garden.
Lov, to eat fruit from the rind.
Lova, 1. v. to be stiff ; napanek
we lova, my hand is stiff
pan-lova, a stiff hand.
Lova, 2. n. a thing lent by father's
H-ter, or father's brother to
l<iL-iiliiL- with and make a
show in a !;<>l< l:oJe ; the nephew
returns it with money ; see
Lova, 3. adv. by-the-bye, recur-
ring to something that should
have been mentioned ; yes !
true ! or introducing a sug-
gestion ; same word as cdova,
to-be-sure.
Love, same as lova 3.
Lovelove, quickly; o oka we tia
lovelove ma.
Lovi, numeral used in playing
tika, three.
Lovlov, feeling of illness ; naapek
we lovlov, I am out of sorts.
Low, the chequered swine-fish.
Lua, to put out of the "mouth,
spew, vomit. Malag. loa ;
Fiji, lua; Day. malua; Ta-
gala, lua, saliva.
luag, tr. determ. to vomit out,
put out of the mouth, ineira
we gat o yea, ice luay, they
chew the kava root, put it out
of their mouths. Mai. luat ;
Mao. ruaki.
lulua, to vomit, be sick ; tttluai,
luluava.
Luat a, a fish.
Lue, 1. adv. out, through ; vava
lue, speak out.
2. v. to pull out, up ; we lue o
qeta, to pull taro ; lue salsal,
to pull out at intervals, as
every other plant in a row.
maluelue, in holes.
Lugun, to count on the fingers,
luwun.
Luk, 1. to bend at an angle, as
arm or leg. 2. to squat with
bended knees ; ko me rowo
rerey ma, we Ink pata kel, you
rose up to look in and squat
down again to hide.
56
MOT A DICTIONARY
lukluk, iidj. lir.nl, cramped ;i
, auoh in- /"/,/"/,-, my
loot is asleep.
malukluk, bent, Lending.
lukuri, I !. to Lend :il an an-jle.
N.I'.. //'/.'I'//, lieml.
Luka, v. in liirol.ii.Ltt.
Lul, 1 . 11. ;i fa.ir peiv.on, albino ;
: (if ;i, female, ; ;i
while pig ; ;i, ripe hut pule.
gaviga.
Lul, a. v. in in-, abundant, numer-
;ius, Increase in number.
lulug-, lr. in i-nl.iihuj.
Lul, 3. v. to npple, cause a ripple :
a Haw of wind on the sc;i //
l.nl.n nn< ; \vlien ;i bree/r ml'
lies ;i mini . i';i // //'/ ;/orc <>
l'tr<>; ;i sin >;i I of lish on the.
.surface //' h<l.
I nl ir<> ;/(f//<r.sv, the dist urbance
made by :i shoal of </
pursued liy ;i shark, ci'o\vdin;j;
together and lea[in:;- ; tlience,
niel . tlu- shoiil in;4 and leaping
of (lancci's at the end of the
dance, (/<//<(. ii> a snirni.
Lulei, to suck ;i sc./ond timo; we
lllld O .S<(MH' ;///'('.
Lulganase, same as above. In! /'
gwuiu.
Lulmule, n. [/N/ 3.] (ho wind
chops round sifter u heavy
blow, and blows softly, //(>/< o
Lulu, same as lul.
Lulua, [l'<] to vomit.
luluai, n. (k) vomit.
luluava, sickness, vomiting.
Lulul, [/K/ ;i.J ivdupl. u !<n\ we lu-
Inl </<>! /a/-(), wind breaks up
the calm, by raising ripples.
Lulum, beautiful, of persons,
places tilings.
Luluqa, to put on the purlins,
/, of a house : nn' J/(<NO '//
Lulus, to close over, cover over,
as a wound or sore as it heals ;
with (/<<>; If </i' lnl.nn imm>-
tni/in tjnro /,'/ /'"' " <//>! ri.
Lum, 1. n. an edible seaweed
growing on rocks.
Lum, 2. v. to shoot with many
ai-rows, in lighting at close
quartern
Lumag-apuei, a boy just growing
up.
Lumagav, a youth, young man.
Imnd'jnr l.<-</<ttf<f<i, a boy not
quite a youth.
liiiiKiijur menOj with a beard ;
lunnii/tir /(*'//, beardless.
I a in a ijiii- I in- rorono, one who
goes by himself.
Lumlum, a juidding of grated
almond cooked in the oven;
soft, see, iiml.iniil.il in.
Lumuta, moss. Sam. I him; Mao.
rwm, seaweed, moss ; Macas-
sar, hnuu; moss ; Mai. Inmut,
moss.
lumtag-a, i. e. lumutciya, covered
with moss.
Luua, same as lino., to be out of
sight.
lu?iavag > , to hide, as under the
edge of a mat.
Luqai, to cover in the ovenful of
food, ([(iranisj with mats of
leaves, ><><{(>; tc ln<[<n yot'o o
inn in a a o ninjae; t>' lu^ni
</<<> o nntii'inttro muiwa saivn
ae, cover over the hole through
which water is poured into
the oven, lest steam should
escape.
Luqaluqa, to play at cooking,
covering in the oven, luqaL
Luqe, to fold, bend ; luqe goro, to
fold over so as to hide ; met. to
keep concealed.
hi<i<' ltf, to turn down, or up,
and fold over, so as to shorten.
luqeg, tr. determ. to fold over ;
i'r rasa o nam, ti lolowy, (/
\
57
sui'itr <> n.'/.
yam, spread it out t!
grated almonds, fold r.
in making /<<'.
luqeag", to bend ovor or fold
to bond out > : i\iln-
maluqeluqe, folded, bent.
,i small solitary tly.
lives in the interior of ban-
Lusalusa, the xuue.
Luto, dumb, a dumb person.
Luve. 'ooa-nut that has
for v<m<- !(,'
.
Luvun,Y. same a- '>!
. over and bury
aioe.
Lxiwai, a distru .
Luwai-av, one of the lower
ranks in the -
Luwun, V. s-une a:
luijiin, a liana word, to count
on the tingei- to the
movement of the tinkers in
counting, Ink word.
M. M.
:uisal m, printed m, and in
writing marked with dots above
i from
.union m in tlu- vocabulary,
but is marked in all words m
which it is known to occur. Whoa
the MOM word is in italu
this main in, as it is cuil. .
Uoman typo. The distinction be-
:he sounds of m and JH is
very important.
n. pron. sin;4. sutlixed to
m, mm.
im, imlum, for m-
thee.
Ma, 1. poss. n. used of tl:.:
drink, and such :i>
for t lie j.
for me to drink, i/ixm
hew,
n pandanus fruit for
him to rack; also of a vessel
irink out . fa*a.
Fij.
H, in fact ;i
noun ; with simple prop. <t,
nip. prop.
ton
v u-oil "lily with r'
t.' pi-rsi.n<, and thorofoiv with
. pron., .(i/i. i/./, /./
| u simple foim, ,,
i.-i that of simple relation ;
with a -'., whi>
with, from ; ni w<
ik. . Him*:
-. that
which 1 had from him.
Ma, 3. adv. hither, this
anon through the <
languages as w/; takoii for
prep, and v.
times translated by English
prep. " from," bin
pr ; . : ma aveat
where h. ;ue from I
ma O'.fcf, from ("Jaua. Time
ir up
to the prosent time, in
sages and letters tho point
A Inch the hitherward
motion is directed is that at
which the letter or message is
deli\
Ma, ma, 4. prefix of con
making what appear ;
participlos, a^ imitate brokon,
break, and adjectives not
formed from \
nu. This prefix is
58
MOTA DICTIONARY
common in Melanesia ; in j
Pol. as Sam. maliyi from j
ligi ; Mao. mahore from liore ; I
a " large class of adjectives in !
Malag. beginning with ma or I
m." Richardson ; common in |
adj. of Malay Archipelago.
.Ma, 5. pers. pron. sing. 2. suffixed '
to nouns ; of thee ; with poss.
n. shortened to m. See Gram-
mar.
Maaeae, adj. light in weight.
Maaleale, adj. hanging and loose-
ly moving, as a child's head
in epa pepepe.
Maaneane, adj. [<me] soft, beaten
or trodden soft.
Maawiati, [amam] adj. dizzy.
Maa-niani, the same ; o nagoi te
macmiani ape mate nua, one
gets dizzy at the edge of a
cliff ; of the face, not the
person.
Maari, [ar] emptied, despoiled ;
of a house from which money,
&c., has all been spent.
Maave, 1. adj. very tall ; salo
maave ; redupl. maaveave.
2. n. a tall man or tree.
Maaviu, a heavy dull sound.
Maavuavu, [ma 4.] adj. [avu 2.]
looking small in distance.
Maea, n. the open, the air, space
adj. open, spacious.
Maekeeke, adj. light, as some
wood.
Maele, [eleele] elevated, lofty.
Maeto, black volcanic stone, o vai
maeto ; from the dark colour
Malag. mainty ; Salibabo
maitu; Ses. Lep. maeto; Fl
meto, dirty : see meto.
Mag, tr. suffix to v. Fij. maka
Motu, mai.
.Mag, tr. suff. to v.
Magaegae, [ma 4., gae] 1. tough
stringy; o tangae we magae
gae te koran, tete malate gaplot
you will have to break off
a branch of such a tree by pull-
ing it downwards, it will not
be readily broken in two.
2. tough, tenacious, like well-
cooked lot patau; you can
draw it out in strings.
Magalgal, adj. of the feeling of
the skin when tickled, as by
something crawling over it.
Magan, n. a small insect that
lives under mats, and bites.
Iffaganrowolue, adj. said of a
badly woven mat with holes,
the magan can come out.
Iffagapei, [ma 4., gape 1.] n. what
can be broken in the hands ;
said of a weak bow.
Magargar, [ma 4.] loosened, as
the iwatia of a canoe by use ;
it moves itself garu.
Magarosa, 1. adj. 1. pitying,
compassionate, kindhearted.
2. pitiable, to be sympathized
with, poor, as an object of
compassion.
3. v. to pity, sympathize with.
4. n. pity, compassion.
ma 2. of condition; sa 3. adj.
termination; garo probably
aro in Fl. arovi.
Magarugaru, [gani] rough, of
waves ; mayaryar.
Magasa, a tree, an ita, with
yellow flowers growing on the
branches.
Magasagasa, a shrub.
Magasei, 1. (k) same as magesei.
2. a solitary man.
Magatea, 1. an old woman, one
past early middle age.
2. a fish, gurnard, scorpoena.
3. the cocoon of a certain moth,
like housebuilder.
4. an ant-lion.
Magav, 1. painful ; rono mayav,
to suffer pain; a Gaua word;
un word.
T A DICTIONARY
59
2. v. impers. me magavua, it
pained aim.
Magavgav, [yav] soft, commin-
uted, as if worked with the
hands.
Magavui, an old feeble person.
Magege, one who makes much of
a little trouble, as of a sore or
weight.
Ifageregere, weak.
Magesei, (k) 1. a solitary, self
alone ; in form a noun, only
to be translated as if adj. or
adverb, alone ; it inn magesek,
I alone ; ni we toga mayesena
am, he stays there by himself,
alone. Though mayasei is
used the word is ma 4, gese ;
conf. Fl. heye, by metathesis,
Bugotu, yehe; Nguna, siki; in
each case, heyegu, yehegu, siki-
yu, I alone, my self alone.
2. a solitary man.
Magetget, " [get] conspicuous,
standing out to view ; o aka
we tira mayetyet ; also mayet.
3fagingin, [gin] 1. as when a
man with itch warms himself
or scratches it is pleasant to
him.
2. met. of the sea in a nice con-
dition for paddling, o lama we
mayinyin, o Ian we lul apena,
gate rep.
Magirit, [gir~] tickle.
Magisgis, [gis] soft to touch,
yielding, can run finger into
it.
Mago, a dance.
Ifagoa, shaking ; from yoa, un
known.
wagwagoa, shaky, vibrating.
?iiagoagoa, shaky, with con-
tinuance.
Magolgol, tremulous : naqatuna
napanena, we mayolyoL
Magologolo, [yolo] tremulous,
shaking.
Magoqogoqo, |>/"]
bubble, putfed up, 1
like a
hollow; of
aboil.
Magoqolava, large and light,
like a big bubble, yo<jo ; said
of a bundle, big with little
in it.
Magorgor, soft, squeezable. ^
Magoro, a serpula which pierces
the foot when trodden on, and
smashes ; qagalafnt^omagoro,
mate mayoro, varieties of
hibiscus.
Magoto, 1. a grass, panax, spring-
ing up as summer approaches.
2. the summer season, after
the erythrina, rm, has shed
its leaves ; mayoto qaro, the
early season, when the grass
is fresh; mayoto rano, later,
when the grass is withered.
Magovgov, [gov] quivering, as
the air with heat.
Magovagova, bending, giving ;
as the side of a boat when
struck by surf ; elastic.
Magun, M. moving with creeping
crawling motion ; as a child
moves under a mat ; as the
stomach rises in nausea ; na-
qatima ti mayimyim, you feel
a creeping in your hair; ma-
wunwun V.
Magupegupe, weak.
Mai, a sea-snake, haunting the
beach and rocks.
mai tiratira, valeleas, the mai
that stands on end, or is bril-
liantly variegated, the snake
that changes into man or
woman.
Mai-sale, the sea-snake floating
with its head erect, met. of a
man who goes peering about.
Mai-tamate, the figure of a mai
in a salagoro.
Maia, [ma 2.] with him, her, it ;
amaia.
GO
MOTA DICTIONARY
Maiko, with thee ; amaiko.
Maira, with, them ; amaira.
Maimaitagai, a child which
takes again what is taken from
it ; as a mai thrown into the
sea comes back.
Mait, to crowd close together ; o
sul we qoqo we vug.
Mak, [ma 1.] something for me
to drink.
Makala, adv. in the way of pat-
tern ; ilo makala, take example
by, copy.
Makaliu, (k) model, pattern, ex-
ample ; makala.
makaliva, likeness, fashion,
pattern.
Makarag, to give up, part with,
have done with ; ive makarag
o nonomia, dismiss a thought ;
me makaragia, parted with a
companion ; we makarag o
tautaur o tue nam, give over
training yam vines.
Makaru, flying-fish ; several
species.
makaru maswurep, short thick
fish.
makaru panmea, with red wings,
a gurnard.
makaru paragoro, a small kind.
makaru rowlava, a very large
one.
.Make, the Tahitian chestnut ;
inocarpus edulis. Tahiti, mate.
Makei, 1. v. to add, in number or
quantity.
2. adv. besides, over and above.
Makeru, to lean head on hand ;
pitte makeru, to sit leaning
head on hand as poor people
without food.
Makik, decreased but still much ;
qale purat pa gate qoqo ane-
ane.
Makira, neap ; rue makira, meat
makira, high and low tide at
neap.
Makmakalas-taro, said of one
who thinks it easy to do what
he sees another do, and fails,
o makmakalas taro me ge neia ;
makala.
Makmakevat, [makei] to heap
up, in large quantity.
Mako, 1. to make a garland.
2. to put leaves on money as a
r garland for one entering, or
rising in, the suqe ; neira we
mako munia.
makomako, a garland; wreath;
we soso o makomako in the
suqe, when the friends of the
candidate lay leaves on the
money in a basket ; we sese
makomako, when they pull
apart the garland and distri-
bute the money.
makosag, tr. 1. to decorate with
garland ; 2. to make a fine
show.
Makoekoe, [koe~\ loose, as a thing
which can be moved back-
wards and forwards, with fixed
base, and so be pulled out.
Makomkom, [from] soft, as mealy
yam, giving a good mouth-
ful.
Makurkur, [kur~\ underdone, so
that one must kur the food.
J/al, 1. adj. red, of eyes red with
crying, or diving.
Mai, 2. 11. 1. a young cocoa-nut,
malu.
2. a gaviga,not sweet, as a malu
is not sweet enough to drink.
Mala, 1. 1. a hawk, kite, osprey.
2. a toy kite in shape of mala ;
we vino o rea apena.
3. met. one who runs quickly as
a mala flies ; o mala lova !
Mala, 2. 1. adj. ill, bad ; o mala
tanun, bad character ; but
often only in depreciation,
poor ; hence 2. pref. of depre-
ciation, ill ; malayagapalay,
M<>T A DKTloXAHV
61
ill-doing ; oft on distinguishes
wild lioin cultivated plants,
malal<>", mabnatogfoiga.
Mala, 3. a sow.
Malagagapalag, [m<da 2.] ill-
doer, ill-doing.
Malagene, [UK da 2.] a bad thing,
misfortune.
Malagesa, [mala 2., yesa\ pale in
colour ; loa malayesa, sun-
shine between showers,
malagesai, green unripe bread-
fruit.
Malagisiaga, clammy like cold
food.
J/alagolago, [ma 4.] loose, not
fitting closely.
3/alai, 1. (k) something inside a
man that jumps when he is
startled ; na malak me row/0,
I was startled.
Malai, 2. a bad thing ; mala 2.
Sam. mala.
Malai, 3. v. to make payment or
present after an offence. I
Sogoiv me malai mun Sigagra-
we ape rasoana.
Malakalaka, [laka~\ 1. rejoice.
2. adv. with pleasure.
Malakegaviga, light in com-
plexion but not very light ;
gate pita aneane.
Malakenuma, a small fish.
Malakoukou, [mala 2.] a place
overgrown, overcast ; kou ; alo
malakoukou, under the shade
of other trees ; a damp place
where sun never shines ;
overcast with clouds.
Jfalakurvat, a gardenia shrub.
Malalolou, [mala 2.] too much
shaded over; lolo.
Malamala, 1. a girl.
tano-malamala, (1.) girl-hood.
Malamala,2.[rnZa2.]redupl.bad.
tano-malamala, (2.) bad
ground, where things won't
.grow well.
Malamalaqauro, a wild </</-//o,
no good.
Malan, a fish, cottus ; te qis o
iwilan, with the palm and
bent fingers.
)\i<iln nionio, i\\lan qoe, kinds,
the latter large.
Malanisiaga, [mala 2.] dirty, as
hands with food ; mildewed ;
nis 1.
Malanonomia, an ill thought,
bad design.
Malana, [ma 4.] raised up, lana ;
o mot malaria, bush clear un-
derneath, with no under-
growth.
Mala?ialana, uplifted, lifting ;
me wena ti pa o maligo ice
malanalana, it has rained but
the clouds have lifted ; ti
mafcmoZano, sky is lifting,
won't rain.
Malanenenene, [mala 2.] damp,
wet, nene, altogether.
Malao, a tree.
Malaor, a tree.
Malaova, [mala 2.] 1. a poor,
thin, egret, ova.
2. met. a thin person, emaciated
with hunger or sickness.
Malapao, a beetle.
Malapopo, [mala 2.] unsound,
not solid, popo.
Malapusa, slow in movement.
Malaqauro, a kind of wild yam,
qauro, with tendrils.
Malaqei, [ma 4.] flat and thin
like the blade, laqei, of a
paddle.
Malaqo, 1. a white spot, spotted ;
a spotted pig.
2. a fighting arrow made white
with vin n&rnai.
Malaqona, a kind of pigeon,
qona.
Malaqow, [mcda 4.] evil day, gon.
Malaqorevereve, a long whiten-
ed fighting arrow ; reve.
62
MOTA DICTIONARY
.Malarowo, 1. sudden alarm.
2. startled ; o malai ti rowo-
rowo.
Malas, 1. n. food not eaten the
day it is cooked ; malasiu.
2. adj. adv. the next day's.
3. v. to go sour.
Malasina, an acacia, with gum ;
o walie malasina, the lumps
of malasina-gum.
Malasiu, const, malas ; 1. food
not eaten when cooked, so
cold ; o malas qoe.
2. food distributed and taken
away at feasts.
Malaso, n. cold. Fl. malaho.
Malasomsoma, [mala 3.] met. a
greedy eater, gobbles like a
sow.
Malasorovia, [mala 3.] a sow
that snortles ; met. a man
that eats his food with noises
in his throat.
Malate, [ma- 4., late] broken, bent
by breaking.
malatei, (k) a piece broken off,
a length broken or cut off;
the broken part, place which
shows the break.
malatelate, broken to pieces.
malate somotag, confusedly
broken, like waves, branches
of trees ; malate valqei, va
luqeg, breaking and bending
down another ; -malate vasus-
mag goro, breaking so as to fall
flat above another ; o tangae
me masu amoa, tuara ti mas
valaqatia.
Malatoti, [mala 3.] 1. large grass,
something like sugar-cane, ton,
which grows in neglected
ground.
2. garden ground overgrown,
fallow.
.Malau, a megapodius ; brush
turkey ; in Celebes, moleo.
malau gil rorono, one that digs
the hole for its eggs silently ;
malau uloulo, one that cries
out ; used proverbially.
Malau-gan-Q,at, 1. a yellow
creeping thing that rolls itself
into a ball when a malau
scratches near it, in Gaua.
2. sulphur such as is found in
the solfataras in V.L., and at
Lakona.
Malau-kilakilau, met. one who
wishes for anything he has
rejected ; see kerevag nona
malau.
.Malauligogsala, 1. a kind of
malau which has no settled
place for sleeping.
2. met. a man whose habit is to
sleep about away from home.
Malav, to speak with a lisp.
Malaweaga, adj. very many; o
un ive malaweaga.
Malawereta, of a flock, crowd,
shoal.
Malawesaga, [mala 3.] moist,
clammy.
Malawo, 1. tall, long; so 2. weak.
malawo galoloag, to grow tall
and spirally twisted, of a tree.
malawo piplotag, to grow tall
and crooked.
malawo sasalovega, tall without
bulk, said of a tall, weak man.
malawo sou, said of caladium
which has grown again after
being mature ; o qeta qe rano
ti, o noliu ti natiu, qe wena ti
ge kel o naui.
malawo vatvat, to grow as a tree
with short intervals between
the branches ; vatiu.
malawo-av, fire flaming high,
malawoi, (k) 1. the tall part ;
o tangae, o ulusui ti toletole
sage, tia malawona nane ; na-
malawon o tanun, a man's
growing tall, his tallness.
2. a thing still lengthening, half-
MOT A I>KTI<\AUY
grown ; a fish, gate poa
tn,i ; ;itive li;ill' grown ; met.
L-iiiiiin HH'titif.goro n iii<ll<nr<ni<i,
you have cut down its grow-
ing ]iart before the time,
have been too quick about
a thin;;'.
Malawonog, [m<d<> 3., vono~\ a
damp close place, in forest.
Malawonox, panic as i<d<tn;>n<>ii.
Malawosal, the name of the
middle finger, as rising long,
iiKilmi-n, above, sal, the rest.
Male a, tasteless, of no effect ; pei
malea, sweet water as opposed
to tor ; ge malea, to make of
no effect, disregard.
malean, modified, softened to
taste, either better or worse
according to habit or use ; pei
tmdcan, brackish water ; dis-
tasteful as when one is tired
of a thing.
Maleatovlau, brackish water, as
in a tor <i I'm.
Maleg, a ' blight-bird, silver-eye,
zosterops.
Malekai, (k.) 1. the sole of the
foot, the foot.
2. a footprint, track.
Malekenana, dirty, befouled, as
if with traces of nana, pus.
Maleko, scale on yams.
Malele, nearly ripe.
Malemalewa, a tree, limp ma-
lewa.
Malesles, malesulesu, [ma 4.]
bending over, lesu ; unsteady
in gait ; intoxicated ; o gea
neira we ima we mis malesles o
apei.
Malete, clear, open, of eyes, sky.
wamalete, clean and flourish-
ing, of a garden.
Malewa, strengthless, as soft wood
trees, bananas, &c. ; weak from
want of food, feeble, faint.
Malgotur, see maligo tut:
3/aliewao, M. same as maluemao
y.
Maligo, a cloud.
in<il.i<i<> fttl;<ni, a cloud hanging,
icucau, on a hill ; said also of
two clouds connecting.
tiir, the clouds of night,
abiding, tur ; we vene goro gap
omalgo-tnr alo qon, when there
is war they shoot abroad into
the dark on the chance of
frightening the enemy.
vat, a cloud coming up
slowly without rain, a mass of
cloud.
Maligo, a part of Mota of which
the speech, characterized by
the use of i rather than n, is
thought by the neighbouring
people of Veverau to be thin,
mavinvm*
Maligoligo, [mo, 4.] fat, well-
grown.
Maliklik, said of few persons in
a large house ; lik.
Mali?i, a kind of yam.
Malinsala, n. hunger, adj. hungry,
v. to be hungry; iiiau o ma-
linsala, I am hungry.
Maliqo, to come or go, with ma
and kel, in a crowd.
Malisalisa, [ma 4.] 1. moving
like lisa, wriggling ; o ulo we
malisalisa, maggots alive in
meat.
2. said of grated cocoa-nut in the
mouth, moves in little bits,
gritty.
Malisiu, (k) a remnant ; rnalis
gavnegae, material left over
after finishing an epa; small
tubers left in digging yams ;
food remaining.
Maliu, swelling of testicle.
Malkeke, bad.
Malmalagaviga, [mala 3.] wild
eugenia, gaviga.
Malmalai, a man of no conse-
MOTA DICTIONARY
quence, who has to pay respect,
and malai 3. if he fails.
Malmalakastaro, see makmaka-
lastaro, metathesis of sylla-
bles
JWalmalamamaua, a useless ma-
maua tree.
IVEalmalapuaka, a kind of bul-
rush growing in wet places,
pitaka.
Malmalapeg, hanging down ;
malulpeg.
Malxnalaqatman, a bird, - in
native belief the female
gatman.
Malmalaqauro, wild uneatable
qauro.
Malmalaviv, slight beginnings
of pain.
Malmalawerita, a kind of star-
fish.
Malmalawotaga, 1. wild wotaga.
2. swellings 011 the skin when
cold is caught ; o malmalaivo-
taga we, na sei.
Malmalug-a, smooth, soft, like the
body of an infant.
Malmaluima, a verandah ; malu
2., i'm-.
Malnai, (k) the sloping side of
hill or cliff ; malne nua.
Malnoa, broken with valleys; ta
ilo tauwe, pa o qarana aia,
^ve vet was we malnoa.
Malo, 1. a sunken rock where the
sea breaks.
Malo, 2. a tree; probably a mul-
berry.
Malo, 3. the girdle of leaves and
flowers used by tamate ; the
Pol. breech cloth maro, malo ;
Fij. malo, N.B. mal, mul-
berry, broussonetia, out of
which malo, native cloth, is
made.
Maloaloa, drowsy, sleepy ; na-
matak we maloaloa.
Maloke, by metathesis for maleko.
Malol, [ma 4., lol~\ 1. indistinct,
of speech ; o vavara malol.
2. one who does not listen,
disobedient.
Maloloa, hungry.
Malope, to hang, bend, down,
overhang.
malopelope, of money, hang-
ing, long.
Malopeg-aro, the plaited cocoa-
nut fronds that cover the ridge
of a house.
Maloplop, 1. soft, compressible.
2. dull, of sound.
Malosalosa, weak, tired ; naape-
na we vncdosalosa.) after play
or running.
Malosaru, a dress, malo, woven
and highly ornamented, put
on over the head saru, and
worn at kokekole, &c.
Malot, [ma 4., lot] bruised, mash-
ed, as a ripe fruit that has
fallen on a root ; malotlot, all
in a mash as a teaten man's*
body.
Maloulou, with few inhabitants,
of a village ; as if it were
lou.
Malov, 1. an erythrina tree with
strong-smelling leaves.
2. v. to charm people with malov
or other leaves ; either to at-
tract them or keep them off ;
when enemies are coming, isei
te gat o gatavanoro, te pupus,
te malov neira ; by chew-
ing and puffing out the smell,
or burning and puffing out
the smoke.
Malqei, a folded piece, bale of
folded stuff ; maluqe.
Malqolue, come out in a crowd,
maliqo lue.
Malrurus, the charmed nialu
which causes rumx.
Malsagilo, another name for ma-
lo-saru ; malo sagilo.
MOT A nirTinx \I;Y
65
Malsalis,
.Malu, 1. a young green cocoa-nut,
^Jhe shell just formed, the fluid
"not yet drinkable, much used
in charms.
iwtl-</<n-ata, a win made mana
to give effect to garata charm.
mal-lnmayav, one used to oloolo
for a young man that he may
be attractive.
mal-m((ni<i<i, used to oloolo that
a man might effect a charm to
bring maniya, sores.
mal-<j<ih-icli<i, for making the
charm tliat causes head-ache.
mal-nn'Hs, as above.
mal-sinaya, used to oloolo so that
food niay abound.
mal-suqe, for success in rising in
suqe.
mal-iisu, one made mana and
drunk so that a man's bow
might shoot straight.
Malu, 2. to shade, shade ; gener-
ally in redupl. Fij. Sam. ma-
in; Mao. marii.
Malu, 3. soft, appears in next
word. Sam. malu ; Pol. maw.
Maluape, [malu 3.] dispirited,
feeble ; no strength in apei.
Afalue, [mo- 4.] having a hole
through, lue ; burst, corne
open ; to burst.
?)ialuelue, in holes, full of
holes.
Jlfaluemao, V. very much torn ;
mao 3. ; maorowolue.
Jfaluk, [ma 4.] bent inwards, a
crook inwards, luk; opposite
to sigro/i,
maluk paiiei, the inner bend of
the elbow; alo maluk panei,
a measure of length, see rova.
maluk pisui, the inner crook of
the knuckles.
mah<k ranoi, the inner bend of
the knee,
malukluk, 1. bending, with
crooked arms or legs ; .s/.s
malukluk, crouch with bended
knees.
2. asleep, as foot or leg, because
bent.
Malulpeg, bending, curved down-
wards ; see malupelupe.
Malumalu, 1. v. toshade ; mofar
in nl a. <i<>ro, overshadow, n.
shade, not shadow.
Malu??ialu, 2. of waves rising
high above a canoe ; o rep ti
malumalu yoro oka.
Malumlum, soft, gentle. Fij.
malunw :; Sol. Ids. marumn-
rumu, malumu / D. Y. yalom ;
Ceram, mulumu ; Mysol, rum ;
Macassar, lumu ; Mai. Idmah ;
Malag. lemy.
Malumuaga, patient, we gagapa-
lag malumlum ; rono malu-
mitaya, be patient.
Malupelupe, bending, as a branch
heavy with fruit ; maluma-
lupe, another reduplication,
whence malulpeg.
Maluqaluqa, [ma 4.] creased ;
luqa, probably luqe.
Maluqe, [ma 4.," luqe] folded, in
folds.
xnaluqeluqe, in many folds,
malqei, a folded bundle or
bale ; maluqei.
Maluqegaro, a water weed.
Malurav, dusk of evening ; malu
2., ravrav.
Maluveluve, broken.
Mam, 1. pers. pron. 1. plur. excl.
suffixed to nouns ; of us.
Mam, 2.poss. n. ma 1. with suff.
pers. pr. sing. 2. ; thine to drink.
Mama, 1. father ; in addressing
him ; also in speaking of him,
less properly; o mama inau,
my father, for tamak ; perhaps
a recent use. Motu N.G.
mama.
2. to call father ; isei ice mama
6G
MOTA DICTIONARY
inau ? who is calling" father ! "
to me 1
Mama, 3. to make a small sound,
nustle like leaves in the breeze ;
mamama, noise of wind or
rain ; mamama rutrut, to talk
low.
Mama, 4. thine to drink ; ma 1.,
suff. ma 5.
Mamagela, 1. to look after, care
for ; isei te mamagela kara ?
2. un word for metres.
Mamagerig, to get smaller and
smaller ; rig.
Mamagese, childless, desolate ;
magesei.
Mamakei, to wonder ; mamakei
o.pe, to wonder at, admire ; per-
il aps from A'ei/excl. of wonder.
tano mamakei, object of wonder,
admiration.
.Mamalau, a tree.
Mamaleas, to take another man
to call father, mama, when the
mother marries again; conf.
tupleas.
.Mamalete, clean, nourishing, of
a garden ; malete.
Mamaligota, overcast with cloud,
maligo ; dull as evening with-
out sun ; ta 6.
Mamalraga, [main, 2.] shaded,
shady; o vanua me mamalra-
ga veta, o loa me tul.
Mamalu, to bind on the cross
bamboo purlin at foot of
rafters, gaso ; beginning to
thatch at the eaves ; we rot o
au wa o togo apepaparis; see
tuunir.
Mamalue, shade; o malumaln :
shady.
Mamaluga, [mfdu 2.] shady.
.Mamama, to sound lightly as
wind or rain ; mama 3.
J<fama?nas, adv. falling ; kamiu te
kurkur mamamas, nau te kur-
kur goro alo tano, while you
are eating in the tree, and
making the fruit fall, I will
eat what falls, upon the
ground.
Mamanei, adv. in small pieces ;
^vota mamanei o lito ', manei.
Mamanigata, afflicted with
ulcers, sores, maniga.
Afama-oraora, to show delight
with inarticulate sounds, ma-
ma, as child at return of its
father ; to frisk, oraora, and
mama, as a pig when its owner
comes, or when it sees food.
Mamaota, a tree. *
Mamaova, to gape, yawn.
Mamarir, adj. cold. Wahai, ma-
riri.
Ma?narisa, smarting, to smart ;
biting in taste.
Mamarog, to desire eagerly,
want, ask for ; ni me mama-
rog o vusa mun i gene.
Mamaroi, the same ; also mama-
ran.
.Mamaru, [man/-] docile, manage-
able, tame ; mama?- qulo,
said of a young girl taken as
a wife, early broken in ; me
mamar veta mun rasoana.
Maxnasa, 1. dry, bare, unoccu-
pied.
2. adv. gratis, without payment
or reward.
mamasaiga, dry, very dry.
Mamasa, a tree.
.Mamasarewo, a tree.
Mamasua, a disease, o rigariga.
Mamasug, [mam] to let go, loose,
let fall.
mamasug vitag, let alone, forbear.
Taamasug o apei, naapensei we
mamasug, to set the mind at
ease, to have the mind at ease,
as when pain ceases or lessens,
Ma?nasur, to sound faint in the
distance, as a tree falling ; a
tangae ive mama sui\
.MOT A 1 )I (Tin \A1IV
67
Mamata, 1. v. to have the eyes,
nuttni, i>j>(.-n, be awake, watch ;
tn<iiimt<i ;/<;/<>, keep watch
over; mnuil rrl''*, keep
watch in turns.
2. n. a fresh-water fish with bi<
eyes.
Mamataiga, flourishing.
Mamatuaga, [mntHd] full grown
of trees ; wood hardened.
Mamaua, a tree.
Mamaureure. playful, as child
with father.
Man, 1. a bird, beetle, maun.
2. prefix signifying love for
something, as a bird or beetle,
t/M/,/, loves certain trees and
plants.
Man, 3. a place at the bottom of
the sea where yanase eat the
sand and all is gayami, turbid.
Mana, 1. an invisible spiritual
force or influence ; a very
common Ocean word.
2. v. to influence, work upon,
with mana ; to have mana.
3. to poison, as certain fish when
eaten.
4. a charm, sung with mana, to
pass it.
Mana, 5. to moisten and so soften ;
to become soft when moist-
ened, me ink mot o kor, paso
nan me mana.
Mana, 6. Ho mana, to regard with
favour. Bugotu, magnahagi.
Mao. manako.
Manag. convey mana to, make to
be mana, influence with ma-
na, a charm ; te sur o as o
mana, ti va ma, we managia
ma.
Manamnam, [nam] bruised,
beaten ; vus manamnam.
Manara, 1. [ma 4.] ground hot
with springs, as on V.L. and
Tauwe Garat ; ape manara we
fatun, (dau we vamamarir.
Manara, 2. said by some for
Manarag, to describe accurately ;
ire ni'iiifii-'i'i o vavae, speak
accurately.
Manaranara, [ma 4.] bloody;
nara.
Manaras, [ma 4., naras] 1. hurt
with bloodshed. 2. hurt ; ge
manaras, to hurt.
Manariu, fallen decayed trunk of
tree ; may be sound within.
Manarnar, [nor] soft ; of food
overcooked, Jco we gana pa we
nolo ran, wants no mastica-
tion.
Manasnas, [nas] pointed.
Manatuatu, a pigeon, same as
Manawenawe, soft, as food over-
cooked.
Manawo, of fair complexion,
used of male rather than
female ; perhaps from nawo.
Maneepa, [wanei] a short small
mat.
Manei, a small thing or quantity ;
o mane sava, bit of something.
mamanei, adv. to bits ; man-
manenei.
Manepurapura, bits of crushed
yam, pura.
Manerei, small bit, fragment.
Manereqauro, an ulcer ; o ma-
niga ape vutui vires, tete vava
lue apena ; said in ridicule ;
o natmera navutena ive mani-
ga, ineia o manere qauro.
Manesenese, high and clear, of
the voice ; clearly heard,
as wind and waves in the
distance.
ttangaela, one who lingers ;
gaela.
Hangawono, i. e. manig gawono,
with no cause but heedless-
ness ; mangawono qa ! a piece
of heedless folly.
68
MOTA DICTIONARY
Mangege, [man 2.] one who will
do what is forbfdden.
Mang-evus, one who runs into
danger.
Mang-org-or, one who is fond of
gorgor, cocoa-nut.
Mania, pnpaw, carica papaya ;
corrupted from mammy apple ;
though of recent introduction
there are named, tur mania,
the common papaw ; mania
malagesa fruit green when
ripe ; maniaqoe, kind with
large fruit ; mania parou, the
male plant.
.Manig-, to dive ; maniy goro, dive
after.
Maniga, M. 1. ulcer, sore. 2.
charm to produce ulcers.
maniga tiutiu, an irregular
breaking out ; we cjan popolo-
tag o turie tanun.
manigata, ulcerous, mamani-
gata, full of sores ; ta 6.
Manigiu, cause, reason, purpose,
means ; o manig gale with
purpose of deceiving, by means
of deceit.
Manile, [ma 4.] chipped, with a
bit knocked out ; o woivo
apena ; as an adze ; nile.
manilenile, chipped along the
edge, with little notches,
wowo tagai; manlenle.
Manimonimo, [ma 4.] still
water near the shore ; o rue
we rue aneane pa o nawo
itagai.
Maniniag, to go about unob-
served ; maniniag rorono.
Maninin, [ma 4.] smooth, ninin ;
slippery, fete taur lai; ko we
taur o garake napanema ti
maninin apena.
Manin, to tap with a slight noise ;
wena mania, light rain mak-
ing a dripping noise.
Manirin, [nir] to make known
the whereabouts of a man to
his enemy, betray.
Manirnir, [ma 4.] bald in patches,
the scalp shows through, nir
lue ; qat manirnir.
Maniu, M. (k) nose, beak ; na-
manina ; not of a pig.
Mankalkalmalau, a creeping
thing, manu, like a woodlouse,
that rolls itself into a ball
when a malau scratches near ;
the malau mixes it up, kal t in
the dirt and it escapes.
Mankukukur, [man 3.] one who
loves to eat fruit, &c., kur.
Manlago, a beetle, momw, fre-
quenting the yam logo.
Manlau, one in the habit of going
to the beach ; man 2. ; nau
gate manlau mitZan, I used to
be fond of the beach, can't go
now.
Manleg, to hang up empiy; ni
ive manleg o tapera; tapera
manleg, bag with nothing in it.
Manlenle, notched with small
notches ; manilenile.
Manligo, a crowd of bats hanging
together, ligo.
Manlol, a bird, lalage Banksiana.
Manlope, a beetle, manu, fre-
quenting the lope shrub.
Manlorgarata, [man 3.] one who
is alv\ 7 ays mixing, Zor, things
for garata charms.
JkTanman, to itch in the palm of
hand or sole of foot, a sign
that some one is coming.
Manmanenei, [manei~\ adv. in
very little bits ; sipa or teve
manmanenei.
Manmanlul, a V.L. bird.
Man-manole, a bird, riphidura.
Manmanolea, v. to make little of
a law, mano ; much the same
as tamtames goro lea.
Manmanonine, [mcwio] a small
kind of cowry shell, nine.
MOT A DICTIONARY
69
Manmanosom, [met no] very
small liiH- *<u vised as
Manmantomago, a kind of fo-
///</.
Manmanu, inferior, common,
same as />n,Tjnt,-<'i.
Manmava, 1. a cold in the head ;
o manni we mava, heavy nose ;
namanik ive mava, I have a
odd.
Manmava, 2. a shrub.
Manmemea, a red bird.
Manmonmo, same as manimoni-
nni.
Manmout, a wirita with broken
tentacles ; tit 1.
Man-ninninnoota, a beetle in
the thatch.
Man-/iorisa, [maniu] dirty nose ;
nor.
Man-Hornor, nose with a cold, nor.
Mano, adverb of depreciation to
n. adj. v. ; just, a little, rather,
not very ; pa mano incut, but
(take) only just me ; nan ma-
no i pnlsalanina ti qa tmvale,
there is still one of our friends,
poor fellow, missing ; o mano
tnaniu, some, none so many.
Mano a, [ma 4.] small, fine ; noa.
manoanoa, in fine particles, to
little bits ; p\ira manoanoa,
smash very small.
Manoai, (k) the soft place in
infants' heads ; ice maworwor.
Manoga, [ma 4.] cooked, well
done ; manoga sisgarov, out-
side cooked : manoga kur ma-
tika, underdone ; from noga
2. to bruise ; Motu N.G. ma-
noka, soft.
manoganoga, bruised, squash-
ed, as qero fungus when
handled.
Manole, a bird.
Manon, set on edge as teeth ;
also manoni.
Manono, [ma 4.] sunk away, as
wl icn earth falls into a pit, or
a hollowed wave shows a rock ;
a sunken place.
Manonoata, [nwmoa] finely
crushed, powdered, powdery ;
like flour, or flower of mag<>t<>.
Manouenone, [ma] rattling,
sounding, when shaken, as
milk in cocoa-nut ; nonerag.
Manora, [ma 4.] splashing so as
to sound, ?iora ; as water into
which something falls,
manoranora, of water beaten
flatly with the hand, makes
lapping sound.
Manornor, singing out of time.
Manor onoro, [ma 4., no? - o] ratt-
ling.
Manounou, mispronunciation 01
mcdoidoii, one who remains
alone in the vamia.
Manove, [ma 4.] broken through
with holes ; nove.
Manpalpal, [man 3.] given .to
stealing, a thief ; pain.
Manpuasa, a bird that eats puasa.
Manqasa, [maniii] a man with a
nose flattened at the end ;
qasai.
Manqeqe, flat-nosed ; qea.
Manras, a scratching bird.
Manroe, like a large caterpillar ;
o pulaij people like to have
one.
Mansan, one who eats till all is
done ; met. from ??tatika, a
bird that destroys, san.
Manseneuwa, said of a torn net,
or of a house full of holes.
Mansinaga, [man 3.] a glutton.
Mansom, [man 3.] fond of money.
Mantag, properly, perfectly, well.
Mantagai, small ; a little ; man-
tagai ti e, within a little.
! Mantanara, a small flying fox.
! Mantap, a small green dove ;
met. a quick runner.
70
MOTA DICTIONARY
Mantapmele, a kind of tnantap.
Mantavusrawe, a bird ; la I.;
mylagra.
Mantikeke, small.
Mantilele, small.
Man-toape, the beetle that feeds
oil toape.
Man-to ganae, the frigate bird,
man-of-war hawk ; appears in
togalau wind ; stays, toga, on
the Vat ganae.
Man-tut, a V.L. pigeon that cries
tut.
Manu, 1. bird, flying creature,
beetle, bat. The common
Ocean word in Pol. Mel. and
Malay Archipelago.
2. the bird or beetle which for
food or other reason attaches
itself to a tree or plant is the
manu of it ; e. g. manlope ;
thence the prefix man, before
vowels manu, meaning fond
of, given to.
Manu, 3. thunder ; o manu ice
vara, when lightning strikes.
Manu, 4. a particular beetle, black,
in trees ; eaten.
Manua, orphan.
Manuarar, a beetle which strips,
ar, the bark of trees to get at
the juices ; met. a pertinacious
man.
Manuepa, [manu 2.] one who
loves his sleeping mat.
Manuga, V. same as maniga, ulcer,
sore. Sam. manuka ; N.B.
manua.
Manuganuga, [ma 4.] weak with
sickness, not able to hold
things tight from weakness.
Manui, V. nose, beak.
Manuima, [manu 2.] fond of
drinking.
Manulenule, [ma 4.] cut in
figures, carved, nule ; said of
kor eaten by susmaivo.
Manumaro, one who eats and is
never satisfied ; manu -2.,
maro.
Manun, sheltered, shaded, a damp
close place in the bush.
Manur, heavy, principal, import-
ant, successful ; napanena we
manur, he is a good hand at
shooting, fishing ; manursala,
at Tasmate a main road, else-
where a cross road ; manur
tangae, a heavy log cast up on
shore ; panmanur, one who is
a good hand at shooting, fish -
ing ; having ma-na for it.
Manurlama, dark blue ; lama.
Manursala, cross road, at Tas-
mate high road.
Manuvutvalis, small green V.L.
parrot.
Manvas, [man 3.] one who pre-
tends not to have what he
really has ; we vas goro.
Manvetvet, a memorial.
Manvus, [man 3.] one who loves
to beat and kill.
Manwara, [man 1.] an owl, ivis ;
from its cry.
Manwot?nele, same as mantap-
mele, a dove that sits on the
top of the cycas, wot mele.
Manwowono, a child who grubs
in the dirt.
Man, 1. v. to wipe.
manmanpul, sponge.
2. n. dry husk of cocoa-nut ;
used to man with.
manman, a thing to wipe with.
Mana, 1. n. an opening with lips,
mouth.
2. v. to open, gape. Mai. ma-
nga; O.J. mangang.
manamana, keep opening and
shutting a mouth.
manmanai, fold of flesh,
manarag, to make known by
speech.
manasag, to declare.
Mao. manf/ai, mouth ; Pol. Fij.
.MOT A DICTION A UV
71
mouth, orifice with
lips ; Fl. 7/mim, mouth.
Ma/<alu, things eaten raw, fruit
generally ; wo mftnal ".
Maama?ia, 1. to work the gills
as a fish ; o i</a ti manamana
inn n na ii;n\ic<n\i//ni.
Manama/fa, 2. waste ; ye mana-
//I'Mia, to waste.
Manana, sickly, as some fruits in
smell when ripe, us the smell
of fish to woman lying in ;
lulu maudlin, longing as of a
woman in pregnancy for some-
thing to eat, of a man who
longs to kill another,
mariamanana, sickly in smell.
Manana, [m<i- 4.] conspicuous,
striking the sight, nana ; as a
person seen for the first time
strikes as good-looking ; as a
bright flower shines out.
Manara, dirt on an unwashed
child.
Manarag-, [wan] tr. to make
known by speech.
Manarai, 1. (k) money.
Manarai, 2. waste ; manamana 2
Manariu, [nar] something markec
by biting, nibbled.
Manaruar, [ma 4.] sickly smell o
fish or swamp ; probably ma
nar tr. of mana in manana.
Manaro, a tree.
manaronaro, like the bark o
manaro, rough ; vinit mana
r<maro of yam.
Manaroi, (k) gums of the teeth
palate.
Manas, to be obedient, diligent,
manasia, work, what is done i
obedience ; conf. mawwi.
meremanas, obedient, workin
properly, diligent.
Manasag, [mana] to make known
declare.
Ma?iasia, what is done in obed
ence, work.
Ha/taunau, [ma 4., nan] said of
over-cooked food,
ffa/ieneaene, [ma 4., nene] damp,
sticky.
Maniruir, [n?> 1.] contracted,
wincing, of the face.
Han it nit, [ma 4.] drawn in, nit,
with feeling, as the face ; o
iKKjoi we manitnit.
ffia/<maH,l.n. [man] athingto wipe
with ; in recent use towel,
ffanman, 2. dark, invisible ; ma-
tomanman.
ffianmauai, (k) [mana] the folds
of flesh between the arm and
the breast.
i, (k) gums, palate.
olo, a swelling in the
palate.
Ma?imanpul, sponge ; used to
wipe, man, in tattooing, wis o
Sffanoinoi, toothless ; manono.
, [ma 4.] cropped, as a
plant the top of which has
been broken ; not.
Manorio, [ma 4.] toothless, like an
old worn-out, nono, hatchet.
Manreag-, to wipe away ; from
something that remains.
Manurnur, [ma 4.] wrinkled, of
men or fruit ; e. g. a melon
gathered and left in the sun.
Mao, 1. mildew, mould ; to be
mouldy.
Mao, 2. to stick in an opening too
narrow to go through.
3fao, 3, a shooting star, meteor ;
o mao ti pepeperoworowo, a
meteor leaves a trail of
light.
Maoi, (k) dry remains of bird, rat,
&c., the flesh gone, the shape
remaining ; o mao gasuwe ;
met. a lean person.
Maoloolo, watery, as a yam ; ta
rasa o nam iloke o pei we qpqo,
we maoloolo.
MOTA DICTIONARY
Maoraora, [ma 4.] playful ; ora-
ora.
Maorowolue, torn in shreds ; as
if falling stars, mao, were seen
through ; same as maliiemao.
Maovaova, [maoi] all skin and
bones ; empty, of tana or pu-
yoro.
Map, 1. to put, place, set ; of a
blow, or arrow, to hit, me map
alo panena.
we map o gon, to appoint a day.
2. to leave off ; map late, to do
a part and leave off at a certain
place ; map o sawai, finish a
sawai on the drum.
na gate tnap sur ilo nan o roroi
gate win me gege inau ti, can-
not get clear of the ill report.
Mapitu, [ma 4.] roll, move roll-
ing ; conf. tapitu ; o sariu me
mapit nan o wuei, the stalk
has come out of the fruit, as
that rolled over.
mapitvag, to roll with, give
way with ; o vat me mapit-
vagia.
Maploa, a tree, with smooth
scented leaves and bark.
Mapsag, 1. to breathe ; draw in
and send out breath; mapsay
fcaZo, to take a deep breath ; o
uwa, o ririgo, we umpsag ~kalo
o naivo, turtles, porpoises,
throw up spray with their
breathing.
2. reflective, to take rest, breathe
oneself; sin mapsagia ; also
simply mapsag, to take rest.
Mao. mapu.
mapsagiu, (k) breath, breath-
ing.
Maqirqir, [wa 4.1 soft, penetrable.
Maqisqis, [ma 4.J soft like qis 1.
mashed food ; of hair, food.
Maqoqo, without strength, as
soft-wood trees.
Maqusa, [ma 4.] bruised, crushed;
o tanyae me fcoran gate mal-
ate, as a tree that has been
bent down and crushed, qusa,
not broken off.
Mar, 1. [ma 1.] same as mara 1.
theirs to drink.
Mar, 2. to sink down, subside,
shrink, dwindle, of water,
wind, swelling, sick persons ;
also man/.
mawar, tame, submiss.
Mar, 3. const, warm, claw.
Mara, 1. poss. n. of drink, &c.
wa 1., with suff. ra 3.; theirs
to drink or chew.
Mara, 2. a dove.
mam aia, a large kind, in native
notion male, ata.
mara saZa, a dove that runs in
the path ; saZa.
mara tano, a ground dove, tano.
Marae, to laugh, smile.
rnarae pipin to laugh with the
mouth shut, we pipin goro.
maraesag, tr. detenu, to laugh
at someone,
maraeva, laughing, laughter.
Maraeko, a mollusc, chiton.
Maraesag, [marae] to laugh one
down, determ.
Maraeva, v. subs, laughing,
laughter.
Maragai, to tremble, quiver ; na
apek we maragai, I am shy,
ashamed, my apei within me
trembles; matamaragai, sleep-
iness, eye quivers.
Marakei, a kind of yam.
Marama, the world ; i. e. the
Banks' Islands with nearest
neighbouring islands and the
surrounding sea. Fl. mara-
mana.
Maran, 1. n. light, daylight,
morning, day ; v. to be light.
Malag. maraina ; N.B. mala-
na ', Pon. marain.
2. to-morrow's light, the rnor-
MOT A DICTION AI!V
row; a moron, to-morrow; I
t<n-o.lo moron, lu-xt morning;
in-ill nr, nioinoto, moron, sleep,
wake, till morning, sleep,
wake, all night.
3. time, season ; moron ;//"", a
time of sickness ; ma run m-
linsala, time of hunger, famine ;
moron nioifmoii-ni, the season
of working gardens ; moron
rorroi-ro, the season when food
is scarce ; moron .smo;/o/, */*//,
fruitful season.
Marana, a place where the monu-
ments of a great man's rank
are assembled ; o wona ne, o
mele ne, o yamal ne, wetm<i-
rayai ne, wde ne, vat ne. In
recent use adopted for king-
dom.
maranaga, one who has a ma-
rana, had attained high rank
and influence ; in recent use
a king.
Maran, idle, lazy, of man ; infer-
tile, of ground ; tono moron,
useless ground ; probably ma
4. and n.min.
mara?<ra9i, bare, treeless ; ra-
ranin 2.
mara?itag, tr. determ. to be
lazy with reference to some-
thing ; ape. sava kamiri ive ma-
rantay o kor? why are you
lazy about drying bread-fruit ?
i. e. when you ought to be
making kor ; ive maran nan o
tor.
Marauorano, one who has no
food.
Maraoneone, white sand, one,
seen on sea bottom.
Maraowoowo, to be quite black
and ripe, maras.
Marapun, 1. to cook make in the
oven, qarams, after roasting.
Marapun, 2. un word for vatu,
stone.
Maraqaraqa, a shrub with orange-
colon red fruit ; ire. vayalo ora-
uro inun <> iro-nio r<i<t roqa.
Mararara, transparent, translu-
cent. Fl. nioroi-o, light.
Maras, dark purple, black ; said
of the ripe n*//.
inoi'ox-<iol<'<i<>i-o, to be black and
cheat the pottle ; of nat
which ripen but have no
kernel.
Marasama, a tree.
1 1 i-o nioi-dsam, a sea crayfish
named after the tree.
Maratano, a ground dove ; met.
a short person.
Marat at a, a fish.
Maraui, (k) a man or woman's
mother's brother ; the nearest
of kin in native system.
Marav, [ma 4., mv] v. to be dim,
misty ; n. dimness, mist, fog ;
marav yoro, to come over in a
mist.
maravrav, dim, misty.
Maravrig-, 1. name of a hill in
V.L. 2. adv. very far off.
Marawa, 1. a spider. Fij. lawa,
net, virita-lawalaiva, cob-
web ; Mai. lawalawa, spider ;
Bisaya, lawa, cobweb.
marawa matawonowono, a
black spider.
marawa salayoro, yellow ; ma-
rawa taviro, one that runs
behind its web when alarmed :
marawa tavun, trap-door
spider ; marawa vatvat, one
that weaves a cross in the
midst of its web, we vauvau;
o marawa ti tia o talau,
spins its web.
2. Marawa a Viii, who acted
like a spider.
marawatavun, hidden, out of
sight, as Marawa hid himself.
pismarawa, from Marawa's fin-
gers, iron nails.
74
MOTA DICTIONARY
Marea, an eel. N.B. maleo, sea-
eel.
mare a laqlaqar, a forked-tailed
thing, not an eel, said to be in
holes in salt- water, and deadly;
springs suddenly up, laqa ; to,
taqa ape qoe, naniniana to, ge
apena, te mate, pigs die if
touched by its shadow ; it is
also called a piwsa though not
a puasa.
mareaqoe, a large kind of eel.
Mareanusa, a district, village, of
Mota.
Mareaqoe, 1. a kind of yam ; 2.
a large qeta.
Marekereke, [ma 4.] confident,
eager, well-pleased with one-
self ; reke.
Maremare, 1. adj. hard, strong ;
difficult.
2. adv. very, sufficiently; gate
purat maremare) not very
many ; neira me vug maremare
ma, they came in good num-
bers.
Marerere, [ma 4.] tender, as when
one draws back, rere, when
touched with pain.
Maresaresa, [ma 4.] thin, shrunk-
en ; of men.
Marete, a sea slug.
Maretret, [ma 4.J slender.
Margav, a crab's claw used as a
whistle ; mariu, gave.
Marina, the Mota name of Es
piritu Santo.
Marinorino, [ma 4., Hno] shaky
quaking.
.Marir, 1. cold, damp; mamarir.
Marir, 2. [ma 4.] shaking like an
earthquake, rir.
marir nua, mariri ?nta, 1. th
sound of heavy surf in tin
hollow of a cliff ; 2. met
thunder without lightning.
Maris, one who can't climb ; ma
ris gana tano belonging to th
ground, o tanini gate veyvega
wia.
farisarisa, [ma 4.] thin.
Ifariu, 1. (k) M. claw ; mar naer,
claw of birgus latro used as a
whistle ; spine of sea-urchin.
VEariu, 2. [ma 4.] leaning over
about to fall ; moved from its
place, riu ; as a tree,
mariuriu, bending over as a
tree heavy with fruit.
yiarkom, a myrtaceons tree, met-
rosideros.
MEarmaranrua, said of a night in
which the moon rises after
dark, a double day ; maran
rua.
Marmararan, bright, brightness
of light ; maran ; lama mar-
mararan, clear sea.
Marmaroa, a distant noise, as of
wind.
Marmaroi, [maroi] a little, quan-
tity to starve on ; me map
gama sinaga ? tagai, o mar-
maroi ti, has your food been
put for you ? no, just a famine
allowance.
Marmarosepa, a skin disease ;
white.
Marmarsaga, [ga 5.] calm, calm-
ing down ; mar.
Marmarwirta, an uneatable sort
of octopus ; maroi.
Maro, famine, scarcity of food.
maroi, a famine bit of food.
Maroa, 1. to advance ; o wma ti
maroa ma iane.
2. to sit with legs stretched out.
maroaroa, 1. with extended legs.
Maroaroa, 2. worked loose,
stretched with use, as qeaqea
of a canoe.
Maroasag, tr. determ. to work
for a person ; see vanmaroasag.
Maroeroe, very large in person ;
natarapena we poa aneane.
Maroi, [maro] a bit of food, such
MOT A DICTIONARY
75
as may be had in famine ;
ironically, o maroi gai ! when
in abundance one is given
short commons ; ma-rmaroi.
Maronowonowono, a slight scar-
city of food.
Maroparopa, [ma 4.] thin like a
ma/i'c; ropa 2.
Maroporopo, [ma 4.] thin, lean.
Maroprop, [ma 4.] damp ; of a
place.
Maroroa, with legs extended ;
mnroa 2.
Marororo, [ma 4.] soft, swampy,
where one sinks in, row.
Maros, to like, desire, wish for,
want ; maros ran, to stand in
need of ; maros nerei, in recent
usage, to hope. Probably a
root maro, with s tr. term. ;
marosiva, liking, wishing,desire.
Marosvanoga, a fish.
Afarotoroto, [mo 4.] that can
be easily eaten or gnawed
through, roto ; of soft wood.
Marou, thirst, thirsty ; inau o
marou, I am thirsty. Marsh.
mane.
.Maru, to sink, subside, shrink,
dwindle ; mar ; o Ian me vus
ti qara maru ; o tanun qe gopa
ti mar ; naqauk me riga ti pa
gate maru tiqa.
mamaru, subdued, tame.
Marui, V. (k) the spine of an
echinus, maru lava ; tip of the
claw of a naeru used as a
whistle, maru naer ; not of a
crab ; mariu 1.
Maruqa, [ma 4. j bent, not broken
off or cut off ; ruga.
JVfarur, nau we taive sei, ni gate
wono lai, o marur avunana.
Marurqena,, in a stooping posi-
tion ; pute mat'urqena.
3farurur, fleshy ; sakl of the flesh
of big man or pig.
3/arusa, [nu/r-c] subside, as a
wavi; in a calm does not break
against a rock, te nv/r/'.sa </"/>
ti.
Marutrut, [ma 4.] indistinct, as
distent voices, rut; we vena
Maruwe, to plant something else
in a hole from which a yam of
two seasons, siworay, has been
dug.
Mas, 1. v. to fall ; n. abundance
of fruit ; see niasu..
Mas, 2. unskilful, unsuccessful ;
as in fishing, shooting ; oppo-
site to manur.
Masa, a fish.
Masaeva, leisure, opportunity.
Masag, ague.
Masai, [ma 4., sal 2.] at some dis-
tance apart ; with some in-
terval ; pute ma sal, sit with
sufficient room between ; in
sewing, o masal we tatas, we
vaon we ivia, close stitching
best ; qalo masal, of bamboo
with joints, qaloi, far apart ;
met. an qalo masal, wal!k with
long strides.
Masalava, a wind; ti tur ma
siwo alo NKS Nualava, blows
over the high mountain of V.L.
Masale, 1. [ma 4.] 1. adrift, sale 3. ;
natoqak we masale, my heart
fails me ; 2. to run short, fail ;
isei tuwale gate masale nan,
gate vule isei, not one failed to
be present, not one got tired
of the work ; tete masale lai
when a great quantity ; valma-
sale, short of everything.
Masale, 2. same as masal ; riv
masale, plant apart.
Masale, 3. channel ; mascdepei;
sale, to flow.
Masale aga, very light ; such as
can float, sale.
Masalepei, 1. water-course ; 2.
MOTA DICTIONARY
the hollow down the breast,
and that down the back.
alo masalepei, a measure of
length ; see rova.
Masaletano, the space between
two rows of yams.
Masalsal, redupl. masal, with
frequent intervals, with spaces
between ; pute masalsal, sit
without crowding.
Masanara, the channel between
V.L. and Qakea ; manara.
Masaneg, 1. to hang or be hitched
up in a crotch or angle, as a
bunch of bananas in a tree.
2. met. to linger ; saney.
Masansan, [nut 4.] torn, spoilt ;
seen ; as banana leaves blown
in strips, hair blown into dis-
order ; nago masansan, the
face injured by wind and spray.
Masao, length of a noota atap in
thatching ; space between the
rafters, yaso, in a roof.
Masaoi, space, of place or time ;
place, time ; const, form in
some compounds maso.
.Masara, poor, needy.
Masare, [ma 4.] torn, sare.
niasaresare, in strips ; as a palm
frond, or deeply-divided leaf.
masarei, a shred, rag.
Masarusaru, [ma 4.] 1. ashamed;
2. to dissuade from an enter-
prise, to cool down anger.
Masasa, narrow cleft between
rocks, on land or in sea.
Masausau, poor, weak, without
food.
Afasega,
Afasekeseke, [ma 4.] in good
spirits, joyful, cheerful ; ma-
sekeseke kel, recover health and
spirits.
Maserere, banana leaves made
mana with fire and rubbed
on the arms before fighting,
for strength and valour.
Masevaseva, [ma 4., seva] faint
with emptiness.
Masgaqora, loosely enveloped, as
small things in large leaf ;.
masigiu.
Masig, to present a man with
something, no ineZe, qatia,
karia, liwo, when he has dis-
tinguished himself, e. g. in
dancing, we masagia mun o
qatia ; or when a man comes
back home with some rarity
and exhibits it. The man
who receives the present, ga-
masig, has to ul o masig, make
return with money.
Masigiu, a little ; small quantity.
Masil, to warm oneself in sun, or
before fire ; bask.
Masile, 1. an amulet of coral
stone, sile 1., by wearing which
one can avoid arrows ; vene
masile ; 2. one who escapes an
arrow.
Masilesile, [ma 4.] fat with sile
3., of a pig.
Masmai, a small shelter ; masine.
lia, a shallow cave; masne
mo, the space under a small
clump of trees.
Masipe, [ma 4., sipe] removed,
stript off.
Masisgala, [ma 4.] slippery, as a
dry and smooth tree-trunk or
rock, or wet ground ; to slip.
Masisiu, (k) the straight hair of
the temples.
Maskara, [ma 4.] willing, indus-
trious, cheerful ; probably ma-
seke.
Maslag, [mas] 1. to tie with a
single loop, as the end of a
line of som is made fast. 2.
adv. with a loop which can
run, or with a running bow;
vagae maslay.
maslailai, (i for g} a man
wrongly accused or punished
MOT A DICTION All V
77
te rono nv.v/" ili n-urn ;
ably as if the fault were not
fixed upon him.
J/aslepalepa, a time of great
abundance, mas, when fruits
fall in t lie dirt.
Masmaliwrere, a children's
game ; they come into the
vanua singing, with strings of
na-i ; others chase them, and
if they catch them take away
the \\i.
3/as?nasawora, utterly destitute
and poor ; mamas'/, irora 3.
Masnelia, a shallow lia, cave;
masinai.
Masnemot, place under a few
trees ; masinai.
Maso, constr. of masaoi in nidso-
mo, masorowclue.
Masoe, a disc, therefore a planet
as opposed to vitu ; particu-
larly the planet of morning
and evening. Malag. maso,
eye, maso andro, sun ; Espir.
Sto. w.so, sun ; Sesake, ma-
soe, Amhrym, moho, Lakon,
maha, V.L. mase, star.
Maeokesoke, loose, slack.
.Masoko, [ma 4.] place where
rubbish, ordure, is thrown up,
soko ; a dungheap ; rubbish,
refuse ; euph. excrement tae,
we savray o masoko.
Masomaran, the morning planet ;
qagala masomaran, an hibis-
cus.
Masomot, a forest, wooded place ;
masaoi, mot.
Mason, hiccough ; son.
masonson, sob, same as ma-
sorsor.
Masopsop, sleek, fat.
Masorowolue, strait, passage,
between two islands ; o ma-
saoi te roivolue lai aia.
Masorsor, [ma 4. sor 1.] sob, sob-
bing.
Masovsov,cdi n pi irtMv / ,sosor,hasten ;
me w".so/-.sm- ,jctfe kcimam.
Mastag-, stubborn, intractable ;
a-, innxtinf tutu, to be stub-
bornly disobedient to.
Mastav, swine-fish.
il/asu, 1. to fall ; mas.
2. n. abundance of fruit, falling,
time of abundance.
raasuva, v. subs, fall, falling.
masuvag, to fall with.
tavamasu, to fall of itself.
J/asug-, 1. [maw] to loose ; ma-
?^asug-sug > , slack ; toytoyoa
yate masuysuy.
Masug-, 2. to move in a mass as
maggots.
Masul, to run out as a line from
a loop ; mas, ul.
Masur, [ma 4., sur] easy, at rest,
in mind.
iVfasuva, [masit] a fall, falling.
Masuvag, to fall with.
Maswurep, a short big kind of
flying fish.
Mata, 1. a snake ; Fij. Sam. ya ta,
by change of m and n.
Mata, 2. a heliconium, same as
vao; no-mata, nos-mata, mris-
mata.
Mata, 3. a place where are springs
of water ; as on V.L.
Mata, 4. 1. n. the stem of matai 1.
2. v. stem of matag.
Mataaraara, to stare, not making
out what is seen.
Matag-, tr. stem mata 4. ; to eye a
thing, look hard at.
matag yoro 1. look out after,
take care of, watch over. 2.
a watcher.
matag kelkeluay, look out all
round.
matag raka, choose out, observe
and take.
matag risris, gaze hither and
thither.
78
MOTA DICTIONARY
Mataga, un \vord for taro, calm,
matagataga, [ma 4.] quite
still, of water ; us if enclosed,
tagataga.
Matagaraqa, [mata 4.] first-
born ; garaqa.
Matagarere, [mata 4.] one who
cannot see distinctly in the
light, such as an albino ; sees
things as if in rapid motion ;
gar ere.
Matagaro,[wa 4.] hard-hearted,
unmerciful ; garo,
Matagesegese, [mata 4.] selfish,
with an eye to self alone ;
magesei.
Matagiragira, [mata 4.] new,
fresh, gira ; said of bow, &c.
Matagis, [mata 4.] a knowing
person, skilful ; gis 1.
matagisgis, to take care of,
watch.
Matagtag, M. to fear ; rare but
true Mota word.
Matagut, M. tr. determ. of ma-
tag in matagtag, to be afraid
of.
Common in Sol. Ids. mataku,
matagu, also in N. Hebrides.
Mao. mataku; Sam. mata'u;
Mai. tdkut ; Malag. tahotra n. ;
Pon. majak.
Matai, 1. (k) 1. an opening, eye ;
source of water ; front.
2. cover for an opening, lid.
3. edge, point.
Very common in Ocean tongues,
often "face." Mai. mata; Mao.
mata, eye, edge ; Dyak, maten,
eye ; Formosa, mocha, eye ;
Tagal, mata ; Macassar, mata,
point, source, mesh ; D.Y.
mata, eye and face ; N.B. ma-
ta, eye ; San Crist. Mala, ma,
face ; Sol. Ids., N. Hebr., Bks.
Ids. mata ; Pon. maja ; Marsh.
mej ; Gilbert I . mata.
mata 4. in compound words
often means no more than
thing, person.
matai o mda ; prov. big eyes,
moon-eyed.
I Matai, 2. good, prefixed to the n.
qualified.
3. (k) a good thing, excellence ;
matai -vires, something very
choice ; namatana,! the good-
ness of it, how excellent !
Tahiti, Hawaii, maitai, maikai.
Mataigene, [maitai 2.] a good
tliing.^
Matairiiri, [mata 4.J a woman
who makes advances ; iriiri.
Mataka, 1. a tree.
Jifataka, 2. to get excited, rise in
excitement.
.Matakalava, willing, eager ; with
alacrity ; gate matakalava, not
think much about doing some-
thing.
Matakaukau, [mata 4.] a big
strong man ; can kau.
Matakeaga, [ma 4.] very light,
of no importance ; next word.
Mataketake, [ma 4.] light, of no
importance; take; nom ma-
taketake, think lightly of ; o
vanua we mataketake when a
person of influence is away.
Matakorkor, [mata4.,~kor 3.] one
who does nothing but look idly
about ; we tira matakorkor.
Matalaulau, [matai 3.] the bone
point of an arrow too long ;.
laitlau.
Matalesles, [matai 3.] full to-
overflowing, the fluid curling
over, lesu, the brim ; ura
matalesles.
Matalo, ar matalo, the current
that carries out to sea between
Mota and Gaua.
Mataloaga, light, easily carried.
Mataloav, [mata 4.] smoked ni
very black and light ; loav.
Matalotalo, exceedingly light.
MOT A DKTloNAIlY
79
Matalue, [mata 4.] the first strong
shoot of the yam that comes
Up, liO'.
Matamal, 1. a sea-spider.
re with the sea, of the eyes,
iiKit'ti; turn matamal, a. dead
calm, which makes the eyes
sore ; mctZ, the young cocoa-nut
with bitter fluid.
Matamanman, [matai] indistinct
sight ; madman ; o qon, o
iii>tt<'iu<tnin<Di; nipea imde
feftet.
Matamaragai, sleepy, sleepiness ;
<> inn l<d if,' m.<irgai.
Matamemea, redness of eyes.
Matamot, singularly ; tumvia
matamot, singularly excel-
lent ; mata, to see, mot, cease ;
i. e. will not see the like.
Mata?>iotwot, stingy, as if the
action or feeling of liberality
were broken short.
Matanaunau, stingy ; nau used
for poisoning fish.
Matanejta, [mata 4.] blind ; nena.
Mataniarova, [mata 4.] pitiable ;
aro in magarosa.
Matanisiaga, stingy ; see next
word.
Matanistuvag, [mata 4.] stingy
of money, tuvag ; nis used in
poisoning fish ; conf. mata-
naunau.
Matanoneav, a garden which has
been burnt off for planting.
Matanoto, stingy ; noto, poison-
ous leaf, as above.
Matanur, [mata 4.] careful, dili-
gent ; nu r.
Mataotao, [ma 4.] quieted down,
as a quarrel.
Matapalpal, 1. to see a thing
done and take away the pat-
tern or way of doing it ; as if
the eye stole, palu.
2. if another looks at a man
rubbing fire, sososo av, and it
goes out, the looking steals the
fire.
Matapaparau, looking to a dis-
tance. ; ]i(ip((rau.
Mataparparu, [mata 4.] twink-
ling like a star ; pvrnperu.
Matapei, blind ; o matai ti pei 2.
Mataperu, eye blinking ; o matai
ti [><~i-\i IXTH.
Matapiroi, remnant ; of a family ;
or of bananas, small suckers
left.
Matapiropiro, [nmt<d 1.] dis-
tracting the sight with sudden
appearance and disappearance ;
one who distracts the sight,
we mule kelkel vagae <j<n'<>
nanagoma ; piro.
Matapui, (k) spontaneity, doing
by oneself ; corresponding in
form to magesei ', ni me ge
matapuna, he did it by him-
self, spontaneously ; we toga
matapuna, he is his own
master ; napugak matapuk, all
my own fault.
Matapulea, [mata 4.] without
seeing ; as if pulei in the eye ;
we log mfitapnlea, call a per-
son's name without seeing
him ; vasogo tnatapulea^ to
count without tokens, in re-
cent use to repeat by heart ;
generally, in the dark.
Matapulepule, as matapulea,
dark, without full sight, as if
an opaque spot in the eye ;
pulei.
Matapurei, [mata 4.] ignorant ;
pur el.
Mataqa, 1. a poisonous mollusc
that sticks on rocks or stones ;
mataqa we gogona on toape.
Mataqa, 2. a wound or sore ;
mate mataqa, opening of
wound.
Mataqai, (k) 1. a wound or sore
with reference to the person
80
MOTA DICTIONARY
affected ; mataqe qatia, wound
of arrow.
2. a man with a wound or sore.
3. a bread-fruit with a wounded
part.
mataqaga, 1. adj. with wounds,
sores.
2. a bread-fruit with a wound.
Mataqale/ia, [mata 4.] confused,
bewildered, in sight ; qalena ;
we ge mataqalena inau, me
mataqalena inau, I forget,
memory confused.
Mataqalera, confused, bothered ;
me mataqalera inau, I can't
remember.
Mataqea, a stone hatchet ; matai
3., qea, flat.
Mataqelaqela, [mata 4.] be-
wildering in the eyes ; qela ;
tar mataqelaqela, numerous
beyond counting ; mateqel,
Gaua, blind.
Mataqeropatau, a sea anemone.
Mataqet, [mata 4.] a fruit quite
ripe, qet ; e. g. a cocoa-nut
just fallen, no shoot, vara, as
yet ; o patau o mataqet, o
sariu me mapit nan o tvuei.
Mataqetaqe, [ma 4.] ill-formed ;
o ivovtei we mataqetaqe.
Mataqurega, [mata 4.] ignorant,
ignorance ; qurega.
Matarag, tr. mata 4., to behold,
look at.
Mataratara, [ma 4.] peaked,
sharpened by illness ; of the
face, as if cut, tara.
Matarav, [mata 4.] of the even-
ing, ravrav ; un matarav, the
palolo that comes at evening,
we sau kalo alo ravrav.
Matarorcmo, [mata 4.] a fish that
looks at the bait without tak-
ing it, keeps quiet, rorono.
3M!atarcmro?2oas, one who can't
bear, rono, smoke, as, in his
eyes, matai.
Matarowo, [mata 4.] 1. to eye
with desire to get. 2. one who
asks for what he sees ; as, in
both cases, a child who sees
food being eaten ; his eyes
rowo to the food.
Matarowoparpar, the chips that
liy off, rowo, in cutting, par,
a canoe.
Matartoga, clear ; ma 4., ga 5.
Matasaraav, [mata 4.] dazzling
of the eyes ; going from light
into the dark ; o matasaraav
te ge ko.
Matasiliga, [mata 4.] darkling ;
van matasiliga, to go in dark-
ness without fire.
Matasisia, [mata 4.] eye with
matter, sisia, in it.
Matatira, with eyes fixed ; tira.
Matatoatoa, with eyes moving,
toa, as an albino's.
Matatowo, [mata 4.] for the first
time ; totowo.
Matava, morning, generally ; the
stages of advance are, 1. o Zon-
Zone maran ; 2. o maran ti
teve ; 3. o maran ti anoano ;
4. o mera ti lamasag ; 5. maran
tawasawasa.
matava qonqon, dark of morning.
matava rowo, next morning ; in
narration.
toto matava, early morning.
Matavgae, the betel pepper ; no-
matavgae, betel leaf ; an in-
fusion of betel leaves in liy
matig is drunk for cough.
Matavilerag, to choose out the
best of a number.
Matavir, [mata 4.] stingy; like
water poisoned for fish, me vir
o gene we gogona, alolona ;
matanaunau, &c.
Matavires, [matai 3.] precious ;
matai vires, only good.
Matavulavula, [mata 4.] a white
fresh- water fish with big eyes,
MOT A DKTInNAUV
ih at burrows iu the mud ; ti
linni nln one; moon eyes.
Matavuravurasa, with project-
ing eyes ; o matai ive vura
Inc ; .sa 3.
Matavuvur, [nuthi- 4.] crumbling ;
rur as in isrti'ur.
Matawasawasa, [mata 4.] name
of a large striped crawfish ;
lira.
Matawasia, a creeping plant ;
usur <jii-mtit(i>r<ixi<(, to tell a
long story.
Matawawaliog, n. a fatiguing
thing ; makes the eyes go
round with faintness.
Matawenewene, 1. luminous
fungus, luminous objects in
the sea ; white eye.
Matawenewene, 2. [mata 4.] un-
coloured ; loko matawenewene,
without toape in it.
Matawereav, [mata 4.] live
ember; werei, <n:
Matawiawia, [mata 4.] a single
possession, therefore valued ;
tvia- ; ituwale amenau, o mata-
wiawia.
Matawolowolo, 1. to look askance
with envy, to envy ; 2. envy ;
the eyes, matai, across, ivolo-
wolo.
Matawonowono, one not initi-
ated into a tamate society ;
his eyes yet closed, wono.
Mataworiu, [mata 4.] a single
disk of shell money ; woriu.
Matawovat, hard-eyed, hard-
hearted ; eyes like stones.
Matawtaw, V. to fear, be afraid ;
matagtag.
Matawura, a lizard, gecko, with
projecting eyes ; wura.
Matawut, 1. a fish ; berycida.
Matawut, 2. V. tr. of matawu =
matagu, to .fear ; be afraid
of; me mataivutia, or mata-
gutia, feared him.
Matawutiana, terrible ; >/<</-
wnt 2.
Mate, 1. to die, faint and appear
to die. Common throughout
the Ocean ; Malag. matij ; Mai.
tnati; Pol. mate; N.B. m<il;
Formosa, matis ; Anaiteum,
tn< i a; Kerepunu N.G. tuae;
fc Marsh, mij.
matea, death, dying.
matevag, die with, die of.
Mate, 2. ready, complete ; mate-
mate, taurmate ; probably Fl.
nmte in uto mate, perfectly
good ; Motu N.G. matemate ;
N.B. mat ; Pon. maj, intensive.
Mate, 3. negative with verb ; V.L.
word ; strong expression, na
mate taka ineia, I won't do
what he wishes.
Mate, 4. constr. of matai.
Matea, (k) v. s. [mate] dying,
death ; matea tultulvat, slow
death.
Mateav, 1. [mate 4.] mouth of an
oven, um, in gamal; 2. the
various ovens belonging to the
ranks in suqe; 3. opening
through which a fire is blown.
Mate-ava, swoon and revive ; ni
me mate ava vagarua veta.
Mateawot, a fit; o matea tama
ti wot ma suria.
Mateawota, an accident, sudden
death ; wota.
Mategae, [matai 1.] a gift, pig
or money, to help a man. to
eat his suqe; his wife, and
her father, the chief givers.
Mate gas, a bat's bone instrument
to tattoo with ; the matai
edge is gas sharp.
Mategasilasila, money given to
sila with ; ga 3.
Mate ga wo so, the stick, ham-
mered, wosoy into the ground,
to which a pig is tied in a
kolekole.
82
MOTA DICTIONARY
Mategeara, [matai 1.] the open-
ing in a fence ; gateway.
Mategerave, the pointed stick
used in rubbing for fire ;
matai 3.
Mategareve, the same.
Mategorgor, 1. bracts at the base
of a vusa, used to scrape out,
gor, the meat. 2. the bit of
shell knocked off to drink the
viisa, and used to gor with.
Mateima, the opening, matai, of
a house, doorway ; tve tipag
(joro a mateima in shutting a
door. The mateima is a space
unfilled in the fairatura, with
sides and lintel of large bam-
boos ; above the lintel, qat-
mateima, is the tano ararovag
for fastening the door ; the
lower part of the doorway,
lalane mateima is closed with
bamboos, gapurpiir ; above
which is the tiqanal of two
horizontal bamboos, between
which the door, gatava or ma-
tetipatipag, is thrust ; the la-
lane mateima is protected with
logs, we vin goro.
Matekaova, an egret's eye ; met
o loa ti sar matekaova, the sun
shines through a narrow open-
ing in clouds ; ti teve mate-
kaova, a narrow slit in clouds
appears.
Matekolekole, kind of kolekole,
val mate kolekole, every kind.
Matelama, the edge, matai, oJ
the sea.
Matelan, the eye of the wind
wasivas goro matelan, beat in
the wind's eye.
Matelinai, principal, character-
istic, ways of life or manners
linai; matai, source.
Mateloa, eye of the sun, East
Ian ape mateloa, East wind.
Matelul, albino's .eye,; met.
bluish, opei tama o maielul, wa-
ter with bluish opaque colour.
Matemagoro, a variety of hi-
biscus.
Matemaro, the hole, matai, left
at the top of the ovenful of
food, qaranis, to pour water,
tivui, into, then stopped ; te
luqai goro o matemaro nan wa
saiuu ae.
Matemate, 1. die in numbers, or
successively ; redupl. mate 1. '
2. deadly ; pel matemate, poison,
in recent use.
Matemate, 3. ready, prepared ;
redupl. mate 2.
Matemate, 4. v. to eye with
desire ; o tavine we matemate
siria, admires him.
Matemawu, [matai 2.] one who
does things very well ; mawu.
Matemele, [matai 2.] a cycas,
mele, carried in a kolekole and
planted by a wona, or planted
before the door of a gamal,
ape tapug.
Matemule, to faint, die and come
to.
Matenania, a stunted pig or
tree.
Matenua. edge, brow, matai, of
cliff.
Matepei, spring, source of water ;
mouth of well.
Matepurpur, un word for door ;
cover, matai, that blocks the
way, pur goro.
Mateqatia, peg, matai, of tree-
fern ; two used to wind a hank
of money, siga som.
Mateqavaqava, a covering, ma-
tai, of something buried, such
as money under a tapas.
Mateqiroqiroso, a stopper of
bottle ; te qiroso goro o mate
wetov nia. .
Mateqoe, 1. [matai 2.] a stone
amuletj good for pigs.
MOT A DKTIONAIIV
83
2. one who chooses a fine pig to
buy.
Mateqolor, a short bit of money,
qc&or,
Materemama, fathers, remama,
arc <lca<! ; i.e. a child's father
and uncles are dead and a
..of/0/ takes their place.
Materetere, [ma 4.] clear after
rain ; h-i-f.
Materewu, [ntatai 1.] the open
face of a rain-pit, re int.
Materir, the side opening, matai,
in a ijamal to each saretapug ;
rir 2.
Materiv-garaqa, the first plant-
ing?, of iioi-ao, toape, &c.
Matesala, road, path; the trodden
line, m<t1<ii. of the road, s<tl<(.
Matesaleuiara, a path made and
used by a dove, mara, in the
bush.
Matesasarnopalako, \mata 4.]
one who has no food or pro-
perty ; napulana tagai ran, ni
ice sasar (jap wun o nopalako.
Matesinaga, stingy about food.
Matesipa, [matai 1.] a pointed
turtle-shell knife used to pare
and slice, sipa.
Matesirvanoga, very lame, will
die on the way ; mate 1.
Matesivura, a phorus shell.
Matesoa, [matai 2.] skilful work-
man in using soa 2. for images.
Matetamate, the two hollows in
small of the back, like eyes.
Matetavine, lascivious.
Matetawatawa, a source, matai,
of water on the face of a cliff ;
o pei ti tawatawa lue aia.
Matetipatipag, the cover, matai,
with which the doorway of a
house is closed, tipag, shutter,
door ; we tipag goro o mateima
mun o matetipatipag ; it is
made of layers of lape ota,
rachis of sago palm, run
through, sis, with a stick ; see
tipag.
Matetul, to die right out, not
mat fin nl>-; I id 1.
Mateugug, M. blow-hole on
short; ; iniifni 1., ug.
Matevag, die with, of, by.
Matevarawu, a point of land, o
mis vat we reve, o tano oloolo
we t\wi.
Matevat, [uuttai 2.] a precious
stone, such as concretion in
clam-shell ; distinct from ma-
tai vat, a good stone.
Mateveteve, [ma 4.] 1. clear, of
sky in the morning, o tnaran
me teve ; o nago tuka we ma-
teveteve, we wia.
2. sharp, small of countenance,
clear cut, teve ; admired ; o
nago tanun we mateveteve, we
lulum.
Matevinparpar, chips, with an
edge, matai, made in chopping,
])<ii; a canoe into shape.
Matevtag, to die and leave ; mate
I'itdt/.
Matevui, (k) natural disposition,
kind, condition ; of uncertain
derivation.
Matevura, a source, matai,
whence water wells, vura,
forth, a spring.
Matevuravura, redupl. head of
spring.
Matevwona, to pay at once for
building a ivona.
Matewanara, divided source.
Mate war warir, a hole, matai 1.,
made by boring, warir.
Matewas, the holes, matai . 1.,
bored, was, for sewing on the
irav to the body of a canoe.
Matewol, to die in compensation,
ivol, on behalf of one, to re-
deem his fault.
matewol gana to run into dan-
ger for one's food.
84
MOTA DICTIONARY
matewol linana, of one who
falsely accuses himself and
dies for his saying, linai.
matewol o ge iv&ra, to run
into danger, give away one's
life, for a trifle.
Matewona, [matai 1.] the face of
a wona platform.
Matewonowono, numb, without
feeling, asleep as a foot ; mate
1., ivono.
Mateworara, [matai 1.] the midst
of the winter season, rara;
savsavur mateworara, shower
in the rara.
Mateworuru, in small quantity ;
woruruai ; woro mateworuru,
Eour sauce on dried bread-
rait, kor.
Matia, sneeze; matia revereve
gama sulate, said when one's
usur sneezes.
Matieg, M. same as matueg, as
tieg is tueg.
Matig, 1. the cocoa-nut palm ; the
nut.
The names of the nut in suc-
cessive stages from the bud
wovan, wopanas, roiroi, are 1.
matmategapun, 2. sutarara, 3.
maZic, 4. garake qarat, 5. vusa
gorgor, 6. vusa, 7. vusa mare-
mare, 8. vusa sisis, 9. pulutgar,
10. pepega, II. pane uwa, 12,
kor. When the nut has fallen
o noliu ti sigag kalo the shoot
starts, the qoqoe vara ; the first
two fronds entire turvara, then
the saragete with divided
frondlets.
8. good, as applied to food ; ma-
tig tvia.
3. big, in exaggeration ; matig
oka, a canoe with few on
board ; matig Zinai, big talk
about a small matter ; matig
mona, small thing in big
wrapper ; matig roqoroqpi y a
little man with big head of
hair ; matig-sava^ one who
owns much ; matig toqai, big
belly and small body ; matig
ununtai, a little man very
hairy ; matig ivanivanai, loud-
voiced ; ia matig mavmna, his
big nose. Compare mateg pi.
sign in V.L.
Matigtig, 1. white of egg ; 2.
fat or marrow in head of fish
or pig ; from likeness to meat
of matig.
.Matika, a rail, porphyrio ; ma-
tika rasa-g tano, one that never
flies ; matika sale, one that
skims with outstretched
wings ; one species with dif-
ferent habits ; met. tama o
matika rasag tano 1. slowly ;
2. met. said of one who can't
climb a tree ; tama o matika
sale, quickly.
Matikotiko, [ma 4.] disturbed,
troubled.
Matila, adv. in vain.
Matir, M. to sleep ; see matur ;
shut the eyes.
xnatiriva, sleeping, sleep, sleepi-
ness.
matirvag, sleep with,because of.
matir lardananau sleep lightly,
we ronronotag o sava.
matir matarav to go to sleep
in the evening, before night.
matir nornor to dislike one's
bed, want to change.
matir wora sleep without eating
^when food is to be had, so to
'fast ; but also when there is
no choice ; wora.
Matiriva, M. v. n. sleeping, sleep,
Matirvag, M. to sleep with, on
account of; ni we tnatirvag
matana he is asleep in the
morning after a sleepless night,
because of his eyes.
MOTA DICTIONARY
85
Mativetive, [ma 4.] peaked,
sharp, of the face ; n*j nu/-
tn-ctire; met. from tive, chisel
shell.
Matkasale, mutika sale, above ;
met. a tall thin man.
Matwatantas, a sea snake, mata,
is 1. ; in native belief a land
mata goes into the sea and
becomes a im'/m^/"/i^.s.
Matmate, [nuttai 1.] desire, with
lust ; uuihii'ifi' t'lrine.
Matmateas, ale*/ matmatea-s, to
sing a song on returning from
dunning a debtor that he may
hear.
Matmategapun, the cocoa-nut
just set ; like the eye of the
<il>un crab.
Matinatelea, one for whom a
hole is made ; ti vamot.
Matmatir, 1. non. mala, steady
sleep, like a hawk soaring.
2. nona uuxt, like a turtle fast
asleep on the surface.
Matmetir, unfeeling, pitiless, one
who does not help the sick or
troubled ; shuts his eyes,
matir.
Matoatoa, [ma 4.] loose in socket,
shaky, weak.
Matoketoke, [ma 4.] 1. champ-
ing ; toke. 2. met. o vanua te
matoketoke ti, the place full of
all the noises of festivity.
Matoltol, [tna 4.] 1. thick, thick-
skinned, callous, 2. of speech,
broad, thick. Mao. Pol. ma-
torutoru, matoru, makoru,
thick; Pon. mejul ; Marsh.
mejil.
Matranoman, the loop of the
bowstring at the kere us,
bottom.
Matua, 1. full-grown, ripe ; ta-
matua.
matuaga, full-grown ; mama- \
tuaga.
2. the right hand ; adj. belong-
ing to the right hand ; adv.
at the right hand, tira matua.
Mao. m< it tut, l:atua ; Fij. matua,
ripe ; Sikayana, matua, old.
O. J. Bat. matrnva ; Malag.
mahta ; Day. batita ; N.B.
matuka. The stem tua, in
tuai; Mai. Jav. tuiva.
Matualate, ripe before the time.
Matuav, doze, slumber.
Matueg, to incline, lean ; matuey
onrne, lean upon, rest upon,
met. trust in ; tne ; tama isei
we tigo, pa ni qe matueg lava
ivune qat-tigo, pa ti malate.
Matuerav, afternoon.
Matugtug, [ma 4.] slack as a
t line ; tug, tamatug.
Matultul, slow, to walk slow,
sing slow.
Matur, V. to close the eyes, have
the eyes shut, sleep. Jav.
turn; Mai. tidor ; Malag.
tori/.
xnaturiva, sleeping, sleep,
sleepiness.
maturvag, sleep with, because
of.
ma-tur loloae, to be sunk in
sleep, unconscious.
matur qatwono, sound, unbroken.
matnr qoqoara, sleep with noises,
snoring, &c.
matur tapesopeso, uneasily, lean-
ing not lying.
matur taqa, sleep heavily.
matur taragiate, to sleep on the
back.
matur wora, sleep only, without
food ; either with purpose of
fasting or from necessity.
Maturav, a tree.
Matureture, [ma 4.] shaky, easily
shaken in upper part ; ture.
Maturiva, v. n. sleeping, sleepi-
ness, sleep ; matur.
Maturu, same as matur.
86
MOTA DICTIONARY
Maturvag, 1. to sleep with, or
because of.
2. maturvag no ranorano ; ma-
turvag mem, said of the full
moon which rises when chil-
dren go to sleep.
Mau, dusty mould on damp
things, and inside bad kor ;
distinct from mao 1.
Maua, a village in Mota.
Mauai, (k) long feathers in cock's
tail, projections, horns on the
head of crawfish, plumelike
shoots of trees ; o maue gire
ape ulusui retret, the outer-
most tips of the branches of a
pandanus ; see mauwai.
Mauareve, tall, long drawn out,
like mctuai ; reve.
Mauau, a sharp point, as of a bone
arrow-head.
Mauka, to get well, begin to re-
cover from sickness ; euphe-
mism for opening of bowels ;
pei mauka, vamauka.
.Maukeg, to let go, allow ;
ukeg,
Maul, linger, delay ; for a long
time.
Mauliu, M. (k) 1. slough of
snake, lizard, insect. 2. met.
memorial, thing remaining
to recall the former owner or
maker ; probably ma. 4. id 3.
to cast the skin.
Maului, V. (k) same as mauliu.
Maumau, 1. to stifle ; 2. to choke,
be stifled ; maumau wora, to
be drowned simply.
Maumaugun, M. to move un-
easily, stir, as a child sleeping
under an epa stirs it, as a
chick in the egg ; see mawun.
Maur, to live, remain alive ; pei
maur, water of a spring ; ta-
maur, a living man ; maur !
cry to a child that sneezes ;
maur! e! tatagoragora mae!
Pon. maur; Marsh, mour ; Mo-
tu, N.G. ; mauri.
Mausa, 1. white sand hardened
into a crust, found in lia ; 2.
met. white, ul mausa, gray
hair,
mausausa, gray-headed ; said
of nat manwara, owlet.
Maute, a district of Mota.
Mautouto, [ma 4.] light so as to
float high on the water, as a
canoe ; uto 1.
Mautut, [ma 4.] broken, chopped,
in short bits ; ut 1.
Mamm, [ma 4.] all in holes, worn
out ; un 4.
Mauwai, (k) better form of
mauai; mauwe gaus, the end
of a bowstring hanging loose ;
mauwe gavaru, the loose en<l
of a string of money.
Mav, to be tedious, tire one.
Mava, 1. heavy, important ; o
vanua we mava, when a person
of authority is there. 2. to
weigh, neuter. Sam. mamafa ;
Mao. taumaha.
mavat, tr. to be heavy upon,
weigh down. Sam. mafati.
Mavana, a sage, ocymum ; an ita.
Mavea, adv. whence, whenceso-
ever ; ma 3., vea 1 .
Mavin, obsidian.
Mavinraga, very thin, mavinvin.
Mavinvin, [ma 4.] thin ; of
speech, sharp, opposite to ma-
toltol ; viniu.
Mavtalulum, sleepy in morning ;
o tanun qe mamata maran.
alo me rivtag o maran naiivi-
tana we maragai.
Mavut, [ma 4.] taken up by the
roots ; vut 1.
Mavutvut, [ma 4.] humped, vut
2., as with a load heaped on
the back.
Maw, same as mawu; one who
does thincrs well.
MOT A DICTIONARY
Mawaka, [//' 4.] hrokon, having
openings; irl:.
Mawea, i-ripplud in the legs.
maweawea, weakened through
nu'c or wear.
Mawerewere, [ma 4.] still, as
beach in a calm.
Maweruweru, weak in knees,
hands, wrists.
Mawes, [ma 4.] having pain in
hip-joint as from walking ;
we*) fawet,
Mawia, [ma 4.] finisli, complete ;
mawia ! that will do ! well
enough ! ivia.
Mawiga, tin word for moon.
Mawmawui, to act in obedience,
work; mawni; roe mawiii
(jo i-o sei si a mawma/wui suria ;
conf. manas.
mawmawuitag, tr. determ.,
work for a person ; one who
works for another.
Mawmawun, V. same as maivun-
///'/i.
Mawo, 1. v. to heal, heal over, as
a wound. Fij. tna-vo; Sam.
m<(fn ; Mao. mahn.
Mawo, 2. n. food for the dead,
laid on or hung over the
grave ; also money so placed.
Mawoa, a kind of crab.
Mawonotaqava, a woman of loose
life,goes into no-taqava bushes.
Mawora, [ma 4.] broken, come
apart ; wora.
maworawora, broken to pieces,
all to pieces.
maworavagr, to be broken
with, or because of, come
apart with.
Maworosaga, [ma 4.] crumbly,
dry, in the mouth ; woros.
Maworwor, soft, giving way to
pressure ; like a cooked
banana.
Mawota, [ma 4.] accidental, an
accident ; wota.
Mawotai, [m<nro] one who lias
recovered from an armw-
wnnnd ; probably mau-<>l<i<j
tr. determ.
Mawowo, 1. to sink in, as earth.
2. a sunken depression in the
ground ; ma 4. iroiro.
Mawrawura, mn-ni-d n-n r<i.
Afawsapur, a bad workman ;
Mawu, one who does work well,
an artificer.
mawutag, tr. determ. to work
something well.
Mawua, a kind of crab.
Mawui, 1. to nod the head in
assent ; qatmawui ; 2. to con-
sent, obey ; 3. thence, conf.
inonnn, to work.
mawmawui, to work.
! ijrnl<tte 1. to half con-
sent ; 2. to leave work half
undone.
to ive half
ir n . -uriiqoe, o gve a
consent, half dog, half pig ;
said on one side of Mota
recently.
mawni nonomotmot, to pluck
things to eat in uncultivated
ground ; nam, mot.
maiwti sakerewakct, to work
quickly.
mawui sarayao, to work with
open gardens, with no bush
between.
Mawun, V. same as mayun, to
stir, move gently.
mawunwun, moving as a
waking child under its mat,
as a chick in the egg ; naapen-
sei ti maitMnwun when he
feels sick ; naqatiima ti ma-
imtnwun when you feel a
creeping in your hair ; o toqai
ti mawunwun, stomach rising
with nausea.
Mawunwu?i, very dry ; tawim-
wun,
88
MOTA DICTIONARY
Mawurawura, [ma 4.] weak in
the heels, which project,
wwra.
Jfawutag, [maton] tr. to do a
thing well.
Mawuwu, to twitch in sleep,
making noises, us infants do ;
o tanun we poa we matur
qoqoara, pa o reremera was we
tnawuwu; cognate with ma-
wun.
Me, 1. v. p. of past time ; some-
times in anticipation ; see
Grammar.
Me, 2. prep, of relation, in fact a
noun ; with simple prep, a, i,
ta, becomes compound prep.
ame, ime, tame. It is used
properly only with regard to
persons, or living things re-
garded as persons, and so with
pers. pron. menan, meniko,
menina,mera. In these,and the
compound forms amenau, &c.,
me appears as prep, of rela-
tion, with, and by the idiom
of these languages, from. The
form me is rarely used unless
followed by n in the pronoun
but M. mera, with them, and
me kamiu o qoe ? have you a
pig 1 See men.
Mea, 1. red earth, used as pig-
ment. 2. a red pig.
mexnea, red.
meameaga, red ; tano mea-
meaga, with mea in it.
Meamea, a fish, red.
Meara, thin, with shrunken legs.
Meat, ebb, low tide ; noZ meat,
fringing reef.
meat kuleloa, ebb after sunset,
follows the sun.
meat makira, low neap tide.
meat matava, a morning ebb.
meat rakaraka, ebb tide at the
spring tides.
meat rav, an evening ebb.
meat sil'uja, low tide on a dark
night.
meat tavalaloa, ebb at sunset.
meat tawakewake, dead low tide,
at spring tides.
meat topa, low tide soon turn-
ing.
meat tur mamalete, very low
tide.
meat vnla, low tide on moon-
light night.
Mei, soothe, say what will please ;
meimei.
Mel, to refuse, disobey.
Mele, 1. cycas ; having some-
thing of a sacred character ;
hence vawo mele ; see varo-
wog.
mele matamemea, one kind of
cycas.
o mele iniko, a kind of curse.
2. a rank in the suqe ; the man
who has the rank.
Meles, a fish.
Melmel, clear, smooth ; melu-
melu; we ninin aneane, o
sava gate to<j(i <joro.
Melmelo, keeping aloof ; mel-
melo lea, the disposition to
keep aloof.
Melmeloga, said of a man whose
bow is not suited to him,
gate taramia.
Melnol, a hundred ; a whole
mele frond counted ; the prac-
tice having been to count days
with a cycas frond, pinching
down the frondlets on one
side after the other,
melnolanai, hundredth ; anai.
Melomelo, same as melttmelu.
Melumelu, clear and open,
smooth ; o titka ti melumelu
when without clouds.
.Melwotrow, a cycas in sacred
place ; said in anger, varowog ;
mele ivota rowo.
Meme, 1. bladder. 2. urine, to
MOTA DICTIONARY
89
puss urine. Fiji, Sol. Ills,
and commonly Pol. in.nni. 3.
aani meme, to pour out in a
curve.
Memea, red ; met. exaggerating
quality, w.*i.s w m&mea,
ama/ing wonder, perhaps
passing slung.
Memelrag-a, clearly shining like,
polished metal ; melmel.
Memerusag 1 , meromero.
Memes, red as the eye from
smoke ; mes 1 .
Memesmata, a mantis which
emits a liquid very harmful
to the eyes, matai; memes.
Men, 1. prep. V. same as ?ne, 2.
probably n. me with 71 suff.
pron. ; with, from ; making
comp. prep, amen, imen, fa-
men; IMH kai'd (/oe, pigs be-
longing to us two. May be
HK',1 nun., nii'ii H/Vf, as well
as menu n.; menina ; and men-
ra as well as mem ; but can-
not be used with 3. sing.
pers. pron.
Men, 2. to dress with oil ; as a
wound, as a bow with lig now,
or the skin after bathing in
salt water.
Mena, ripe, full-grown ; o mot
mena, where disused gardens
have become occupied by full-
grown bush ; original mean-
ing probably yellow.
Menaro, skilful, clever.
Menas, hard timber ; o tangae
tama Icamain we la a Qakea
ape ima tataro, Hone o menus ;
probably me tut tr.
Menmen, 1. smooth in skin ;
men 2. ; 2. we menmen o us
mun o nca.
Menmenag-a, faded, of leaves
mena.
menmenen-no-tang-ae, faded
leaves ; mena.
Menra, men. 1. nt Miff. 3. pi. pers.
pron. with them, with the.
Meno, redness, reddish ; as over-
cooked fish, &c.
meume;iora, reddish inside,
like loko me taru, food re-
cooked.
Jfera, 1. a child ; pi. reremera.
Motu N.G. mero ; Kerep. mtlo.
2. when a party are poisoning
fish they will not mention the
name of any one, but call him
inera, lest the fish should die
in a liu, not in the open.
Mera, 3. red light in the sky, of
morning or evening ; o mera
ti lamasay at dawn. Mai.
merah ; San Crist., meramera,)
red.
Mera, 4. a fish.
3ferakoukou, a two-headed
lizard-like pattern of tattoo,
and other ornament.
Meralava, Star I. the big, as
opposed to M.erig the little,
boy.
.Meramavule, a dead child not
buried, but hidden away.
Meramera, a child, boy; mera 1.
Meramera vag-arua, second
childhood.
Meramerasa, [mera 3.] reddish,
yellow ; as rotten yam.
Meraqulo, 1. newly born child.
2. female recently delivered.
Meratape, a beloved child ;
generally dear ; tape.
Mere, prefixed to n. and v. signi-
fying abundant possession ;
merei.
Mereata, [merei, atd\ 1. male
child. 2. male ; applied to
pigs, birds, &c. ; in plural,
rereata, merei being dropped.
qeta mereata, a very large escu-
lent caladium.
Meregale, 1. one who has abun-
dance of guile, deceit. 2. v. to
MOTA DICTIONARY
love, try, to deceive, test,
tempt.
?neregalea, temptation, deceit.
meregaleva, temptation, de-
ceivableness.
.Merei, 1. (k) constr. mere, a
child, with reference to the
parent,
mermerei, (k) the children
belonging to the house ; a
man's own children, brother's
and sister's children who live
with him, and adopted
children.
Merei, 2. constr. mere, dry food
without sauce ; we yan merei,
to eat without anything on
the food such as woro matiy ;
mere toape, hibiscus leaves
without sauce or salt.
.Meremanas, [merei 1.] diligent,
obedient ; manors.
Merepulai, rich in possessions,
pulai.
Jferesom, rich in money, som.
.Meresavasava, possessed of all
sorts of things, rich.
.Meretan, a tamate club ; named
probably after a bird.
Meretoape, hibiscus leaves with-
out sauce or salt, as above
merei 2.
.Merig, St. Clare. The small
mera, opposed to MeraZaw.
Meris, tin word for gave, crab.
Mere, sulk, be angry; nimemero
kamam, he was sulky, angry,
with us.
Mem, bending, bent.
.Mervakavaka, a strong person ;
mer as merei 1., vdka.
Mes, 1. red, a meaning which
appears in mes 2. memes, mes-
mes ; perhaps Boero miha.
2. a red parrot, trichoglossus
Massena.
3. parrot-fish, scar us.
Mesmes, reddish-brown, colour
of dying leaves ; nl mesmes
light reddish hair ; mes 1.
Mesqoloqplo, kind of parrot-fish,
mes 3.
Mesvaume, great talking.
Metektek, a party bathing hold
each other by the hands and
float singing.
Metigtig, a wild palm, with red
fruit ; matiy.
Metmetektek, same as matiko-
tiko.
Me to, small black mole on skin ;
maeto.
Mewmewu, feel disgust ; ualalok
ti mewmewu apena.
Mewu, moisture of light rain, dew.
Milos, to whistle by drawing the
under lip under the upper
teeth and drawing in breath;
as ingoing up hill.
Mimir, to shrivel ; mirmir yoyo
of a pricked bladder, of fruits,
and of old men.
Mino, 1. to eat in little bits,
slowly, as a delicacy; a slow
eater.
Mino, 2. a pool on the reef.
Mirmir, to shrivel ; mimir.
Mit, to bring close together ; same
as nit ; salmit.
Miu, pers. pron. pi. 2. suffixed to
nouns ; appearing also in
kamiu ; of you.
Mo, 1. (k) poss.'n.-a thing belong-
ing to because proceeding from
oneself, of one's doing ; often
with a 4. prefixed ; mofc my,
of my doing, moma thy, of
thy doing, &c. anoma tam<i
apeniko, we van ma; amoma
tama ko me ye ; o sinaga tayai
amonina, ive wol yese, .we have
no food of our own growing,
have to buy all. A singular
use, na we kakakae moma, I
tell you a story for your infor-
mation, ko yayanay mok ma.
MOT A !>KT|oXAKY
91
3/0, 2. a clump, grove, patch of
trees, plants ; only as con-
structed with the name of the
trees, mo-nW, &c.
Jl/bai, constr. moe, 1. first, fore-
most, principal ; uuxu nan,
before; 2. to be first; mai
;/o/-o, to take the lead of, be
leader, manager.
constr. moe ; o moe tanun, prin-
cipal person.
Perhaps Pol. miia ; Aniwa, moa.
Jfoegene, first, principal, best,
thing.
J/oewera, the first-born child ;
mem.
3/oesala, [moai] the first of a
party on the road, sola.
Mogir, M. same as mowur V.
Mbk, poss. mo 1. with suff. pron.;
so with the other suff. pron.
Moko, an albino.
J/ol, native orange, moli.
Molemole, 1. to cool oneself in a
breeze ; 2. un word for Ian
wind ; we vuy luelue rowo ilau
si a molemole.
.Moli, native orange ; Sam. Fij.
Sol. I. moli.
Molo, to tremble.
3folore, the small garfish.
Momb, 1. red pipe-coral, tubi-
pore ; pipe-coral stone.
Jfomo, 2. a small pool on the
reef.
Momogo, to feel awe, to be in
awe of something, somebody.
Mbmol, [7/10 2.] a clump or grove
of oranges, mol.
Momoleag, to blow softly in the
trees ; o Ian we momoleay ;
molemole.
Momoloiga, trembling ; tnolo.
Momoro, groan, roar, make noises
in sleep.
Momorosiga, muddy; mormor.
-Mbwos, firm, close ; mos 1.
Mon, 1. to mend, a house, sail, &c.
3fon, 2. poss. mo 1. with suff. 3.
pers. jirnn.
3fona, 1. poss. mo 1. with suff. 3.
pers. pron.
3/ona, 2. v. to wrap, conceal, n. a
bundle, a wrap, e. y. of fish in
leaves.
3fonamona, redupl. mona, of
many wraps, bundles.
3fonatama, left-handed, difficult;
tama 2.; eo ! pu o \\\i>mtt<on '(
is it difficult ?
Monmon, to mend a hole, patch ;
net, fence, &c. m<//< 1.
3fonog, to keep secret.
Monon, to go away from, be lost ;
from same stem with monoj/.
Mor, 1. obstinate, disobedient.
Mor, 2. stem of mormor, mormor-
iya.
Mor, 3. poss. mo, 3. pers. pron.
pi. suff.
Mormor, 1. mud.
momorosiga, muddy.
Mbrmor, 2. in number together ;
vamormor.
mormoriga, adj. of many things
together, as a densely packed
crowd, shoal of fish, swarm of
bees.
Morosai, (k) constr. morose,
scum.
moromorosa, foam.
Mos, 1. close, firm ; momos, gara-
mos.
Mos, 2. constr. mosiu.
mosxnos, an old worn - out
canoe, tapera, &c.
Mosiu, old, worn out ; constr.
mos ; mos siopa, worn - out
clothes.
Mosmos, a worn-out canoe, me
mosiu veta.
Mot, 1. n. bush, uncleared ground,
land grown over with trees.
v. to grow over, be grown
over ; raot yoro, grow thick
over cleared ground.
92
MOTA DICTIONARY
mot mem, old clearing grown
over with big trees.
maso mot, uncultivated region ;
masaoi motmot, forest.
.Mot, 2. v. to cut, break, stop,
short off; adv. short, short
off.
nalolok me mot, I am settled in
my feelings, vet mot, to speak
decisively, once for all ; nonom
mot, to make up one's mind,
agree, think and bring thought
to an end ; paso mot, finish
completely.
motmot, redupl. see below.
A common Ocean word. Pol.
motu.
.Mota, the island, a Mota.
.Mbtalava, part of Saddle I. Mot-
lav ; big Mota.
JWotarig, Mota as distinguished
from Mbtalava, little Mota.
Motangae, [mo 2.] a clump of
trees, grove.
Motar, [moai] title of rank in
women's suqe.
3fotmena, wood of old trees.
Motmot, 1. forest ; mot 1.
.Motmot, 2. adj. broken short in
places, separate ; adv. from
time to time ; mo 2.
2. to leave off from time to time,
stop now and then, here and
there.
3. to break over and over again.
Mbtmot-wora, a careless, easy,
giver ; we tenegag ape gae ^ve
motmot,
3fbtogo, a clump of reeds.
Motogol, a kind of palm with
small nuts ; V.L.
Motor, a tall man.
Mbtu, same as mot.
Mou, adv. thoroughly, utterly ;
Jcor mou, mena mou.
moumoura, adj. complete,
quite.
JWovetal, [nW2.] clump of bananas.
I Mowur, V. one who does things
slowly.
1 Mu, prep, stem of mun ; origin-
ally n. ; takes suffixed pron. in
mum, murara, and, with less
certainty, in munau, munina.
Muimuira, very wet, as firewood.
Mula/i, again, moreover.
Mule, 1. V. come, go ; mule tab,
carry.
muleva, coming, going, journey,
motion.
mulevag, come, go, with.
Mule, 2. to refresh, restore in
sickness.
Mulegona, hostile movement, the-
enemy come or go to make
the opponents' country gona ;
o tavalalea we mulemule gona
ma; kamam me mulegona
goro veta; the enemy come
hither to molest us ; we had
already invaded.
Mulexnule, [mule 2.] refreshment,
damp, moist ; ge mulemule o
apei, refresh the mind and
spirits ; ape mulemule, with
spirit refreshed.
mulemulei, (k) the giving of
good things for the comfort
and refreshment of the jsjck.
Muleqleq, a firefly.
Muleva, [mnZe] v. n. constr. mu-
leve, going, coming, movement,
journey.
Mulevag, [mule] to go, come,
with.
Mum, 1. to make indistinct hum ;
ni gate vava we mum gap.
Mum, 2. a shallow circular pool
or reef.
Mumeiatag 1 , shake from unseen
cause ; when a pig is running
among bushes o mot ti mume-
iatag.
Mumumuara, a children's game.
Mumuritiga, [mur 1.] to groan
in lifting a weight.
MOT A DICTIONARY
93
Mun, 1. [mu] prop. mu, with suff.
71. 1. dative, to, for ; ]:n re/
mun )tutnk imx ludulvk nol
mini l;<unriK(, tell my BOH that
all my heart is with, for, you
two. Peculiar use before n.
without art., ni me ramoa
mun nfititiui, he adopted him
for, to be, his son; a construc-
tion of two nouns in apposi-
tion.
2. Instrumental, with, by. 3.
Accompaniment, with.
There is a further use in which
mint, is transferred from an
apparently instrumental use
to a dative ; o aro, o tanyae te
tara mun o us, a tree out of
which a bow is made, which
is chopped into shape fora bow.
Mun, 2. See geara mun.
Muna, 1. to throw bait to entice
fish ; we muna o iya.
Iff una, 3. to be stale ; o iga we
muna, fish kept too long
before cooking.
Munata, traces of people who
have been sitting and throw-
ing things about ; muna 1.
Munqoro, excessive, excessively;
visarag munqoro o lito, break
up firewood with vehement
blows ; pel munqoro, make
woro sauce with an excessive
quantity of water ; we toga
alo lama munqoro, to make
an excessively long voyage.
Munrag, smash ; when a rotten
piece of wood falls and
smashes into bits ti munragia ;
so, met. of a man ; the stem
probably mun 2.
munmunrag, adv. in same sense.
Mur, 1. to groan, utter a hoarse
cry.
Mur, 2. a suckling pig.
Mura, mu prep., 3. pers. pi. pron
to, for, with, them.
Muragai, mu prep, ragal, to, for,
with, those persons.
Murara, mu prep, rara, to, for,
with, those two.
Murasei, mu prep, rasei, to, for,
with, themsoever, to whom ?
Murmur, redupl. mur 1. groan ;
of a pig to make a roaring cry.
Murmuriga, adj. swarming, like
7oi, palolo viridis.
Murmuritiga, to groan in lifting
a weight ; mur 1.
Murmurut, [mur 1.] of a child
beginning to fret.
Muroga, term of abuse.
Muromurosa, foam of the sea.
Murumur, a fish, berycida.
Mut, maimed in foot or hand.
Pol. mutu ; Fij. mudu ; Mai.
0. Jav. putus; Jav. motjok.
N.
N, 1. suff. to v. ; rau, to thrust in
the hand as into a bag ; raun,
to thrust in the hand and
take something.
N, 2. pers. pron. sing. 3. suffixed
to a class of nouns, generally
before a following n. ; and re-
ferring to some individual ;
same as na 3.
Na, 1. art. used almost always
with a n. to which pers. pron.
is suffixed ; and then written,
without reason, in one word
with the n. ; o panei, a hand ;
napanena, his hand ; a, the.
Rarely used when no suffix ;
a na tano, a ia pup, rowoag
na maea. The common art.
in cognate tongues ; Malag.
ny.
Na, 2. pers. pron, sing. 1. when
subject of v. ; always in in-
direct, subjunctive, optative,
94
MOTA DICTIONARY
potential, sentences, but also
in indicative ; I, let me.
Na, 3. pers. pron. sing. 3. suffixed
to a class of nouns, and to one
prep., originally n., ape, apena;
translated his, her, its. In
Pol. suffixed only to so-called
possessive pronouns ; in Mel.
almost universal, as, w, na, ne,
de, gna. Malay, na ; Malag.
ny ; Marshall, n.
Na, 4. V. to do, make ; frequent
as da, dau, in Bks. I. and
N. H.
Na, 5. sign of past in adv. of time ;
anaqarig, anarisa. Sam. ana.
Na, 6. a demonstrative particle ;
nake, nane.
Nae, to be still ; nae toga, keep
quiet, silent.
naenae, keep quiet, silent.
Naenaeai, constr. naenae, par-
ticle, little bit; naenae tangae,
minute bit of wood.
Naeru, the robber crab, birgus
latro, naer ; the left claw
loaroro, the right liwolava;
the pincers maru-naer are
used as whistles. Fij. lairo.
Nag, 1. V. determinative of na 4.;
nag savai ? do it in what way ?
might appear to be na gasavai
(na 4), but M. equivalent is
gen o sava nia.
Nag, 2. trans, suff. to v. Sam.
nai; Fate, naki ; Anaiteum,
naig ; Maewo, nagi.
Nagmativetive, [nagoi] peaked-
faced, in illness ; matwetive.
Naga, eight in counting tika.
Nagoaromea, a fish ; aromea.
Nagoi, (k) constr. nago, face,
front, cutting edge.
nagoi we mataratara, face sharp-
ened in illness, tara; nagoi o
paltara, face shaped like a
paltara, hatchet -faced ; nagoi
we tevtevei, face thinned by
illness, teve ; nagoi o wutmata,
short -faced.
Nagnagoi, good-looking.
Nagnagolansere, appearance of a
steady stiff trade wind, Ian sere.
Nagnagomatea, one who will
run into danger, do what will
bring death, goes in the face
of death.
Nagnagomit, distressed counten-
ance ; mit for nit.
Nagolagia, wedding ; lag.
Nagomala, swine-fish, labrus.
Nagomasa?isa?i, weatherbeaten
countenance ; masansan.
Nagomate, of quiet countenance,
abashed ; mate.
Nagomaur, of bold countenance ;
maur, opposed to mate in word
before.
Nagomawora, a bad headache ;
the face split, mawora.
Nagoqasa, same as nagotamara-
gai; qasa.
Nagoqatetega, a face like a white
ants' nest, qatete.
Nagorara, the season when winter
begins, the rara flowers ; the
beginning, face, of it.
Nagororono, silent, quiet, the
face unmoved ; rorono.
Nagosag, tr. determ. nago stem of
nagoi, to oppose, stand in the
way of; lareag o gene nan iloke
we nagosag loa take away those
things that keep out the sun-
shine ; pute siwo, ape sava we
nagosag loa ? sit down, why
do you stand in the light 1
Nagosala, the foremost party of
a company on the road as they
come out into a village.
Nagosasarur, looking serious
after laughter or smiles ; o
nagoi ti sasarur.
Nagotailil, one whose head
shakes in palsy ; who looks
about in fear.
95
Nagotamaragai, tlie knot of the
l>ow.-tring at the top of the
In >\\\"/' (jut-its, shaped like the
t'aivTif a tn-t<in,<tr<i<iiii linage.
Nagowono, M. said by some for
nonoono.
Nake, pi-..n. adv. this, here, now;
nn ilt-iudiis. /.v.
Nakeiloke, this, here, now.
Nakeloke, this, here, now.
Nal, to walk slowly, stroll, in a
round.
nnl goro, to make a round for
something.
Nalia, 1> move continually, stir.
Nalial, ;i weak person.
Naliog, to whirl round, as a
sling ; nnl.
Nalnal, 1. an amomuni with fine
bundles of flowers.
Nalnal, 2. redupl. nal, to go con-
linually about.
Nalnalia, to keep moving, stir-
ring, as men in a crowd ; as a
sail flapping from side to side ;
Nalnalwora, idle, doing nothing
but stroll about ; nal, worn 3.
Nam, 1. the yam; dioscorea. N.H.
nam, dam, chin, rem ; Jabim
N.G. ami.
namuga, yam-like.
Nam, 2. mosquito, namu.
Nam, 3. v. to beat hard ; namu.
namsag, determ. to beat small.
manamnam, beaten to bits.
Nam, 4. v. to touch with the
tongue, taste ; nami ; Hawaii,
namunamu; Ponape, nomi-
nom ; nam ilo, to taste and
see what it is.
namis, tr. taste, touch with the
tongue.
Namala, name of a stone in V.L.
Nawalag, 1. to toss, as a stone,
without force ; to be tossed or
thrown about, as a gate in the
wind.
Nawalag, 2. to do exactly ; L-o
me namalay ; adv. exactly,
they sailed exactly to this
place.
Name, to hang, neuter, to depend,
namei, a hanging part.
nameag, in vanavaeay.
na??iera, hanging.
//"ineae, to hang without touch-
ing ; met. to be helpless, with-
out resource.
name. n\<n>il<', to hang on end
of branch or top of tree bend-
ing with the weight.
name womatiy, to hang in a
bunch like cocoa-nuts, said of
<lnttu, flying foxes.
Na?nei, a hanging bit, as of money-
string, short bit over.
Narneme, weak ; o tanun name-
me.
Namera, [-name] hanging ; o qa-
ratu ive namera.
Na?,etwale, a single fruit, hang-
ing alone, name tuwale.
Namgae, a kind of yam.
Namis, [nam 4.] 'to put the
tongue to something so as to
taste or lick it up ; we namis
o lig iga nan o qat pisui.
namis tarave, to try whether a
fruit is ripe ; tarave.
Namisa, bitter, acid ; said of
native orange, or quinine.
Namnamuga, [nam 1.] yam-like,
of good food not stringy.
Namo, a lagoon within a reef;
Sam. namo.
Nam-pulan Taroroae, a kind of
yam.
Namsag, [nam 3.] to beat small.
Namtultul, a kind of yam.
Namu, [nam 2.] a mosquito.
Mel. Pol. very common. Mai.
namok ; N.G. namo, nemo.
Namua7io, a kind of yam.
Nan, 1. prep, from, therefrom;
96
MOTA DICTIONARY
generally of motion from,
and met. than, lest ; iloke
we poet nan tasina, he is
bigger than his brother ; we
gilala nan o fatara, knows
more than the other ; ilo yoro
nan wa masu, take care lest
you fall.
Used at the end of a sentence
referring back to a noun that
has come before ; naimak Hone
nau me rowolue nan, my house
that I came out from.
In such a phrase as maran nan,
see marantag, the meaning of
motion away from is clear ;
ape sava Jcamiu we maran nan
o kor ? why are you so lazy as
to leave the work of drying
bread-fruit ?
Nan, 2. same as nane.
Nan, 3. n. one who talks about
one thing.
Nan, 4. v. nan goro, an abscess
which has broken and sub-
sided swells again.
Nana, pus, matter. Mai. nanah ;
Mafag. nana ; Ponape, nana.
Nanae, stale, watery, as scraped
yam when left ; nana.
Nanalnara, [nal] to go about
without thought of harm as a
qilowar ; not kept in restraint;
in good or bad sense ; nara 3.
Nanamatea, [na 4.] a bull-roarer,
used after death, matea, and as
a toy.
Naname, a tree.
Nananam, redupl. narti 4. to lick,
taste.
Nanara, a tree.
Nanare, echo.
Nangasuwe, anything quite
email ; we log o natmera we
mantagai, si o sava nan we
manmantagai.
Nan or a, n. yesterday ; a-nanora,
on that day ; na 5., nora 2.
Nan, a narrative conjunction, now,
then ; can follow wa, pa.
Nana, to draw out, act. and neut. ;
of people on a journey, toe sir
we nana.
Nawanana, striped, as a kind of
sugar-cane ; nana.
Nannan, an elevated position, as
where Veverau is ; a Luwai
word.
Nannanai, (k) const, e. the fat
chops of pigs, cock's wattles,
the under par^t of the bows of
a canoe, qatu aha.
Nao, Maligo people call the Veve-
rau ira we nao, from their
use of na 4.
Nara, 1. pers. pron. dual 1. inclu-
sive, we, us, two.
Nara, 2. constr. e. blood, bleed.
Mai. narah ; Malag. ra; Fiji,
dra ; Crao Ysabel, dodara ;
Motu, N. G. rara.
naras, tr. to make bleed.
manaranara, bloody.
naralaqelaqe, a disease of females.
nara we sosogoro, said of an
obstinate man who will not
listen.
Naraga, [nara 2.] nutmeg.
Naraqulo, first menses ; ape ta-
vine vulaqulo.
Naras, [nara 2.] tr. determ. to
bring blood, make bleed ; to
prick, cut, so as to bring blood.
Nare, to wait, expect. Motu N.G.
nari.
Nari, an edible fruit, wo ta Luwai.
Narisa, adv. of time, the day
before yesterday; na 5., risa 2.
Narnaragu, [nara 2., ga 5.] gory,
like congealed blood.
Naro, 1. to eat certain inferior
food, or abstain from certain
good food, as a sign of mourn-
ing for husband, wife, father,
mother, child ; we naro nan o
nam. 2. a widow, or widower.
MOTA DICTIONARY
07
naro qilowir to miro, and re-
main unmarried.
Naru, to rot, be rotten.
Narua, pers. pron. dual 1. incl.
we, us, two.
Nase, to crackle, rustle as leaves
in wind.
Nasenase, rustle, crackle ; vara
nasenase, tread so as to make
a crackling noise,
tanasenase, rustling, crackling.
Nasnaseparau, a long drought ;
prolonged, parait, till things
get dry and rattle, naae.
Naspuna, term of abuse.
Nat, 1. fruit-tree, twin.
Nat, 2. constr. of natiu; small.
Natiu, 1. M. (k) constr. nat, nati.
1. a small thing, or quantity.
2. a child, young of anything.
2. un word for vatu, stone.
Natgae, a young boar pig.
Natgaegae, 1. young pigs born
in the thicket, gaegae, not in
the varea ; 2. met. bastards,
me wofa vanameag ; 3. met.
name called in reproach when
children throw food about,
misconduct themselves.
"Natgupa, a bat's young one ;
met. child father unknown.
Natgavarur, pigling found alone
in the bush ; tama si o gae
Hone me vasusia, the great bean
vine on the beach.
Natmera, a little child, mera.
Natmot, child of the bush, mot 1.;
met. bastard, ill-bred.
Natnawono, one who makes bare-
faced excuses ; nawono.
Natnereraere, a whimpering child.
Natpugasal, a child neglected at
home, a friend takes him over,
sal, and feeds him, pnya.
Natpurei, said of one who dis-
regards propriety, walks over
food, does not respect age or
rank ; purei.
Natqaratu, young flying-fox ;
met. a noisy impudent child,
gate ronotay ittei toe vaca mu-
nia.
Natvanua, a small island.
Natol, pers. pron. 1. trial, incl.
we, us, three.
Natu, a fruit-tree.
Natui, V. (k) constr. natu, nat;
1. a small thing or Quantity,
little one. 2. a child, young
of anything. N.G. natu;
D.Y. nat.
natni rasras, a very little.
Nau, 1. pers. pron. 1. sing. I, me.
Nau, 2. a creeping plant with bit-
ter poisonous juice ; o gae we
pusa te win o iga nia ; met.
ronronotag pnne nan, said
when one man goes to a vil-
lage where another has died,
as one fish after another,
naunau, the same,
naunaug-a, bitter, like naunau.
matanaunau, stingy.
Naui, (k) const, no ; a leaf,
primary meaning flake. Mai.
daun; Jav. ron; Malag. ravi-
na ; Pol. rcm, lau ; Fij. dran ;
Nengone, ru; Sta. Or. leu ;
D.Y. dono ; N.G. ran, lau, an.
naunaui, leaves in quantity,
naunauna, its leaves.
Naunau, a creeping plant, bitter,
poisonous, nau 2.
naunau ga, bitter.
Nav, mucus of nose ; surswrun
nav.
nav maroto, a child with dirty
nose.
Nava, conj. but ; adversative.
Navaisa, the talus of a cliff, slope
between cliff and beach.
Naveravera, adv. like a veravera ;
o mataqa ti kalo naveravera.
Nawewe, a kind of yam.
Nawnawoga, [ntoo] adj. salt ;
of food with too much salt.
98
MOTA DICTIONARY
Nawo, salt- water, salt ; surf ; v.
me nawo goro yese o tursao.
nawo nun, surf coming in long
line, ti malate vagaegae.
nawo taso, high surf, coming in-
land ; o nun nawo ta lau ti woso-
woso o nua nan ape nawo taso.
Nawono, [nago-wono M. nawo-
wono V.] careless, barefaced,
without due cause, wantonly.
tira nawono, stand unabashed.
vus nawono, wanton homicide,
murder.
Nawowono, V. said by some for
nawono ; si tama nanagona
we wono.
Ne, demonst. particle, pointing to
what is distant ; suffixed in
ine, nane, Hone; often repeated
in a list of nouns ; see mara-
na; o matesala we ge ne tas,
the path, that way, over there,
is slippery; o tano tul ne loa,
tano rowo ne loa, the place,
there, where sun rises, sets ;
combined with wa expletive,
ne wa refers to time or fact ;
gate nomtup ne wa, did not
believe that, or then.
Negneg, 1. v. a point in the initi-
ation into the suqe, when all
put nai to the mouth and at a
word negneg, eat together.
Negneg, 2. adv. with bended
knees ; roivo negneg, jump
about with knees bent, like
birds, in mago.
Neia, pers. pron. sing. 3. he, him
she, her, it.
Neira, pers. pron. pi. 3. they
them.
Nene, 1. to gather, have a gather-
ing, of matter.
Nene, 2. to knock, tap.
nenes, to crackle, with the
noise of nene.
Nenei, (k.) const, nene, neck, neck
of land.
ffenemea, [nene 1.] a pustule
gathering, red, mea.
STenene, redupl. nene 2. to tap as
a bamboo drum, vatgeuro.
Nenenweru, [)ienei] small, like
the neck of a weru ; teve nen-
enweru, cut small.
NTenenag, [nene] to shake off.
NTenes, tr. nene 2. to crackle.
Nene valet e, to knock, nene, and
change, valete, in the game of
mnemne.
Nene wono, sore throat, when the
neck, nenei, is constricted,
wono.
Nen, same as nene.
Ne?ia, blind; matanena.
Ne?ie, to knock ; shake ; iroPiiyet
te nene wora, opue ape qatima,
Puget will break her bamboo
water-carrier by knocking it
on your head ; we nene o pel,
ring a bell.
nenenag, tr. determ. to shake
off, knocking backwards and
forwards.
Nenenenepis, to flip, shake the
fingers, in wonder or admira-
tion.
Nere, 1. to pinch, break, off, as
leaves of toape, nomata. 2,
nere o som,break money-string,
break off a short length. 3. a
part of the wol tapug of the
suqe.
nere vasesei, to pay back money
without interest,
nerew, tr. to break off.
Nerei, 1. to conceive a child.
2. to wait, wait for.
Neremot, sweet ; we nere mot alo
valama, the taste breaks off
agreeably.
Neren, tr. nere, to break off ; te
neren gap o nomata if caught
in the rain.
Netenete, firm, close.
Nev, adv. firmly, lastingly; pute
MOTA DICTIOXAI5V
99
nev, to sit right down ; t<i<t,
nev, abide, remain.
Nevag-tap, the sleeping round a
corpse, watch.
Newanewa, veritable, mas newa-
netoa ; mas 2.
Ni, 1. pers. pron. sing. 3. he, she,
it; always the subject; always
in subjoined clause, in poten-
tial, optative sentences ; used
also in indicative.
Ni, 2. v. p. with numerals ; also in
stories, kakaJcae ; o wena ni
wena, the rain rained. Mtl.
n with shifting vowel.
Nia, prep, thereby, with, withal ;
always comes after the noun
or verb ; me vusia mun o
kere ; iloke ni me wisia ti nia,
this is what he struck him
with. Some few verbs always
take ma, e.g. ris, lego ; o torou
te ris rupe nia, a caterpillar
changes into a butterfly. In-
strumental prep, ni in Mer-
lav, Gaua ; genitive prep, in
many languages. Fl. ma,
with, used also after liliu, to
change.
Nig, 1. v. to build a nest; n. constr.
of nigiu.
Nig, 2. to strip, split, as with the
nail separating inner and
outer parts of vine for fibre ;
te nig savrag o viniu nan o
uto gaqir, strip off the rind
from the inner fibrous part of
gaqir ; te nig savrag o utoi
nau o au, to strip off with the
nail the softer fibrous part
leaving the cutting edge of
bamboo, met. nig o apei, to
flinch ; me nig naapena.
nig tavala rua au, or takela rua
proverb, to make a cutting
edge on both sides of the
bamboo knife ; said of one
who carries tales to both sides,
telling what each says of the
other.
Nigiu, (k) constr. nig; a nest, of a
bird, and pig.
Niiv, nn for tagai, no. V.L. word.
Nile, to break, crack ; we nile o
som, o w>nt.
ninletag, break food small ; ni-
niletag.
Nim, 1. to touch with the lips,
sip, taste, kiss.
2. tide beginning to rise ti nim
kalo ; as if the first movements
were like those of lips, lapping.
nim, sasar, fish taking and tear-
ing bait,
nimis, tr. determ. take a taste
of.
ninim, sip, taste.
Nima, to be wet, damp.
Nimiu, constr. nim; oil, grease,
liquid fat ; nim nai, oil of
almonds.
Nimis, tr. determ. nim, take a
taste of, sip of.
Nimsai, (k) constr. e ; slime, slimy
track, as of snail.
Nimtoto, smooth, as sea in calm,
water-worn stones.
Nin, 1. v. to enclose, partition
off ; nin goro, part off a cham-
ber with a fence.
n. (k) constr. nini; an enclo-
sure, as for the qat, a chamber
in a house; both the enclosing
fence and the space enclosed ;
to set up the enclosing fence
we woso o nin.
ninin, tr. to put a fence round.
Mai. dinding ; Makas. rinring ;
Malag. rindrina.
Nin, 2. to be smooth, level,
niniaga, smooth.
Nina, 1. pers. pron. pi. incl. we,
us.
2. pers. pron. pi. 1. incl. suffixed
to n. and v.
Niniaga, [nin 2.] smooth, as tree
100
MOTA DICTIONARY
or man smooth in bark and
skin ; clear ; so of the skin
stretched and shining smooth;
o wosa ti riga, ti loqo, ti nini-
aga, ti mhlue.
Niniai, (k) shadow, reflection ;
with denned figure.
Ninile, break in small bits ; nile.
Ninim, redupl. nim, to taste, sip,
kiss.
Ninin, [nin 2.] adj. smooth.
Nininwena,
Nininsa, redupl. ninisa, saliva.
Ninin, tr. determ. nin 1. put
fence round, enclose, for pro-
tection or restraint ; we ninin
goro o uwa to prevent its
escape ; we ninin. goro o tan-
gae qara riv ti to shade and
shelter it.
Ninisa, saliva, water of the mouth
not anus; o ninisa, o nininsa,
ti lolonar, ti lolona, the mouth
waters ; probably nis = nus
in anus.
ninisaga, watery, slimy.
Ninit, on tiptoe ; au ninit.
Niniu, a small red ant.
Ninlana, to lie in confusion,
abundance ; aqpu ! gatepatau
we ninlana ti.
Ninletag, tr. determ. redupl.
nile, to break small ; to break
off and give a small portion
of food to each person ; taiaa
alo we wata qa a Qakea, when
food is scarce.
Ninmis, nimis redupl. ninmis
qalo, taste a bit.
Ninrpa, [nin 2.] smooth, glassy,
like surface of calm water.
Ninsaga, \ninisa] like the water
of the mouth, said of badly
cooked toape.
Ninwas, to spirt, scatter, as water
when a stone is thrown into
it, or mud under the feet.
Nin, same as ram ; sometimes as
nina ; nin wara, rap with
fingers and open.
Nina, 1. to reach, arrive ; vamina,
meet.
Nina, 2. to collect money from
many persons for suqe ; nina
o som.
Nina, 3, to knock, hit.
ninag, tr. to beat upon, ram
down, distress, startle ; to
break, me ninag late napa-
nena.
ninaninag, adv. bumping up
and down ; valago ninaninay,
to run in jumps, or as one
carrying another on his back.
Ni?te, a" flat cowry, ovulum ; wo-
nine, the shell.
Ninenine, a game played with
nine shells, spinning them
with the finger so as to run
and knock, nene.
Nini, to rattle, tap, rap ; in recent
use to ring.
Ninira, a sea-urchin,small echinus.
Ninmot, [m'na] ' to stop, break off
journey.
Ninnin, to go to place after place ;
we ninnin taso not kelkel.
Ninov, a tree.
Nipea, let it be not, ni pea, let it
not be, don't ; pea 1.
Nir, 1. to make known what is con-
cealed, divulge.
manirin, to betray. *
manirnir, showing through.
nir qatrawe, after a kolekole a
rawe is killed, then there is tap
for five days ; on the fifth day
the qat-rawe is set up over
mate gamal, and a man gets
up a tree and proclaims that
the tap is over ; they then
beat drums.
Nir, 2. money given, vene, in suqe.
nir tamate som, the money,
nir, kept and full measure
given in return.
MOTA DICTIONARY
101
Nir, 3. to chop ; n-ir Ine, chop a
hole through.
Nir, 4. the fibrous spathe of a
cocoa-nut frond, used to strain
sago.
Nirua, [ni 2.] two.
Niruarua, two by two, by twos,
two at a time.
Nis, 1. a plant used in poisoning
food ; met. a stingy man ; to
be stingy.
2. to delay eating food, out of
stinginess.
nisiaga in matonisiaga.
Nis, 3. to sing a song in a low voice.
Nisqalo, smooth.
Nit, to tie, connect; of land shut-
ting in the sea, o vaniia we
nit yoro o lama.
nit saratuwale linai, to conspire.
Nitol, [ni 2.] three.
Nitoltol, by threes, three at a
time.
Niuniura, [ra 4.] adj. ragged ; o
gae we galotna o samsamui
apena.
Nivat, [ni 2.] four.
Nivatvat, by fours, four at a time.
Niwa, a man who is fond of meat,
birds, fish.
Niwiai, roe of fish.
No, 1. (k) poss. n. with general
notion of appertaining, of
what is possessed ; anoma ta-
ma apeniko, we van ma, a
thing with you that comes to
you ; amoma tama ko me ge.
Banks' Ids. generally no; Fij.
no ; N. H. northern Ids. no ;
Sol. Ids. no, nu, ni ; Mao. Pol.
no called prep, but nona his.
No, 2. const, naui, leaf ; but often
part of the name of a tree.
no-aeae, 1. name of a fern. 2.
anything very light ; ae.
no-arvau, broad leaves of the
arvau, pinned, vino, to make
& t ova.
no-ere, leaf of a small panda-
nus, used in covering in, van,
the ridge of a house,
no-ganagana, a leaf to eat off,
laid down to place food on.
no-gae, leaves made into roqo,
mats to cover in the oven ; te
Inifiii gttro o n.mmnn o nogae.
Ian nogae the leaf mat woven
together by the stalks.
nolaslas, the leaf mats, roqo,
for covering the oven, woven,
lent 3., when new and light,
nolelep, a leaf laid down to
keep food clean ; te lelep goro
o tarowo nia.
nomae, a tree,
nomaaeae, very light leaf ;
met. anything light ; maaeae.
no?nalu, a tree, aralia.
nomata, leaf of heliconium; a
wrap in cooking.
nomatavgae, leaf of betel pep-
per ; drunk in lig matig for
cough, makes it mamwisa.
noota, 1. leaf of sago palm, ota ;
2. the atap, leaf made up for
thatch,
noqalata, a banana leaf dead
and dry.
norara, 1. leaf of erythrina,
which decays to a skeleton.
2. met. a very thin man.
nosalite, the leaf of salite, cat-
appa terminalis.
nosaqsaqat, a leaf to guard the
fingers ; saqat.
nosin, cocoa-nut fronds used as
torches for taking fish, te sin o
iga nia.
nosurere, leaf of a shrub used
in closing in the ridge of a
house.
notagai, no leaves, tagai ; 1.
a tree that has shed its leaves ;
2. met. a poor man.
notangae, 1. leaf of tree. 2.
un for no-mele.
102
MOTA DICTIONARY
noto, 1. leaf of the excsevaria ]
agallocha ; 2. the tree itself, j
used in preparing toto arrows ;
3. met. a stingy man.
novao, leaf of heliconium, same
as mata 2.
novau, leaf of a pandanus, van.
nononawo, lapping waves.
Noa, minute, fragmentary, in
manoa, manoanoa.
Noaliu, a wind, over Motalava, !
vawo vat.
Noarag, to catch a fish at once on
throwing the line.
Noasu, 1. smoke rising from a fire
which has not yet burnt clear.
2. the smell of smoke in food
or water. Probably no 2., asu,
flakes of smoke.
Noga, 1. to come near, stay near,
be at hand.
Noga, 2. to bruise, soften.
manoga, well cooked, soft.
manoganoga, crushed,
squashed.
Nol, whole, the whole, all collect-
ively; nolo not swallow whole,
sugsug nol wash the whole
body. Banks' Ids., dol, del;
Maewo, dolu, odulu; Lepers'
I. doloegi; FJ.Bugotu, udolu;
Nengone, nodci.
Nolava, coarse, made with large
leaves, no 2., lava; of mats.
Nolo, to swallow.
nolo masur o anus, one who has
had a dangerous voyage with
hisheartinhis mouth, when he
nears the shore qara nolo ma-
sur o anus swallows down the
qat anus and is at ease.
nolo rerereg, to stretch out the
neck in swallowing ; isei we
nolo o sinaya ti ge tole nane-
nena.
tano-nolonolo,tlie gullet, swallow.
Nom, 1. same as noma, poss. thy.
Nom, 2. to think, have in mind.
nom goro kel, to have the
mind in restraint.
nomkel, to call to mind, re-
member, neuter ; nomkel ape,
remember, transitive.
nomleas, change the mind,
thought ; repent.
nomlilil, to err in thought,
misapprehend, misbelieve.
nomliwoa, to think highly of.
nommataketake, to think
lightly of.
nommava, have respect for.
nom mot, 1. to make up the
mind, be resolute ; nom mot
matua, to fail in making up
the mind, irresolute.
nommot, 2. to break off thought,
cease to think ; kamam gate
nom moi tiqa apeniko.
nom nerei, think of something
waiting for it to come ; a new
word for hope.
nom nurnur, to think care-
fully.
nompepewu, think lowly,
humbly.
nompurei, with little thought,
heedless.
nomqerqeret, to be incredu-
lous.
nomrekereke, to be set up in
conceit, self-confident.
nomris, to change direction of
thought, repent.
nomruarua, 1. to be in two
minds. 2. think of two things
at once.
nomsuar, think and find, recol-
lect.
nomtitin, tutun, to be anxious,
eager.
nonitup, bring thought to a
point, cease to have doubt,
believe, be careful ; ko gate
nomnomtup ? don't you mind
what you are about ? see
nonomtup.
MnT A DICTIONARY
103
nomvaglala, be quite certain.
nomvano, think much of, ";
nomvaruarua, be in two minds,
hesitate, doubt.
nomvitag, think no more of,
forgive debt or fault ; ><//""
nomvitay inau, don't forget
me.
nomwune, to have a thought
come into one's mind ; twine ;
occur to one to think ; k<> </(//</
nom wune inan, this is the
first time you have thought of
me.
Nowa, poss. n. no 1. suff. ma 5.
thy.
Nowaia, abundantly, in profusion.
Nomam, poss. n. no 1. suff. mam
1. pi. excl. our.
Nomanoa, [no 2.] made of fine
leaf ; mnnoa; of a mat.
Nomatag, 1. to catch fish in
abundance. 2. to cover with
nomata after pouring water
into an oven.
Non, 1. v. to smear.
Non, 2. poss. no 1. suffix n, pers.
pr. sing. 3. his, her, its ; often
to be translated ' of ' ; same as
nona 1.
Nona, 1. poss. no 1. suff. na pers.
pr. sing. 3. his, her, its ; of.
Nona, 2. v. to clatter, make a
clattering noise.
Nona-kala, head downwards,
like a kola lizard ; nona 1 ;
ni me siwo nona kola, he
climbed down head down-
wards.
Nonina, poss. no 1. pi. 1. incl. our.
Nono, a small beetle that comes
on decaying fruit.
Nononawo, [no 2.] little lapping
waves ; leaves, flakes, of sea-
water.
Nonom, redupl. nom 2. to think.
nonomia, thought.
Nonowotwot, [no 2.] cropping
off leaves ; mttwui nonomot-
mot, to plant without proper
preparation, as if just cropping
off leaves to make room ; mot 2.
Nonomtup, redupl. regard ; nipea
nonomtnp o qett'<j f<t/t<i<i<', rave
maremare, never mind the
stumps, pull hard.
Nonon, to anoint, smear.
Non, 1. plaited cocoa-nut fronds
hung as a screen.
2. coarsely plaited mat of cocoa-
nut fronds ; tape non, a small
one.
non pit, a mat, non, with the
racliis picked off, pit, used to
vear goro tano, under an epa.
non tamate, a non plaited on
one side.
None, to shake.
nonerag, to shake up, holding
in the hands.
Nonos, begin to rise, of the tide,
nonos kalo.
Nonpitpit, a fish.
Nonpurei, mispronunciation of
nompurei ,' good Mota.
Nopitu, a certain vui.
Noqalata, dry leaf of banana.
Noqetaqeta, dieffenbachia.
Nor, 1. poss. n. no 1. same as nora,
their.
Nor, 2. v. to have ill-feeling,
grudge, bear malice ; anor.
ganor, n. ill-feeling, grudge,
malicious action.
gaganor, same in habit.
ganganor, same in strong char-
acter; wickedness.
Nora, 1. poss. n. no 1. pi. 3. their.
Nora, 2. yesterday ; Fl. nola;
always with na 5., nanvra.
Nora, 3. to rattle, make short
sharp noise ; o line vat-yeuro ;
vat-nora, length of bamboo.
nora-vanona, rattle and clat-
ter ; many things together.
104
MOTA DICTIONARY
Norara, 1. poss. no 1. dual 3. o:
the two, their.
Norara, 2. leaf no 2. of mra, ery
thrina ; see above.
Nore, to make a noise ; nore groro
disturb by noise.
norenore, noise, as of surf.
Noriu, const, nor, thin inner skir
in almond, naiy same aspesiu
Nornor, redupl. nor 2. bear
grudge, entertain ill-feeling
Noro, to tap, sound by tapping
rattle.
noronoro, make rattling noise :
o pei ti sale noronoro, when it
runs into a tank.
wonoronoro, a rattle, a toy.
qat-noronwo, the bamboo used
in vara qat, which one man
holds and taps, noro.
noron, tr. determ. to rattle
something ; vanvanoron-sur,
rattle bones.
Nosa, to gasp ; qale nosa is still
gasping, almost dead, at the
last gasp.
Nosalite, 1. leaf of salite, catappa.
Nosalite, 2. a fish.
Nosiu, constr. nos; a young curled
leaf, in vernation, as of bana-
na, heliconium.
nosmata, young curled leaf of
mata, also nos-nomata; met.
a man not easily provoked,
tete lologagara tete golgol.
Notao, a fish.
Noto, tree, excaevaria agallocha ;
toto ; met. a stingy man.
Nov, complete ; me nov, it is quite
finished.
Nove, to break a hole through ; i
David me nave nawarean i
gene nan qa.
Novnau, a fish, holocanthus.
Nowo, to gather up weeds, grass,
&c. ; wiira nowo valis nan o
qeta, you two clear the grass
from the taro ; irayai we no-
wonowo alo tuqei, they are
weeding in the garden.
Nowoa, un word for vagalo, fight.
Nowonowono, 1. an entire leaf,
as of cocoa-nut palm before
the frondlets divide, small,
early ; 2. met. maro nawono-
wono, a slight scarcity of food.
Nua, 1. a cliff.
Nua, 2. a creeping plant, used to
poison fish ;' ganua.
Nua, 3. v. move along.
nuar ever eve, come in continual
succession ; reve.
Nug, 1. M. n. spikes inside the
base of the rachis of a sago
frond ; used as pins for noota ;
same as nuw. nug ras, a comb
made of sago nug.
o nug alo vutena, said of one
always moving about, can't sit
down.
Nug, 2. M. v. to come or go ; nug
kel, return ; nug retret, to
finish a part and give up.
nugnug ret, to take short spells ;
ret at the edge.
Nule, 1. v. to deceiye, mislead.
Nule, 2. n. a carved image of Nule
at the door of a house, set up
after kolekole.
Numa, a fish, blenny.
maldke numa, a small fish in a
q$o.
Numeg, 1. to nibble at a bait.
2. to twitch, as at the beginning
of tetanus, palo.o.
NTumei, n. the unit in numbers
above the tens ; onumei nivi-
sa? what is the unit above
the ten 1 o numei we qoqo, a
large number above ten; o
varuzi numei, the twelfth.
NTun, 1. to shed leaves, to be shed
as leaves ; met. of one who
carries nothing.
nun sa.ru, to pour down as shed
leaves.
MOTA DICTIONARY
105
Nun, -2. to go, t() t:lke nrst 8te P s
in walking, of infants ; ui me
nun reta, he has begun to go.
nun aeae, to go for a thing and
fail ; ae.
Nun, 3. true, truth.
we nun, yes.
Nunlagolago, [mm 1.] to be
loose on arm or body, as arm-
let, girdle.
Nunrearea, [nun 2.] to go strag-
gling along.
Nunrevereve, [nun 2.J extending
at length ; as fish laid out in
a long line ; reve.
Nunua, to change colour ; o sav
ti nunua when it turns yellow.
Nunuai, (k) the mental impres-
sion of sound or force, rather
than actual impression, but
taken to be real. The same
word with niniai; see nunu-
Nunuale, bending; name nunuale.
Nunug, M. [nug] to tell out, to
come, get, as information ;
roro, gaganag, tapare ma.
Nunume, a tree.
Nununuara, faint in sound ;
vava nununuara, to speak so
that only the nunuai of the
words is heard, a faint im-
pression of the meaning.
Nununrag, [nun] to be resonant.
Nunur, 1. to throw bait to entice
fish ; so that when people are
eating fish that they will not
give to children, as unwhole-
some, they say we gana nunur.
2. to soak into ; when toape,
imal, &c., are put into a mono.
with pig, the liyui ti nunur
ilo toape.
3. to talk of many things to a
man we nunuria.
nunurvag, to stain, defile.
Nunuuwa, to go early in the
morning.
Nunuw, V. same as nanny; nn~
wnnta ask him.
Nunuwou, a fish.
Nunvag, bring in quantity ; per-
haps nun 2.
Nu?i, to make a resounding noise,
as thunder, surf,
nu/du, constr. nun ; a heavy
sound as of thunder, surf.
nunuxrag, tr. to resound, as a
bass voice, to strike the ear
with resonance.
nununununray of the distant
cry of a bird.
Nu?za, to seek, look out for, a loan,
or a purchaser for something
to sell ; tamo, isei we la ma o
sava si a tuvag pa we nuna
apena ; si qe tete wol we nuna
matila.
Nunpurei, mispronunciation of
nompurei ; but good Mota, we
toga nunpurei; see nonpurei.
Nuwrag, tr. nun, to resound, be
resonant upon.
Nu?ius, only, nothing but, con-
tinuously ; nunus vagvagalo
nothing but fighting ; ti ge
nunus vigo, goes on playing
though he be called away.
NUT, to dig, as a hole, to make a
hole.
Nuravag, 1. to carry up, as a high
tide carries a log ashore.
2. to remember a thing not paid
for.
Nur enure, without noise or move-
ment, of crowd and calm ;
gate magmagoa, we one rorono.
Nurnur, adv. carefully, tho-
roughly ; probably nur.
Nurnuriaka, a spindle shell, the
columella used for boring
holes in canoe building ; nur,
oka.
Nurpanoi, a tree.
Nuru, a boar pig.
Nurug, to be cunning, cunningly;
106
MOTA DICTIONARY
redupl. nunurug, nurnnnig ;
see rwrmw.
.Nuruw, V. same as nurug.
Nuw, 1. V. the spike in rachis of
palm ; same as niig.
nuwras, comb made of palm
spikes.
NVLW, 2. V. to move, come rather
than go ; nuw kel return, o
nonomia te nuw kel thought
returns upon itself in con-
sideration, self-examination ;
same as nug.
minuw, same as nuniuj.
N.
This letter represents ng, as in
" singer." In manuscript it is
marked with dots above ; in
Roman print an italic n is
used ; in Italic print a Ro-
man n.
N, transitive suffix to verbs; tiqa
to let fly an arrow ; tiqan to
shoot and hit. Fij. ga ; Fl.
m.
Na, to notch, whence nar, nana,
&c.
JVae, to whine or cry ; vanae.
Nag, tr. determ. suff. to verbs ;
lilnag from lit.
JVai, 1. V. same suff. as nag.
Nai, 2. mispronunciation of nan ;
wrong but established.
i, 3. canarium, tree and nut,
almond-like, much used in
cooking ; constr. ne.
ne'kor, dried nut ; ne nig, flat-
sided nut ; ne qaro, fresh nuts,
not dried ; ne too, straight-
shaped nut ; ne tawatawa, nut
that opens easily, we wesat
ti tawa, we mt ti tawa.
4. good, of food ; nai wia, good
as nai.
nainai, wild, uneatable can
arium.
JVaisa, n. time when ; with prep.
a, anatsa, when, in future,
hereafter, thereafter ; with
sign of past na 5., ananaisa
when ? in the past, before-
time.
Fl. niha ; N.H. naha, ncti/ia,
nasa ; Fij. enaica.
, to be out of breath, pant, to
be tired.
JValnaloa, straight, not properly
curly, of hair ; ul tatas.
Nalo, to eat without proper ac-
companiment ; meat, fish,
without vegetable food, vege-
table without animal relish ;
we ncdo wia, opposite of pig,
same as gana vat'iiga.
JValoag, to mumble food and
swallow slowly, as a liivopas
does.
JVanoi, the dividing partitions in
the knots of reeds, bamboos,
&c., nemo togo, an.
^anololo, a full-grown cocoa-nut
with only milk, no meat ;
o matig o ligiu apena, pa o
wiai tagai, gate tatas.
to eat in pregnancy
things not common food.
JVanora, indistinct of speech,
stuttering.
Nan, 1. plural sign with nouns ;
by no means used always when
plurality is meant ; 2. follows
verbs, adverbs, with sense of
plurality ; na me nina nan
alo vanua nan lake, I have
come to these islands ; many
comings, many islands ; na
gate mide aras nan, I don't go
to places far off.
Nana, 1. to come forth into sight,
become manifest ; nana lue.
nanarag, tr. to make conspicu-
ous.
Nana, 2. redupl. na ; to chew
small and soft, as mothers do
MOTA DICTIONARY
107
food for infants ; to bite small,
as ants do earth for their
nests.
na/iar, tr. to nibble a thing,
leaving marks of teeth, as bats
do fruit.
nanasag, tr. 1. feed with chewed
food. 2. met. teach, first easy
teachings.
, 1. [?iana 1.] to make
itself conspicuous, as a thing
white, bright ; ti nanar<ji<i,
ti nanarag litea.
Nan&r&g, 2. [nara] to come -to
after fainting, recover from
illness, come to oneself ; na-
naray kel.
^Tanaraiga, colour between red
and yellow, bright, conspicu-
ous ; nana 1.
.ZVanariu, refuse, nibbled, food:
n ana r qarati i', nar I u .
, [nana. 1.] to teach, first
early instruction ; met. from
the chewed first food of
infants.
N&na.u, redupl. nau ; to eat vege-
table food only.
JVar, 1. tr. na ; to notch, tooth,
indent ; we nar o nule, the
image nule is shaped with
notches ; o sur qartit me nar,
a bat's bone serrated, the in-
strument for tattooing ; o
kere we nar, o isar we nar,
club or spear with notches,
and so projecting points or
edges ; we nar valuing, barbed
like Solomon I. spears.
2. to mark with the teeth in
biting, nibbling,
nanar, to nibble, bite small,
mark with the teeth.
nariu, bits of stick ; nanarm
bitten refuse.
J^ara, 1. spider shell, strombus.
.Nara, 2. same as no^a ; nanenen
sei we tantan we nara apena.
3. to go about; used at
Gaua if not at Mota.
narag, tr. determ. to go about
with a thing for sale, to hawk
about.
[nar] constr. nar; small
dry sticks, used for fires ; such
as fall when birds, flying foxes,
are feeding.
.Narnarqasapule, one who brings
small sticks for firewood is so
called in ridicule ; the qasapuU
makes its nest of small twigs,
narnarw.
.Nau, to gnaw, champ, bite. Mao.
ngan ; Sam. gau.
nau qeqen, to eat with closed
lips.
nau wosowoso, to champ, make a
noise with the jaws in eating.
JVe, constr. nai, canarium ; ne kor,
ne nig, ne qaro, ne too, ne
tawatawa, various kinds.
.Nene, damp ; msdanenenene.
JVennenelau, [nene] faint, ex-
hausted with exposure on the
beach ; a man has been alau,
he comes up exhausted, wants
food saying he is nennenelau.
Nene, to mutter ill words against
a man ; we gol pata amensei
we nene o tanun Hone; to
consult secretly about an
injury to be done.
JVenekor, to talk secretly about a
man with a view to his de-
struction, we nenekariia ; kor.
Nenene, redupl. nene, to be moist,
bursting with juice, said of
gire fruit just fit to suck.
JVe?ieresiga, stunted, not able to
grow; man or tree.
.ZVere, 1. a point, same as nusui,
snout ; point of land, we rono,
o tamate we vugvng aia.
nere mot, a point of forest land.
nereqoe, pig's snout, i-^^^i'
nereqoe.
kolekole
108
MOTA DICTIONARY
Nere, 2. to whine, squeak, cry
like an infant, like some
birds.
nat nerenere, a small whining
infant ; nernereioorec, always
crying ; nere ta Qakea, to cry
for a short time ; nernere qat-
gasuive, said to a child to tease
and frighten it.
JYeremot, projecting point, nere,
of bush, mot.
Nereqpe, a kolekole named from
a pig's snout.
^ernewel, a tree like the nai,
canarium ; a canoe made of it.
Nernerewora,, one who readily
cries, nere.
Nin, clench.
Ninin, clench close ; gargara m-
m'n, clench close the teeth, in
pain or rage.
Ninisa,, to grin.
Nir, 1. to screw up the face, draw-
ing in breath ; in pain, appre-
hension, dislike ; thence
m'r goro 1. to wince, with such
expression of face. 2. to
warn with such a sign ; na
gate mnle mY goro wnn, I did
not go carefully.
ma?iirmr, puckered up with
pain, apprehension; of the
face.
Nix, 2. to creak, squeak ; same
word perhaps as nere 2.
nimir, to creak as trees in the
wind, as a rope ; to make a
querulous whining like a sick
person,
nirit, tr. determ. to whine, cry,
to or for.
JVira, 1. a hard wooded shrub,
used for pisvatoto, kara, gatig-
sar.
Nir&, 2. to gape ; of the mouth,
of a wogire, pandanus fruit,
opening when ripe.
JVirit, tr. determ. m'r, to cry, whine
after a person or thing ; to
worry one for something
desired.
JVis, mispronunciation of gis, as
vanis for vagis.
Nit, to bite.
nit o karia, a charm.
Noa., extinct, dead, of fire.
Noi, to hold out a snake, or some
such thing, to frighten people.
.ZVbl, to crop short, break off the
top.
?Mmolrag, break off many tops.
?ioliu, the top shoot of a plant,
manol, bent down.
JVblmatig, a grub in trees, white,.
with legs, eaten,
jft/blmeat, the fringing reef about
low water, meat.
Nono, blunt, without cutting
edge ; o parapara we tiiai, o
mosiu, we nono.
-Nb?iolrag, tr. noZ, to gather many
tops of toape, &c.
.Ncmono, to wander at large.
, [noia] finely separat-
ed ; as well combed hair, sav
with fine small leaves.
, mucus of nose.
7iorisa, full of mucus.
JVora, grunt, snort, snore.
nora taragiate, snore lying on
the back.
.ZVbrae, a sacred place ; we rono, o
tamate aia, tete mule lai alo
ravrav.
JVbrag, to warn against doing
wrong, or rebuke for going to
do wrong ; one will varowog
and norag goro. Probably
nora tr. determ. making a
deterrent or warning noise.
IVbrasere, a fish.
JVbrata, thrush in children ;
makes them nora.
JVorisa, [nor] full of mucus.
JVbriu, (k) constr. nor, non. A
flat space within an angle.
MOTA DICTIONARY
109
iior/-tm, the space at the apex
of a gable, under eaves,
nornoriu, redupl. nornor ima
as nori ima; nornor manui,
floroi, triangular base of nose
between nostrils, base of ear.
nornor arow, the triangular
space oelow the nose on the
upper lip.
nornor qoe, qarat, noses of pigs,
bats, which have not manui.
nornoriu retret, an outside angle ;
ret.
JVornormalekas, a fish.
JVbrnorparou, see norm.
JVbrnortag, [nora] to mumble
food with snorting.
JVbrogao, to play and shout, as
noisy children in tinesara.
Notonoto, broken, of teeth, liwo
notonoto ; also said of chil-
dren's teeth when changing.
.ATorov, to rebuke, forbid ; norov
goro.
JVota, fine, small, finely separated,
leaves or hair.
nonotaga, finely separated.
JVusa, blunt ; vaniisag.
Nusiu., M. nusui V. (k) constr.
nus ; snout, a man's two lips
projecting together, a point of
land.
tavala nusui, a lip, upper or
nether.
Fij. gusu ; Pol. ngutu, gutu, nu-
ku; Motu N.G. udu.
JVuskor, black lip ; like a kor
dried bread-fruit ; in ridicule,
^"usletelete, [lete] to shoot out
the lip, in scorn, muttering.
JTus-sere, quarrelsome ; sere.
JVustup, to hate; from sign of
hatred, projected lips.
O.
O, 1. exclam. doubt, hesitation.
oo, refusal, prohibition.
0, 2. article, demonst. a, the ; pi.
as well as singular.
Get, a bird, in Gaua and V.L.
Olo, 1. to turn up at the end, turn
down and then turn up, as the
branch of a tree ; to turn up
so as to overlap.
2. to come ashore, of a canoe, its
bow turning upwards to the
beach ; olo sisirmuj, to shave,
sirvag, a rock in coming
ashore. D.Y. olo.
3. to get wrong in a song, not
keeping together, so that one
singer overlaps another.
olovag, 1. tr. lean over upon ;
taqa olovag.
olovag, 2. separable vag, to
come ashore with, land with.
ololovag, M. to come through
surf on the tapa, surf-board.
Oloolo, 1. v. 1. to make an offering,
of money and gea, to a man B.
who has a stone, or other object,
with which a vui is connected ;
we oloolo mun i gene ( B.) we
gilala o vat, mun o sbm wa o
gea, ape vat. The bringer of
the offering A. does not oloolo
to the vui, but to the man B.
v. 2. to put the offering of
money and gea upon the stone
on behalf of A. the bringer of
the offering. B. we oloolo avune
vat ape A. He B. does not olo-
olo to the vui, but on the stone.
The offerer A. may himself
oloolo, i* e. put or throw down
money on a sacred stone or
place, we oloolo ape vat; so
a young fellow will oloolo ape
lumagav for himself, or to
another for him, with a view
to good looks, favour, &c.
n. 1. the offering ; 2. the man
who receives and presents the
offering.
tano-oloolo, the stone, tree-
110
MOTA DICTIONARY
stump, spot, on which the
offering, oloolo, is made ; qa-
rani oloolo, a hollow place
which is tano-oloolo.
In recent use oloolo stands for
sacrifice and sacrificer ; tano-
oloolo for altar.
Oloolo, 2. a fish.
Ona, to kindle, keep alight,
neuter.
One, 1. to lie wide and open ; o
lama we one goro the sea lies
wide between to separate, we
one rorono in a calm.
one wora, lie waste and be use-
less ; namatak we one wora,
my eyes fail me.
One, 2. sand ; one tano, dusty
earth.
oneone, a sandy beach.
ononega, mealy, of a yam.
Mao. one, sand, beach ; oneone,
earth. Pol. oneone, one, sand,
earth.
Opa, Lepers' I. Omba.
Ora, to keep under control ; with
goro ; to restrain, keep off ;
ora goro kel, be temperate.
Oraora, to play, sport.
Ori, to creak, make creaking
sound ; oriori of the sound of
wind.
Oroi, const, oro; rubbish ; decayed
or useless parts, appurtenances.
oroima, ruins of a house, rub-
bish of a house.
oronawo, light stuff carried up
by the surf; oropei, rubbish
carried by water.
oroutag, the useless wild things
in the utag, trees, shrubs,
herbs, not planted or culti-
vated.
orovalis, straw.
orooro, rubbish, in water or on
land.
ororoga, full of rubbish, water
or surf carrying orooro.
Orosaga, abundant, all about,
many, in a depreciating way ;
oreremera we orosaga, na gate
gilala si isei me ge, there are
such a lot of children about, I
don't know if one of them has
done it.
Orotou, something edible growing
on stones on reef.
Ota, the sago palm, sagus.
ota lava, the large species, the
starch of which is prepared for
eating ; ota man, the smaller
species, the leaves of which,
no-ota, are used for thatch.
In preparing sago the trunk
of the palm is split and the
pith chopped small with a
qaia. The pith is strained in
woven dishes with water, we
sene alo tapera, over a shallow
hole in the ground surrounded
by stones and covered with
the viro ota, the fibrous plexus
at the base of the leaves ; the
piai, starch, stays on this and
the water runs through.
Otakaova, a mussel.
Ova, egret, same as kaova ; mala-
ova,
Ovi, a tree.
Oviovi, the name of a tamate
society ; sare-oviov.
Oviovira, [ra 4.] flat roofed ; o
ima we taqa gagau ; o qatima
gate eleele.
Owo, to have a white mark on the
skin ; nawareana we owo.
P.
Pa, conj. but, and.
Paere, beg, ask for.
Pagigiu, (k) constr. pagig, side,
flank.
Pagoa, shark. Gilb. Ids. bakoa ;
MOT A J MOTION All Y
111
Marsh, bako; Ponap. poko ;
Fl. bagea, N.G. pao-tnt.
KJOII int'it, said of ill cooked
bread-fruit, because red, ;/"-
Pagpagoai, 1. dorsal tin of a fish,
like that of payoa, also anal
fin. 2. met. a very thin man,
gate tnr tamin pagpagoai vires.
Pagpagaloa, same as gapagapa.
Paito, a shed, temporary lodge in
a garden. Sam. paito, a cook-
ing-house.
Paka, banyan, ficus ; various
species, paka mea, paka rono-
r<iijul<>, )>i<k ntf.
Pakalava, an European vessel :
uncertain origin ; perhaps a
form of aka canoe.
Pakapaka, fornication, adultery ;
properly refers to the money
that passes.
Pakasagoi, (k) the under shell
of crab and turtle.
Pakasoai, (k) same as pakasagoi.
Pakul, to sit in a crouching atti-
tude.
Pal, same o&paln.
Pala, 1. to double, set stick
against stick, set across, wattle,
fasten between two sticks, take
up with, between, two sticks ;
in recent use to cut with
scissors ; pala goro, fasten
with cross sticks.
palag, M. palai V. tr. to wattle
sticks, to set across.
palat, tr. to fasten between
sticks, one on either side ; to
take between sticks.
palaga, crossing obliquely.
palapala, red u pi. to move
crossing one the other.
palala, redupl. divide in two.
ipala, i 4., tongs.
Pala, 2. to be double, as two ker-
nels in a nut.
Pala, 3. to curl singly; when only
one tusk of a pig curls, ti
pala.
Pala, 4. to beat the drum at the
ends ; when three are drum-
ming the two outside pala.
Pala ta Vava, to strangle a man
by pressing a stick across his
throat.
Palag, M. palai V. to set one
tiling obliquely across another,
to wattle sticks ; palag <jun>,
to cross obliquely one over the
other, as the legs ; palai late,
to break by catching between
things crossing, as when one
catches a stick between the
legs and breaks it.
Palaga, [pala] adj. crossing
obliquely.
Palagarua, divided and the two
parts crossing ; said of a
tree.
Palako, a tree with edible leaves ;
a certain tnana attaches to it ;
palako logs smeared with mea
are carried in feasts.
Palakomot, a fish.
Palala, redupl. pala, to divide in
two.
Palao, spasm of tetanus, twitch-
ing, a convulsion which draws
the sinews, gapalao ; o palao
ti raiaoa, he has tetanus ; o
palao me rave aneanea, he had
strong convulsions ; palao
malnm, tetanus without con-
vulsions, but with great pain.
Palaotiu, palaot mala, extremely
thin.
Palapala, redupl. pala, in recent
use, 1. to cut with scissors.
2. scissors.
Palaqatiaka, to be double, as
kernels in a nut, with the
shape of the head of a canoe,
qati-aka ; o wotaga si o salite
qe pala, o takelei we wono wa
ive mavinvin.
112
MOTA DICTIONARY
Palasa, the jawbone of a pig kept
as a memorial of a feast.
Palasai, (k) constr. e. the cheek ;
of a canoe, tne gape wora qet o
palase oka nan neira.
Palasapug-apuga, a great talker ;
napalasana ive pugapuga.
Palasvala, the flat stones laid
round the rim of the oven,
urn, ; the palase vala,
Palat, tr. pala, to keep upright
between supports at the two
ends; as firewood built up
between supporting stakes.
Palatal, a scattered heap of
stones ; same as polotai.
papalatag, confusedly.
Palatakura, to take up, pala, a
hot stone with ipala, and re-
place it on food put into the
oven ; takura.
Palatanilew, to put hot stones on
loko, with ipala; we palata-
nilen goro loko.
Palawai, (k) the inside of the thigh.
Palawana, one who gobbles, we
gana vagorgor.
Pale, 1. n. handle.
Palega, [paie] turned inwards ;
of a leg a little turned upon
the other.
Paleg-etava, [ polo] door, shutter ;
gatava.
Palil, [lil~\ to go round the sides
and meet ; as in adzing the
inner sides of a canoe ; as the
wings of a fighting party make
a circuit and draw to the
main body ; we uma polil
when the main party working
clear the middle of the garden
while two or three work round
the edge.
palil tal goro, one makes a cir-
cuit to meet others from whom
he has separated.
Paloloi, (k) something broad and
thin ; flat-fish, braid.
Palpal, redupl. pal, palu; to
steal ; a thief ; palpal takir
soko a thief of family property ;
natima tipal kel napulamrua.
Palpalag, [palag] to be twisted
one across another ; as the
legs of a man who stumbles
as he runs.
Palpalatai, redupl. palatal; pal-
palate vat, a natural heap of
stones.
Palpalaus, two bows, its, shoot-
ing exactly together, pala
like double kernels.
Paltara, a wooden chopper, tara,
in the shape of a shell adze,
for cutting bread-fruit.
Palu, 1. to do secretly, out of
sight ; adv. secretly, out of
sight.
2. to steal ; a thief ; adv. stealth-
ily.
papalrag, to steal many things.
3. un word for matika, a bird
that steals.
Pan, 1. constr. paniu. 2. prep,
beside ; panei, paniu ; a pan
vanua alongside the village ;
we niua napanvanuana came
alongside his village, to the
side of it.
Panava, conj. adversative, pa,
nova, nevertheless, but.
Pane, 1. an armlet.
2. boom of canoe, between which
and mast lies the sail.
Panel, (k) constr. pane; pane
tanun hand and arm, pane.
manu wing, pane iga pectoral
fin ; pane qoe shoulder. Same
word as paniu.
When the hand is spoken of in
connexion- with food, when
food is in the hand or on the
hand, the poss. ga 1. is added
between the noun pane and
the suffixed pronoun ; napa-
negak, napanegama, my hand,
MOTA DICTIONARY
L13
thine, and so on ; p<inti <> yan<i
we manitianu said of one
who eats with dirty hands,
tll<l II IlKItt II.
paneg, v. tr. to carry across the
shoulder with a string.
N.H. bane is used for wing of
bird and shoulder of piff ;
German N.G. ban hand.
Paneg, tr. from pane, suff. y, to
carry over the shoulder with
a string ; tana panpaney a
satchel.
Panegaegae, a long-armed man ;
yaeyae creepers. -flf
Panegaro, one who spoils tools ;
ti yayar o parapara, ti tatas
qet ; met. from yaro hard clay.
Panegisgisir, one'who is always
using charms, talamatai, ya-
rata.
Panelalav, one whose hand is
hot, lalav, to kill with charms;
we map o talamatai te qalo
sei tarn o av.
Panelusa, a bat's wing ; lusa ;
met. one outside the suqe.
Panemataketake, light-handed.
Panemaran, an idle hand ; ni
gate mawmawni.
Panematea, dead hand in shoot-
ing; we vene, we mate, yaplot.
Panepane, an armlet.
Paneqote, big hands and arms,
short and thick ; qote.
Panesasakariga, a thief ; a mis-
chievous Land.
Panesasasaga, a thief.
Panesigo, kingfisher's wing, the
blue flame in fire.
Panesila, boom of canoe ; sila.
Panesiwo, a disease, a swelling of
hand and arm ; the arm is
held down, siwo, that the
swelling may go away down-
wards.
Panetitin, M. hot-handed, one
who has shot and killed ; titin.
Paneuwa, turtle-fin, name of a
cocoa-nut at one stage of ripe-
ness : see matiy.
Pangaegae, [panin] same a.s
paneyaeyae.
Panisvenevene, one who has
been killed by an arrow.
Paniu, (k) constr. pani, pan;
same as panei.
Panlepa, [panin] dirty hand ;
gana panlepa to eat without
washing the hands.
Panlova, stiff hand ; napanik we
lova.
Panmalmalaviviv, hand begin-
ning to be painful ; malaviviv.
Panmanur, hand with mana in
it, manur ; one who is able or
skilful in shooting, fishing, &c.
Panmasorsor, a hand that makes
one groan ; one who has a
painful hand ; masorsw.
Panmea, a species of flying-fish,
with red fins.
Panoi, Hades ; the abode of the
dead.
Panpan, 1. the side of a valley ;
qat-panpan the hill beside a
valley ; pan 1.
2. adv. beside, redupl. pan 2.
Panpanlau, 1. the sea-shore ; 2.
by the shore ; lau.
Panpuna, one who shoots and
napanena ti puna
kills ,
apena.
Pansasar, one
misses
who shoots and
sasar.
Pansasara, the same as panaa-sar,
a bad shot.
Pantagarir, wing, panei, of the
tayarir ; met. good hard fire-
wood, so called from its colour.
Pantaniga, straight hand, tani-
niya, one who shoots straight.
Pantatatano, meddlesome, said
of a child handling things in
the house ; panel, taao.
Pantawa, a hand with cracked
I
114
MOTA DICTIONARY
skin, taiva ; one who has split
the skin of his hand with
work.
Pantuttm, V. same as panetitin ;
paniu, tutun.
Pa?iito, the bamboo filling in of
the gable of a house, inside ;
ape panito in the corner inside
a house near the pamto ; pa-
nito ima the space in the
corner.
pantolava, the broader panito ;
pantwng, the smaller ; the
door not being in the middle
of the front of the house.
Papalak, a shrub, met. of a man,
thin, bony.
Papalaota, very thin, such as a
sow with many pigs ; like a
door made of sago, pala ota.
Papalatag, M. in confusion like
a heap of stones, confusedly ;
palatai.
Papalrag, [palu] to steal often,
many things ; palpal vagae.
Papansag, tr. v. from pan 2., to
go aside to ; a boy wants to
go with people his father tells
him not to follow, when his
father is not looking ni we
papansag sur ragai.
Paparau, 1. long, extended ; map-
sag paparau take a long
breath. 2. to stretch out,
lengthen, neuter.
Paparis, [parisiu] the low wall,
generally of boards, irav, which
forms the sides of a house or
gamal under the eaves; see
ima.
Papatau, a shrub.
Papatuaga, [patuai] thin.
Papatun, to shelter, grow over ;
as large banyans, paka, shelter
a village in a hurricane.
Par, to cut the inside of a canoe ;
pari 1.
Para, 1. sideways, turning aside.
wena para, rain that misses a
place and falls elsewhere.
Para, 2. full grown ; o toape we
para fit to pull,
paraga, strong, full grown,
abundant ; of leaves, hair.
Paragoro, a small kind of flying-
Paramake, a shrub, kind of sav.
Paran, lav paran to take off the
string and oil the bow ; ran
same as ram.
Parapara, [para] 1. sideways,
beside, sloping ; mule para-
para go slanting off; tira
parapara stand sideways off ;
Ureparapara, the island with
2. in recent use an axe, hatchet,
with the blade set sideways,
unlike the adze.
Parasiu, constr. paras, a thing of
inferior sort ; paws qpe poor
sort of pig, paras tanun infe-
rior person, paras toto bad
arrow, paras tuqei poor
garden.
Parau, long ; paparau; Fij.
balavu.
paraus, to protract ; protracted,
long but with the end in view
or at hand.
Parewarewa, vagabond ; tama
isei gate toga ape kikin tamana,
ni we toga parewarewa nan
tamana.
Pargatae, to paddle with short
strokes between the canoe and
the outrigger; as if cutting,
par, the gatae of the sama.
Pari, 1. to cut with straight
strokes, in shaping the inside
of a canoe.
Pari, 2. the women's belt.
Parira, a district of Mota.
Paririu, the temple of the head ;
qaririu.
Parisiu, M. side, paparis.
MOT A DICTIONARY
115
pans tuqei the side of a garden ;
parts vanua the side, skirt, of
a village.
Paroto, un word for rnatig.
Parou, 1. a tree with male flowers ;
particularly the male panda-
nus, of which gire is female.
2. the male flower, as of pan^
danus.
o parou me ar, meaning o nawo
me malate ; it was not right
to say naivo at sea, and on
nearing land and seeing surf
they vava viro, the male
flower has fallen apart.
Parpar, redupl. par, cut the in-
side of canoe with straight
strokes.
Parparat, to shoot at a mark, in
a party.
Parparus-matai, eyelashes ; pa-
rusiu.
Paru, same as peru in pei-uperu.
Parugiu, nothing whatever ; pa-
ruy sinaga no food at all.
Parusiu, V. same as parisiu.
Pas, a kind of yam ; pasiu.
Pasau, to join to wood, as to add
boards to body of canoe, to
helve an adze ; in recent use
to build a wooden house.
aka 'paspasau a canoe with irav
joined to body; paspasau in
recent use, carpenter.
Pasiu, (k) const, pasi, pas;
smoothness, attractive smooth-
ness of person ; napasina me
qalo inau ; pas nai ; in songs
equivalent to beauty, as in the
Bishop's song, nirman sororo
ma napasi nagoma, napasigar
manuma..
pasiga, smooth.
Paso, 1. to finish, complete. 2.
to be finished, come to an end,
gone by ; paso I enough, all
over.
3. adv. of time, after that ; o
aka me kel paso ma, after that
the vessel has come back.
pasopaso, adv. completely, in
conclusion.
Paspasiga, [pasiu] smooth dark
and shining, from comparison
with pas nat.
Paspasoanai, [paso] 1. a laet
one, anai, last of a series ; 2.
adj. last ; constr. ane, paspas-
oane qon the last day.
Pasraveg, to take all one by one ;
paso, rave.
Pat, to eat with the eye-teeth,
patiu, gnaw with the side
teeth ; pat wolowolo eat with
the side teeth and the head on
one side, like a cat.
patiu, the upper tusk of a pig.
Pata, adv. in, inwardly, secretly,
patarag, tr. v. to look into at,
peer into.
Patau, bread-fruit, artocarpus ;
many varieties; to gather a
bread-fruit qes patau.
Patipati, [pat] to eat a cocoa-nut
without scraping the meat,
biting it out of the shell with
the upper side teeth, patiu.
Patiu, [pat] 1. the upper tusk in
a boar, knocked out to let the
lower tusk grow long.
2. the corresponding teeth in
man ; eye-teeth, upper side
teeth ; not however properly
patiu. Fij. bati.
Patomava, heavy bread-fruit, one
who can't run or climb.
Patomesm.es, variety of patau,
bread-fruit, reddish in colour.
mes 1.
Patpatara vavae, o tanun ti vava
we sea, neia te vava we sea.
Patu, to thatch close, keep the
noota reeds close together ; si
qe patu we susur mun o qatia.
Patua, thin and flat like patuai,
applied to legs.
116
MOTA DICTIONARY
Patuai, (k) the thin buttresses of
Borne trees, make, salite ; patue
ranoi thin flat leg.
Patuti, to pelt with stones, sticks,
&c.
Paut, pantu, a grasshopper, locust.
Pawa, a fish, serranus.
Pawou, empty, desolate, same as
won.
Pawura, a tree ; pawura mes a
variety, mes 1.
Pawurai, (k) constr. e. 1. the
projecting bone of the ankle;
2. the projecting part of a pig's
jawbone, whence the tusk ti
war liie, curls forth.
Pe, noun used as prep. ; with a,
i, ta, compound prep., ape,
ipe, tape ; of relation to place,
or cause; at, by, in reference to.
. The use of suffixed pron. in
apena, a pe na, shows plainly
the noun ; as also the same
suff. pron. n in pen, apen.
The same character of the
word is shown by the absence
of the article before the noun
which follows ; ape nagok, not
ape nanagok, before my face.
See Grammar.
Pea, 1. nought, be not, come to
nothing ; ni pea, let it not be ;
me pea, it has come to nothing,
na, me pea ran, I am good for
nothing. In neg. imper. or
dehortatory verbs nipea goes
with sing, and plural ; but
with 2d pers. plural ttirpea,
with 2d dual urapea, with 2d
trial, tol pea, Sam. pea 'oe, to
quiet a child.
Pea, 2. n. bait, and v., to entice
by a bait.
peapea, the tinder used when
fire is got by rubbing, soso, to
entice the fire to the fire-
wood.
peas, tr. to entice with bait,
tame with feeding ; n. a tamed
creature, pet.
peas mateav, kindling for a fire,
to entice it.
Pego, name given to bread-fruit
tavala qarana M.
Pel, 1. fresh water, fluid, liquor,
grease ; a pool, or stream.
N.G. bei, vei.
2. to mix water, pour, add, water;
we pei o gea, a man takes water
into his mouth when he chews, .n
gat, the kava, he adds more
after he has squeezed out the
juice.
3. to pour water, salt or fresh,
into the oven, um, for qaranis.
4. salt-water in canoes ; ras o pei,
bale out water.
5. medicine, from the practice of
charming water for healing
drink.
6. blindness in matapei, nama-
tana me pei.
peis, tr. v. to pour water on.
The word pei is almost restricted
to Banks' Ids.
pei lava, river, probably recent.
pei mana, water that has been
charmed, medicine.
peimatemate, poison, recent use.
pei non o mide, water from a
sacred stone used for sickness
or wound ; te ge mulemule 2,
pei tup, water running sharply;
o wena ti poa, pa o pei ti tup
apena, ti sale maremare.
Peipei, rednpl. pei 2,, to pour
water on to the grated cocoa-
nut, goras, so as to ivoro,
squeeze out the juice.
Peis, tr. pei, to pour water on
grated cocoa-nut, or in to qara-
nis.
Peka,v solitude, same as pupuel.
Pekepeke, same as peka.
Pekil, a tree.
Pelagolago, [lago] a bridge, con-
MOT A DICTIONARY"
117
trivance for passing over
streams in V.L. ; we rowoay a
yawola wVita; we v<ir<i <>
titara, we taktakau ape tn<n-,
two rattans are stretched
across above the bed of the
stream, men crwss over walk-
ing on the lower, holding on
by the hands to the upper.
Pelu, crooked, curved round ; to
bend round or crooked ; o
matesala ive pelupelu, a path is
crooked, bends ; we ave to to-
ga pelt i o vini uwa, to bend
round tortoise- shell following
a curve, or crooked line. Sam.
mapelu ;' Fij. beluka.
Penen, something good ; o gene
we wiu ; o vava ta tita.
Pepe, 1. v. to carry a child on the
back or astride on the hip ;
with or without a carrying
scarf epa pepepe ; on the hip
pepe avnay, where if too
young to sit, taqa, the child
is supported by an epa.
Pepe, 2. a yellow butterfly.
pepega, yellow.
Pepe, 3. fish, chsetodon, cobbler-
fish.
Common word for butterfly. I
Banks' I. N.H. Sol. I. Fij. !
pepe, pep, bebe, ideidebe, bebe-
uia ; Mao. pepepe ; Pol.
bebe ; Motu N.G. ka
Amboyna, pepeul.
Pepega, [pepe 2.] yellow ; name
of a cocoa-nut as its husk gets
yellow.
Pepegasuwe, a small centipede,
luminous at night when
touched.
Pepekalo, to take up and carry a
child ; pepe 1.
Pepemotar, a kind of chtetodon ;
pepe 3.
Pepemurumur, kind of chseto-
don fish ; pepe 3.
Pepenovar, chaetodon fish; pepe 3.
Pepeqaratu, kind of chaetodon
fish ; pepe 3.
Pepeqoe, a large yellow butterfly ;
pepe 2.
Pepepe w,era, bruise on the back,
tma we pepe o natmera ; sore,
bruised ; pepe 1.
Peperag, to stretch the arms ;
same as kekerag.
Pepero, a tree.
Peperoworowo, 1. to fly up,
flare, flash, of sparks and
flames. 2. to flash and leave
a trail of light like a meteor,
mao. 3. a flying spark or
flame ; like flying butterfly;
pepe 2, rowo 2.
Pepersag, to wriggle away ; met.
shirk, be unwilling.
Peperua, two together like butter-
flies ; pepe 2 ; #amo peperua,
two canoes sailing together,
their sails like butterflies ;
see visa.
Pepeso, 1. pilot fish. 2. remoru.
3. met. one who follows
another about, sticks to him ;
importunate.
Pepetano, a small centipede in
the ground.
Pepeure, a shrub.
Pepewu, low, humble, small ;
lolo pepeivu with no appetit$
or desire ; vava pepewu apen-
sei to disparage a person.
Pera, a man startles another by
pushing his knee and cries
pera !
Perete, a very level fence ; Gaua
word.
Perir, crooked, leaning on one
side ; same as parapara.
perperir, adv. contrarily ; tin
perperir said of one who is
told to do one thing and does
another.
Perosa, a shrub.
118
MOTA DICTIONARY
Peru,brilliant, shining; mataperu.
peruperu, with shining surface,
of whatever colour.
Pes, 1. persuade, urge ; probably
same as next word.
Pes, 2. to peel the pesiu skin from
the nai almond.
Pesag,
Pesenag, to lean up against, so to
be supported, to be hitched
into and held up.
Peserai-rag, shallow ; o lia pese-
rai, peserag, shallow cave.
Peserig, to put the door horizon-
tally across the doorway; te
peserig goro o mateima tnun o
gatava.
Pesiu, thin covering or film; such
as the inner skin of the kernel
of nai and wotaga, the invo-
lucre of flowers, any thin
covering, wrapper, in plants :
pesgaav the sheath of the un-
opened flower of the creeper
gaav.
Pespes, pes 2., with goro, pespes
goro to peel almonds, &c.
Peso, to lean over ; tapesopeso.
Pete, the side post of a house
which carries the wolowolo,
plate.
Pete?i, 1. to approach, come close
to. 2. adv. near, close to.
Petepete, fornication, adultery ;
refers to money passing ;
differs from pakapaka in being
occasional.
Petpeten, something said which
the person concerned does not
hear ; lea petpeten.
Pewu, a wild species of yam ;
pewu qoe, a large kind ; the
peivu is sometimes planted.
Piai, (k) coagulated vegetable
sap ; such as sap of bananas
when cut ; the sap of the pith
of sago ; te tara o ota, te wora
o turiai, te toto o utoi ; taw]a
maran o piai apena, cut down
the sago palm, split the trunk,
chop the pith, next morning
there is the piai.
Sam. Tahiti, pia, arrowroot.
Mao. pia, sap exuded.
Pig, v. 1. tfr eat food with the
proper accompaniment, meat
or fish with vegetable food,
vegetable with meat, te pig
mun o qoe, o nam; if toape
only and no yam, o pig tagai,.
2. to put food for pig into the
oven.
n. pig, pigpig, the food, animal or
vegetable eaten in accompani-
ment ; also pigiu.
3. pig pei, pigpig pei, 1. to eat
dried bread-fruit, kor, dipping
it in water. 2. met. to mix
languages together.
pig tou, to eat cocoa-nut and nm
together.
pigiu, (k) food to pig; na pi-
gin katol.
Piglagolago, see pelagolago.
Pigtangae, o tangae we risa we
log si o pigtangae.
Pilage, 1. a bird, rail. 2. met. a
swift runner.
pilage parvuv, name given to a
man whose head is bald in
patches ; miv.
pilage ret, a canoe whose bows
and stern rise in a curve.
Pilei, (k) constr. e; tip, pointed
end ; we nile o pile som in
making money.
Pilolo, 1. to curl round and round,
revolve ; o sasa ti roivo 2*ilolo,
the leaf of a croton shoots
with a curl ; a dry leaf ti pilo-
lo ; to skim revolving as a
flat stone or nai shell does
when thrown.
2. to throw flat stones, which re-
volve, play ducks and drakes,
on the surface of the sea.
MOTA DICTIONARY
119
3. A small preparation of loko.
Pilosag, to writhe, contort ; o si-
iuuja we gogona we ye pilpi-
loxag o toqai; pilo, stem of
pilolo.
Pilpilita, puckered, crumpled in
plaits ; rave teteray o siopa,
ive pilpilita.
Pilu, curled ; tapera pilu.
pilug, curled; o fjolo pihig,
curly- tailed pig.
Pi/tai, shell ; pine talai, shell of
the giant clam.
Pio, the child of a brother is so
called by brother or sister of
the father.
Pip, 1. to stick to ; one who sticks
to another ; o pip, ni we kata
amaia.
Pip, 2. to bend ; pip letelete, to
draw in the back, as in dodg-
ing an arrow, or as a child
when beaten.
Pipilosag, redupl. pttosag.
Pipilotag, contort, contorted ;
tanyae we malnwo piplotay, a
tree twisted as it grew up ;
stem pilo.
Pipio, a very young infant ; pio.
Pipin, to close, press, upon ; nau
pipin, to work the jaws with
the mouth shut ; o qava me
pipin mate i Kas, a guava
pressed down and killed.
Pipis, redupl. pis; 1. to twist
up ; 2. a twist, something
twisted up ; pipis loko, na-t,
wotaya, qauro, food cooked in
a twist of leaves.
pipisiag, adj. twisted, closely
curled.
Pirgov, a lily, crinum.
Pirin, help, assist ; i pirinik, my
helper,
pirijiiva, helping, assistance.
Pirnora, worn down on one side ;
said of a tapera.
Piro, swift in motion ; to be in-
distinct from quickness of
motion ; ni me piro mot, got
quickly out of sight ; Ho piro
qalo, to get a sight of a swiftly
moving object, as a bird; al
piro, matapiropiro.
Piroro, deep, far off ; so as to be
indistinct ; piro.
Piroroag, to twist round and
round in making yarn ; not
the same as yalo.
Pirpir, a tree.
Pisara, a fish.
Pisarsar, a fish.
Pisiag, twist ; stem pis.
Pisig, a stay at home.
Pisiu, M. (k) constr. pis; finger,
toe, leg of insect or crustacean,
being hard not soft.
piskorlcor, one who plants what
withers, lew.
pislava, the thumb.
pismalmalowo, long fingers.
pismaran, one who plants what
dies ; waran in Valuga means
kor ; piskorkor.
pismaremare, nail of finger or
toe.
pismaraiva, iron nail ; recent
use, from the fingers of Mara-
wa the spider wii.
pis-tavasvas, the skin beside
the nails torn by work ; ta-
vaavas.
Pispisig, to stay in one house,
attend to, care for, one person,
as in looking after sick people.
Pispisu, a qauro wild yam.
Pisu, a shell-fish ; pis ta Meralava
Venus' ear, haliotis.
Pisua, finger ; pisiia lava, thumb ;
pisivci rig, little finger ; a form
of pisiii.
Pisui, V. (k) constr. pisu, same as
pisiu.
Pisumot, food so sweet that one
licks his fingers after it ; mot
as in neremot.
120
MOTA DICTIONARY
Pisvatoto, pegs driven into the
outrigger, sama, of a canoe, to
which the iwatia are tied.
Pit, to take up or off with the tips
of the fingers, pick, pluck ;
pit o nai, o gire, nan o mm
pick off from the bunch;
divide, pluck apart, with fin-
gers, as loko, non ; see pit mot
pit td.
Pita, fair in complexion, of men ;
light-coloured, white, of birds,
kaova, weru, pita.
Pitanonor, same as penen.
Piti?iiu, (k) coiistr. pitin; midway
between stem and end of
branch ; Hone, alo pitinui.
Pitmot, to pick quickly one by
one ; so swiftly passing out of
sight ; sis pitmot, point to
what is going out of sight;
van pit inot, come or go
quickly .
Pitpitgavara, very sweet, plucks
at the ga 2. vara 4.
Pitu, to move rolling ; mapitu,
tapitu.
Pitul, to pick loose, as from a
stalk; we pitul o nai nan o
sari mm.
Piwa, a mollusc on rocks on the
beach.
Poa, large, great; to grow big,
grow up.
poava, bigness ; growing up.
poavag, be big with ; grow up
with.
Poarag, to carry, drive, as a strong
wind or tide te poarag o oka.
Pogo, stem of tapogopogo.
Poi, to daub, smudge as a face
with smut ; te poi cjoro loko
mun o nai; ape sava ko we poi
nanagok mun o vain sinaga ?
Polotai, a natural heap of stones,
same &$ palatai.
polote vat, same as palpalate
vat.
polote ima, met. scraps of food
got together in the house, we
vivile gap aide ima.
popolotag, in confusion, dis-
orderly.
Polopolo, a small basket.
Polpolano, to tie a belt, rotig,
higher up than the tano rotro-
tig, the waist.
Pona, dumb, imperfect in speech.
Popo, solid, as a tree with no pith,
gives a ringing sound when
struck.
gansar popo, steady burning, of
fire ; taro popo, solid calm.
Popoi, rotten, as tree, canoe.
Popolotag, adv. confusedly, out
of order ; polotai.
Poporo, to seize, appropriate.
Poposia, a game, stroking the face.
Popot, a fish ; popot make.
Pora 1. to coil a line, simply
round and round.
Pora 2. a rough basket, pottle, a
plaited cocoa-nut frond put
round fruit ; te saru gwro o
vetal mun o pora nan o matika.
Mao. porapora; Sam. pola ;
Fij. bola.
Poro, to joke, talk lightly, chaff ;
poroporo.
porosag, tr. determ. make
jokes at, mock at, laugh at.
Pos, un word for salite.
Puaka, boggy ground, mud.
Puapuaga, [ga 5.] bruised ; vus
puapuaga beat and bruise ;
stem pua.
Puasa, 1. a black lizard, iguana.
2. the same with marea- laqla-
qar, a puasa with forked tail
that kills pigs. San. Cr. huasa
crocodile, which is Mai. buaya,
and Mota via, which see.
Puav, to give a sudden shock,
startle.
Pue 1. bamboo water-carrier.
N.B. pu a bamboo.
M()T A DICTIONARY
121
Pue '2. to surround with a view to
capture.
Fuel, solitary, deserted.
Puepei, very cold ; as a,pw of cold
water.
Puepuei, (k) the throat, gullet.
Puepuewera, to dandle a child,
Pug 1. n. (k) a debt, fault. The
pron. suff. when the debt is
due by the person, napuguk
my debt that I owe ; the debt
owing to a creditor is his mo;
mok pug the debt due to me,
the origin of which is with
me.
tag pug, a creditor, also tag
mon pug.
v. to owe a debt ; nan we pug
ape neia, I am in debt on his
account ; to bear blame.
Pug 2. a fish that cries pny ! when
taken, trigger-fish, balistes ;
pug gov one species.
Puga, to feed and bring up, tokos.
pugas, tr. to bring one up,
supply food to.
Pugai, (k) fault ; same word with
pug 1., but no recent differenti-
ation.
Pugapuga, to be tired in the
joints ; naranokwe puyapuga.
Pugas, [p"{/a.] to bring up with
food ; to tame by feeding ;
peas.
Puget, bird's-nest fern, asplenium
nidus avis.
iro Puget, a female vui, me pute
goro o tnatesale marama ; iro
Pitget te nene wora o pne ape
qatima, said to one who
lingers, or whose ear is not
bored.
Pugete, adj. one who shows off,
impudent, noisy ; te qaraqara
gese, tete apemarayai, te uloulo
alo vtoiiiit.
Pugiu, M. (k) hip-joint ; napuyi-
}ni</il; in- mofinot, tired in the
hips ; same as pugni V.
Pugnarunaru, to owe and not
pay ; a bad debt ; pug U
Pugoro, a chest on legs, turn, to
keep kor and nai in ; to
construct a food-chest we lano <>
Pugsila, a lump on the buttock;
o pugiu we sUa.
Pugu, same as pwj 1.
Pugupugui, V. (k) hip-joints ;
iiapugupugukme mot ran, hip-
joints tired; same as pugiu M.
Pugvalvale?iai, a trigger fish,.
balistes ; p,uj 2.
Pukai, to bind one stick to another
to make it longer.
Pul 1. gum of trees, particularly
of canarium, nai.
2. torch of canarium gum.
3. tattoo, done with pul ruii ;
te VHS o pul.
4. birdlime, to catch birds
with birdlime ; wepul o mann
mnn o totoe gasur.
5. to stick, active and neuter ;
pulgoro.
6. v. to te friend with, to
combine ; pul ape, have share
in, have in common ; n. a
friend ; see pul-gale, pul mot,
pul tatas,pul wora.
pulpul, adv. together, on friend-
ly terms.
pulut, v. tr. to make to stick ;
gapulut.
Pul 7. v. to hold many things in
the hand at once ; te pul o
qatia we qoqo ; pul galaqot.
n. a handful ; o pul qeta.
pulu?i, tr. determ. grasp and
carry.
Pul 8. to curl and meet as pigs r
tusks ; o qoe we pul, a well-
tusked boar.
Pul 9. prefix with numbers of
122
MOTA DICTIONARY
persons ; put visa ? how many
men ; pul tol, three men ; ra
me gayanag ma si pulvisa, si
pul vat, he told me how many
there were of them, that there
were four men.
From common original meaning
to be sticky, sticky stuff, stick
together. Java, pulut, gum ;
Sam. pidu.
Pula 1. v. to deceive in jest ; to
deceive in a jesting way.
vava pula, to speak ironically.
pulasag, tr. deceive, trick,
someone.
pulapula, n. deceiving, decep-
tion, with pleasant manner.
Pula 2. adj. pleasant, delightful,
good-looking.
Pulai, (k) constr. e; property, a
piece of property, chattel,
naving reference to something
of more consequence than what
would be 'represented by poss.
n. no ; the use is that of poss.
n. ; a 4. sometimes prefixed,
apidak. Mtly. Uege; V.L.
pele,polo; Sta. Ma. bula; N.H.
bula, pila.
Pulagao, one always working ;
wopidagao.
Pulala,arack for^we,&c.,in gamal.
Pula?i, to arrange wood on or for
a fire ; same as lano ; pulan
o av, make up a fire.
Pulapula, 1. v. to trick ; to ask
for a thing when one has it,
ni me pulapula inau, he made
me think he had not what he
asked for.
2. n. trickery ; pulapula ta
Vanua Lava, ironical praise of
other's by depreciation of one's
own property.
Pulasag, tr. determ. pula, to
deceive, trick, someone ; vava
pulasag lea, to ask for a thing
one has as if he had it not.
Pulawono, deceitful filling up,
pula 1., wono ; as when a tree
falls across a path.
Pule, 1. a very dark cowry shell.
2. opaque white spot over the
iris or pupil of the eye ; o
pule me rowo ; matapulepide.
Sam. pide, a cowry, white.
Pon. pivili, cowry.
Pulei, (k) the pupil of the eye.
Pulemot, wild, no one's property,
pidai, mot.
Puletogo, a kind of yam.
Pulewowut, a kind of cowry,
pule.
Pulgalaqot, \pul 7.] to hold
things in a bundle together in
the hand, as arrows ; laqotiu.
Pulgale [pul 6.] to be false friend.
Pulgoro, [pul 5.] to fasten with
pul, gum, &c., stop an open-
ing, caulk a crack in canoe.
Puliva, a climbing ficus ; pidva.
Pulnovar, a dove ; no-varu.
Pulpul 1. n. a burr, that sticks,
pul 5.
Pulpul 2. adv. together ; v. to
combine, be friends together.
Pulpul 3. [pul 9.] redupl. so many
persons at a time ; we mule
pidpulrua, go two and two.
Pulqatia, [pul 7.] a bundle of
arrows, qatia.
Pulsakasaka, [pul 7.] a bundle
of qeta, caladium, or growing
cocoa-nuts, tied with the leaves
standing up, saka.
Pulsala, 1. a friend, comrade ; 2.
wife or husband ; one who
has a common path, pul 6.
sola.
Pulsama, [pul 5. samai] filthy,
sticky, as with refuse.
Pulsamegire, [pid 6.] crabs crowd
upon a sucked pandanus fruit,
same gire ; met. of many
people claiming shares in one
man's property.
MOTA DICTIONARY
123
Pultatas, [pul 6.] an ill friend
to be associates in what is bad
Pultuwale, [pnl. 6.] to unite
associate ; live in harmony ;
n. unity, harmony.
Pulu, same as pul. Mai. pidut,
N.E.pulit.; Pon. pw'd.
Pulua, n. dirt, filth ; adj. dirty,
filthy ; gogorag sur o pulua.
Pului, to take fish by torchlight,
pul 2. ; probably tr. pidug. un
word for sin o iga.
Pulul, 1. to have in common
property ; o tanun pul tol si
pulvat te pulul ape qoe tu-
wale. 2. adv. in common,
equally ; ni me vile pulul ti
mun kamam ; uncertain
whether pul, ul.
Pulun, [pnl 7.] tr. to grasp several
things together and carry ;
pupupidun, to carry a good
number.
Pulut, [pid 5.] tr. to make to
stick, make sticky; n. stick-
ing stuff ; in recent use glue ;
tano pulut, tenacious earth ;
. gapidut. Sam. puluti.
Pulut gar, a cocoa-nut getting
ripe ; the meat sticks to the
scraper, ti pidut o gar.
Pulva, pidiva ; the leaves cooked
and eaten.
Ptdvara, a bundle of growing
cocoa-nuts ; pul 7., vara 4.
Pul visa, [pul 9.] how many, so
many, men ; visa.
Pulwora, [pid 6.] to break off
friendship ; ivora.
Pun, 1. to dash out by hand or
foot, rub out, as fire or any-
thing written on a slate ;
pun mate gai ! put it out
with your foot ; pun reag,
dash it away. N.B. punu.
2. met. to satisfy, said of food ;
me pun neia, he can eat no
more.
Pun, 3. V. same as puna,
active and neuter, stink ; o
yaratu wepun o maligo, flying
foxes smell the clouds of
coming rain ; pun ilo, try the
smell,
puniu, V. (k) constr. pun, n.
smell, scent.
pupupun, to snuff by way of
kissing.
punpun, generally of pleasant
smells.
Malag. fofona ; Fij. bona ; Motu
N.G. bona. f
Puna, M. same as pun, to smell,
active, neuter, stink ; me puna
veta, has stunk, in decay.
punai, M. (k) constr. e ; smell,
scent.
punapuna, generally of pleas-
ant smell, by no means al-
ways.
puna yagavuy, to smell with a
thick, abundant, diffused,
scent ; we puna mantay.
puna ilo, try the smell, try by
the smell, smell and see.
puna talota, a bad smell from a
man, ni gate sugsug vagae.
Punai, n. (k) constr. e; smell,
scent, stink ; puna,
pune-qalqalosur, the smell of a
thing that has been dead a
long time, skeleton.
pune sagsage-ta-marama, all the
sweet smells of the world ;
said of quantities of flowers,
scented leaves, ita ; sageai.
Puniu, (k) constr. pun ; n. smell,
scent, stink ; pun 3.
Punmao, mildew, mould, mao 1.,
primarily of the smell of it,
puniu.
lama punmao, unfrequented sea.
Punpun, 1. redupl. pun 3., gener-
ally of pleasant smells.
2. to snuff in the native way of
kissing.
124
MOTA DICTIONARY
Puntalatlat, smell of stagnant
water, where talatlat are.
Puntaligas, [pun 3.] n. smell of
the liquor, ligiu, of fire ; i. e.
of the moisture carried up by
the smoke of wood fire ; v. to
smell of that moisture ; ta 1.
Punui, a district of Mota.
Puna, 1. a tree cricket, cicada ; o
puna ti sorosoro.
Puna, 2. madrepore coral ; vat
puna, madrepore stone. Sam.
puga, coral.
Punalot, a shrub.
Punaro, a dark man.
Pup, 1. n. the further end of a
house, end of a pugoro ; ana-
pup, at the end ; pupu ima.
Pup, 2. v. to hold firmly ; o gae
we pup ; adv. firmly ; vagae
pup, tie a knot that will hold,
not run, maslag ; rave pup,
pull the knot firm, draw
tight.
Pup, 3. to puff ; pupu ; see pu-
pus,
pupsag, tr. determ. to puff out
from the mouth, water, chew-
ed leaves, the inana belonging
to the leaves ; te pupsag lue o
gea me gat veta.
pupus, tr. to puff forth.
Pup-we-ulosa, said to a wounded
man who has joined a fight
without cause ; ulosa, referring
to his death.
Pupua, grandparents call grand-
Fl.
pura ut,
blow.
children, and vice versa.
kukua; Motu N.G. bubu.
Pupuel, when or where no one is
about, solitude, solitary ; alo
pupuel ; we pupuel ; noM we Purat, plenty,
toga pupuel tnagesek; redupl. enough.
puel.
Pupun, [pun 3.] redupl. to snuff
at, in the native way of kissing
an infant.
Pupupur, [pur] to throw sticks
and rubbish outside a garden,,
along the fence.
Pupus, ti.pup 3., to puff out from
the mouth ; as in charms
water, leaves, &c. See malov ;
o kio ti pupus kalo o nawo*
M.&opuhi; Pol pupuhi; Mai.
ambusi.i
Papusa, the soap tree.
Puputa, dark, dirty ; at Luwai
black, at Maligo and Parira
dirty.
Putput?H,ake, a fish.
Puputrag, [put] to abuse, insult.
in quarrelling and fighting,
with stamping.
Pur, to stop by an obstruction,
set something in the way.
pur goro, to shut the door ; a
Mota, not we pur goro rnun o-
gatava.
pur wono, to close completely
with an obstacle.
pur o kerei, met. to stop the
beginning of a race, to cut off
a retreat.
pupur goro, to stop, e. g. a path,
by throwing down or placing
branches, sticks, &c.
pupupur, to throw sticks and
rubbish from a garden outside
the fence, as a protection.
purug, tr. to cover over, as-
swelling covers a wound :
rave purug.
Mao. puru ; Fij. bulu.
Pura, 1. v. to smash with a blow ;,
crush with heavy
purarag, smash in quantities.
Pura, 2. n. elephantiasis.
many, much,
Purei, 1. adj. inferior, common ;.
nat-purei, one who makes a
mess of things in the gamal.
Purei, 2. adv. for all that, but
yet ; when a person does what
MOTA DICTIONARY
125
he does not like to do ; o
u'ena pa tut te ran purei, it
is raining, but still I will go ;
na te tiravag purei, I will take
the blame.
Purepurei, adj. common, not dis-
tinguished by skill, or rank in
suqe.
Purere, to dip in oil or sauce, as
lot in lig nai, toape in lig
matig in the noganagana.
purereag, determ. to dip or
turn over toape in cocoa-nut
sauce.
Purgetava, the last behind ;
should shut the door, pur
gatava.
Puria, tufa stone.
Purisa, 1. a tree. 2. scab on a
maniga, same as purusa/ V.
Purug, tr. pur; in ravepurug
swell and cover.
Purus, to break wind ; purus qoe,
puff in contempt.
Purusa, V. blood and matter
hardened on a maniga, scab ;
same as pnrisa 2. te wilit
nan.
purpurusa, rotten, of wood ;
met. of a man, scabby.
Pusa, 1. to finish off the thatch on
ridge of house ; gate pusa goro
biqa o qati irna ; see house-
building under ima.
Pusa, 2. n. the down of birds, v.
to stick white down of birds in
the hair.
Puso, to exaggerate, in joke, to
excite wonder.
Put, to stamp on the ground ; 1.
in anger, 2. in singing.
1. putput, pupuput, redupl. to
stamp by way of showing and
encouraging valour, defy,
challenge ; put goro o ta-
valalea, defy enemies ; put
mun o tavalalea, encourage
friends.
puputrag, intens. redupl. make
demonstrations of anger and
hatred by stamping and
gesticulating ; roiooputput, to
jump about stamping in
defiance.
2. toleadoffasong,pMrafca, a
single singer starting with a
stamp, the party joining in.
Pute, to sit ; pute gwo, to sit over
against, to guard, watch over,
ambush.
pute getget, to sit on the heels ;
pute nev, to sit down on the
ground ; pute wotivot, to sit
ready to rise.
putepute, sit repeatedly; pupute,
pupupute, continue sitting ;
putpute, sit closely.
puteg, to make to sit, place ;
vaputeg, vapteg.
putei, seat, of the person.
Putegr, tr. pide, to seat, make to
sit, set, place.
Putegoro, to sit over against, in
watching, guarding, in am-
bush.
Putei, (k) the part that sits, seat
of the person.
Pute-kilau, to sit with the back
turned.
Pute-magoro, a rotten tree-
stump appears to stand solid,
pute, when touched it falls to
pieces like a magoro.
Pute-maken, to sit hungry.
Pute-mt?iit-pisui, to sit biting
the fingers; met. not knowing
what to do.
Puteputetoa, a yam.
Pute-sage-naro, to sit mourning
and fasting ; ni gate mule
kelkel, o qon sanavul ni qara
sagesage.
Pute-sino-maro, to sit silent, in
hunger ; smo.
Pute-sinov, [sino] to sit with face
on the ground.
126
MOTA DICTIONARY
Pute-sonorag, to sit with le
stretched out.
Pute-sovasova, to sit panting.
Pute-talasag, [tala] to sit for a
short time without noticing
anything, and then go.
Pute-taroamate, to sit still, like
a taroa.
Pute-tawalag, to sit with a
child, or anything, between
the legs.
Pute-tawurpea, to sit with back
turned.
Pute-tigamm, to sit with the
chin, wuuiu, propped, tiya, on
knees.
Putewora, to sit apart, not join-
ing in work.
Puti, [put 1.] mun tiapuputina,
with his strength.
Putirua, [put 2.] two together;
sawai putirua.
Putoa, 1. adj. curdled, like cooked
cocoa-nut milk. 2. adv. dully ;
o av we gao putoa, the wood
does not burn well, clogs in
black embers.
Putoi, (k) something that stands
up round ; navel ; inner sub-
. stance of a rod or withe ; pistil
of flowers.
puto gaqir, the inner gae of the
qir, when the rind is stripped
off.
puto lakae. concretion in a clam
shell.
putolawalawa, a big, conspicuous
navel.
qagala puto magoro, a variety of
hibiscus, the pistil like a
magoro mollusc.
putomera, a mollusc, magilus;
child's navel.
puto tiawo, standing stone in
surf; puto one, standing on
the sandy beach.
Mao. pito, navel, end ; Pol. pito,
piko, l>ito ; Macass. potji ; Ma-
lag, poitra; Mai. pusa ; Pon.
puja.
Put on, stakes fixed in pairs to
stiffen the paparis ; a bamboo
running above tied to puton
the salegasuwe.
Putona, a large black fish.
Putputualan, [put] to challenge
with loud insult and defiance;
alan.
Putvanua, one who stirs up to
fight and shows his valour,
put, at home, alo vanua.
Q.
Eepresents a compound of kpw.
da, 1. excl. explanatory. 2. ex-
pletive, moderating the ex-
pression, si qa uo ! just look ;
na qa vava ilo ti, let me just
go and see ; si qa toga rorono,
do be quiet.
dae, 1. a simple person ; with
kindly meaning. ^
dae, 2. to crackle, a crackling
noise.
daeqae, the cry of the matika. '
dagala, flowering hibiscus of
many varieties ; masomaran,
putotncigoro, qattnan, sogosa-
navul, uwalava, misrawe, &c.
dagare, 1. a fish, urchin fish.
dag-are, 2. a yam.
dagav, to handle soft stuff, as
toape.
dage, 1. a duck.
dage, 2. a lily, crinum.
dageqage, to tie a white" band
round arm or neck.
dages, lame ; qages tavaltuuxde,
lame on one leg ; qages nii'ua }
lame on both legs.
dagqagei, a tree.
daia, 1. v. to chop up sago pith*
2. n. the instrument with
MOTA DICTION A IIY
127
which sago pith is chopped
up ; o au me vatogo mun o
htnijae we vxtnara, we qaia
n iu.
3. adv. quickly ; ravrave qaia,
from the rapid motion in
chopping.
daiareve, long, tall ; of man, tree,
line, &c. reve.
dakea, an islet close to V.L.,
frequented by Mota people.
dalag, to begin a tapanau with
the first crossing of the leaves,
qalag fjona.
dalata, dead or dry leaf of
banana ; no-qalata.
dale, 1. adv. still, yet.
dale, 2. n. 1. a stick with a crook.
2. a club foot, club-footed. 3.
to get with a crook ; ni me la
o tangae o qale, me qale sur o
trot gaviga, she took a hooked
stick, and hooked down the
end of a branch.
qaleag, in qaqaieag.
daleasa, not nice, tasteless, mawk-
ish ; gate^wia alo valai, we
rouotag pe taqalsai.
daleleag 1 , to stir and mix toape,
&c., in cocoa-nut sauce.
dale /t a, pena] lost to sense, to
sight ; to forget ; we qalena,
we loloqon gaplot o sava ; ma-
taqalena ; namamatevuna we
qalena, one of whom you
would not think it ; he says
he will take a thing, you think
he does not mean it, but he
takes it.
daleqale, [qale 3.] to get with a
crook.
dalevam, [qale 2.] barked branch
of hibiscus, varu, with cocoa-
nuts, &c., stuck on it.
dalgai, (k) relative by marriage ;
qaliga.
daliga, (k) 1. relative by mar-
riage. 2. to use words made
necessary by that relation, to
un.
daligiu, (k) pricking hairs or
filaments, as on sugar-cane and
some annelids ; qaligi suslelo.
qaligiaga, covered with prick-
ing hairs, as ton, suslelo.
dalik, small lizards, some dark,
some blue with white tail.
dalnag, [qaln] to coil, roll to-
gether.
qalnagiu, (k) a coil or roll ;
bolt of canvas, piece of calico.
dalo, 1. v. to strike, hit the
mark, succeed.
qalo manman, to hit, but with
the side of the arrow, so as to
man u-ia, wipe, not strike;
qalo nev, to hit plump, with
an arrow ; qalo savsav, to hit
so as to make the feathers fly,
gate qalo mantag we sav vires-
vlui ; qalo sis vinvin, to hit and
graze the skin.
adv. with success ; vivir qalo>
to throw and hit, succeed in
hitting ; nina qalo, to reach
completely, come right up to.
dalo, 2. sound or noise ; qalo lea,.
message, news ; qalo sava,
sound of something ; o qalo
sa ? o qalo us, o gaus we toqal ;.
see also qaloi 2.
dalo, 3. constr. qaloi.
daloi, 1. (k) 1. the knot in reeds,
bamboos, canes, &c. 2. the
length between two knots. 3.
joints, knuckles ; qalo pisui,
the knuckles outside ; qalo
sui'ui, the knots of joints.
qalo au, a length of bamboo,,
qalogaav, length of gaav
creeper.
qalo masal, with long space
between qaloi, of bamboo,,
reed, &c., qalo vaon with
short spaces ; so 1. au qalo
masal, au qalo vaon of bam-
128
MOTA DICTIONARY
boo ; au 1. and 2. met. au qalo
masal, to take long strides in
walking ; au qalo vaon, to take
short steps ; au 2.
daloi, 2. [qalo 2.] sound, report ;
ko we nonom si o tamatetiqa
ti toqal aneane, was te qaloqalo
gese ran? tva gate qalo lai
mun o isar wa mun o qatia,
ape o qaloi tagai ? does a gun
hit if it makes a noise ? and
can't you hit with a spear or
arrow because it has no report 1
dalcm, to open the knots of a
bamboo ; vat qalon, a water-
carrier with the knot entire at
one end, the knot at the mouth
pierced, and the diaphragms
throughout knocked open ;
vat wot.
Qalqal, un word for marea or
qaratu.
dalqalelau, a briar.
dalqalopanei, (k) knuckle-bones,
qaloi, of the hand.
Qalqalosuriu, (k) joints, knots,
of the bones of limbs ; qal-
qalosur, a skeleton, remains of
dead thing when flesh is dried
up, and the qaloi are con-
spicuous.
Qalu, to coil, coil in loops.
qaluag, tr. to coil ; qaqaluag,
coil like a snake.
qalunag, qalnag, tr. determ. to
coil a line.
qalunag late o tal, to loop back
the end of a line too long for
the purpose.
qalnagiu, a coil, a roll ; bolt of
canvas, piece of calico.
Qalus, un word for nam, yam.
dan, constr. qaniu, a short person
or thing.
danerei, [qan] end, short ending ;
at Gatava.
da?iitcmito, a short person.
daniu, (k) constr. qan ; 1. the side
parts of the end of a house
below the eaves, beneath the
apex of the gable ; qanqani-
ima ; qanqanilia, overhanging
cave. 2. an obtusely formed
space or thing.
danoriu, [qari] a short thing, tree,
speech.
dantotou, [qan] 1. anything that
does not grow well, is stunted.
2. one whose beard grows be-
fore he is tall ; totou.
danusa, blunt, obtuse ; vanusa.
damisai, a blunt adze or other tool.
daora, one who makes friends
with anyone and everyone.
Q,aqa, wizened, dry and hard ; of
trees and shrubs too old to
bear fruit or flower well.
daqae, [qae 1.] foolish, a fool ; to
be delirious.
Q-aqaete, [qaqa] stunted, not of
full size.
Qaqagae, [qaqa] a tree branched
near the ground.
Qaqaleag-, [qale 2.] crooked, of a
tree.
Qaqaluag, [qalu] coiled like a
snake or eel.
Qaqaro, foolish, talking nonsense ;
qoqoaru.
Q,aqaqaroa tanoma, talking
about what one knows no-
thing of.
Q,aqatag, to speak against, same
as vavavag.
dara, 1. adv. then or now for the
first time ; upon this, upon
that, then, next ; no v. p.
used; nau qara ilogoro mok
reremera.
dara, 2. v. 1. to cry out loudly,
scream ; in rudeness, inso-
lence, or in play, rejoicing.
te qaraqara gese, tete ape-
tnaragai, see pugete; o qara,
a loud impudent woman. 2.
to be playful ; to rejoice.
MOT A DICTIONARY
12!)
qaraqara, n. crying out with
joy, rejoicing.
dara?ia, (ic) a hole, grave, gully,
valley ; q<iraniii.
dara?tis, v. to cook in a native
oven ; n. an ovenful of food ;
qct/rans wonvo-r, food cooked
and nothing to eat with it ;
o pig tagOji ape sinaga.
Qaraniu, (k) a hole, grave ;
<lr<m vat, a hole in a rock,
</<n-iin l"nKit>\ a grave.
qarani oloolo, a place to offer,
oloolo, in, not always a hole ;
qarao. sow, a place of offering
for money ; qaran suqe, a
place of offering for success in
suqe, also snqe oven.
darapuna, a disease.
darasiu, (k) a hole, orifice ;
qaras ninira.
daratu, flying fox.
darau, a large cavity with small
opening; o oka we qarau ; v. to
eat out the inside of a fruit as
a bird or rat does.
darig, [rig 2.] now, to-day ;
aqat'ig, anaqarig.
darinu, the part of the head above
the ear.
daro, raw, uncooked, green, un-
ripe ; of men in green old
age, qale qaro.
qaro gagalete, curled by shrink-
ing and not seasoned, as wood.
darorovega, with a deep hollow j
and raised margin ; o maniuja \
we qarorovega ; roro 2.
darqar, same as qa/ruqaru,.
daru, two, in tika numerals.
daruga, without a leading shoot ;
o tangae we qarqaruga.
daruqaru, a screen of cocoa-nut
fronds in a yamal ; me keke
wora o qarqar.
dasa, 1. one, in tika numerals. I
dasa, 2. bald ; a bald person ; a |
certain tumult- 3. ; <//.s
;/'//(/, liald ;is the ljHti (> a
cocoa-nut palm, quite hairless.
Qasai, (k) top of head, mountain,
stone ; rounded, enlarged, part
at top, head of pin, &c., thick
end of a wedge; te sumism-
mun o qatia, o qasai apenct ,*
qase i/-m, the top of the qar<<\\ is
into which the water is poured ;
te timii alo qase um; vawo
</<isq<is(ina, on the top of it, a
rowoqasqasevat, to go on step-
ping stones.
qasqasaga, having a flat
rounded top.
dasamenas, [qasai} to talk tete-
a-tete.
dasapule, a dove.
dasavara, a very strong Vni in
the story of Qat ; ironically
used to a weak man doing
heavy work.
dasis, to rub in the closed left
hand with the right forefinger
boring round, to work leaves
small by so rubbing ; we qasis
o notangae, we saviir goro o
mala, wa kita, rub leaves and
scatter them over a sow with
young to quiet her ; same word
with qesis.
dasqasaga, [ga 5.] having a. qasai
not a torai, said of a cock with
little comb.
dat, 1. a Vui, chief figure in
stories.
dat, 2. a secret society with a
peculiar dance ; the dance of
the qat society, we vara o qat ;
qatu 2.
dat, 3. a knob, knob-stick, thick
stick.
4. constr. of qatiu; rather root
of that word.
5. v. to club, bring thick to-
gether ; neira me qat nalinam,
K
130
MOTA DICTIONARY
they agreed together, combined
in a plot.
6. prefix in composition, mean-
ing something thick, often a
stick used for some purpose,
sometimes person or thing.
datag-, 1. a bunch of leaves tied
with mana charm, an amulet
to keep off arrows, &c., in
fighting ; qatagiu.
2. one who has such an amulet,
we taur o qatag notangae, is
therefore a bold fighter, leader,
champion ; o tanasama ainaia,
o qatag notangae / tete qalo laid
alo vagalo, o vavakae nane.
dataga, same as qatag 2.; masile.
datagiav, a low rank in the suqe.
datagiu, constr. qatag, a bunch,
hank.
qatag som, a hank of money
consisting of ten double
strings, tal saiiamd.
datagpanei, (k) shoulder, the
qatagiu of the arm.
datanus, [qat 4.] the head of the
lungs, anus, thought to rise in
the throat ; we nolo masur o
qat anus.
dataqata, adv. in a mass, bunch,
qatagiu; we gora qataqata,
every one goes.
datavuvut, [qat 6.] drum-sticks
used in the middle of a drum ;
avuvut.
datete, the nest of the white ant,
vanoa.
qatetega, ga5. like a white ant's
nest ; o nagoi qatetega, a short
face, not admired,
datgagarat, [qat 6.] a person
with the itch,
datgalgaleg, [qat 6.] a practiser
with charms.
datgamemes, [qat 6.] one who
refuses to pay debts ; gamemes.
datgatowos, [qat 6.] a whip
stick.
datgaus, [qat 4.] a charm; ta-
kolo shells, leaves, tied on the
upper end of the bowstring,
ga-us, to secure the death of
one shot with the bow.
datgavivis, [qat 6.] close-fisted,
one who won't part with what
he has ; qe ilo suar nonsei,
tete la lue lai.
Qatgelot, [qat 3.] stick used as a
pestle in making lot.
Qatgetapul, [qat 3.] stick to
tapul, throw end over end.
Qatgeuro, a bamboo used to tap
upon, for dancing.
Qatgoragora, [qat 6.] long stick
used by women in turning
over the rubbish in preparing
gardens.
Q,atia, 1. tree fern. 2. arrow-head,
needle, of tree-fern wood. 3.
an arrow.
datiaka, [qat 4.] the head, prow,
of a canoe.
datianago, to pitch as a vessel
in a wind.
datianoi, a bitter thing to eat or
drink, o sinaga we gogona si
o pei.
datianus, [qat 4.] the head of the
lungs, same as qatanus.
datiauwa, a banana or cocoa-nut
with all the leaves cut off >
leaving the central shoot only ;
qatiuwa.
datigsar, [qat 6.] forked arrow
with four prongs for shooting
flying fox and fish ; we vene
nia.
datiima, [qat 4.] the top of a
house along the ridge ; we wis
o qatiima, when the ridge is
thatched.
datiiwa, [qat 6.] stick used to
iwa, carry a burden at both
ends over the shoulder.
datili7ia, M. [qat 3.] (k) log used
as a pillow ; iliua.
MOTA DICTIONARY
131
datiqati, to lie, deceive.
datiu, M. (k) constr. qat; head,
in primary meaning a knob ;
common in varying forms in
Banks' Ids., as qat, qotu, qitegi,
qi'iyi, <]]>.!'. N.H. bwau,
botu, qatn, qatugi ; Sol. Ids.
pa'it, 6aX b(ttii.
datiutag, [qat 4.] the head of the
cultivated ground, the upper
end, nearest to the mountain.
datiu wa, [qat 4.] turtle's head,
standing up like it ; o vetal ti
rowo qatiuwa, when the fruit-
stalk first appears, ti sigag
qatiuiva, when e. g. the leaves
Having been torn off by the
wind the new leaf-shoot stands
up by itself ; nw qatimva.
datkara, a shell-fish ; winkle.
datkere, [qat 3.] a thick club,
knob-stick.
datkorkor, [qat 6.] a man with-
out heirs, without sister or
sister's children ; as if a head of
toape withered, kor, from which
no leaves can be gathered.
datkura, a fish.
Q,atla?/ialama, [qat 6.] drum-
sticks.
datla?io, [qat 6.] sticks to dry kor
bread-fruit on ; te lano avune
urn.
datla?ion, [qat 6.] sticks arranged,
lanon, over the fire for drying
bread-fruit, kor.
datlava, a petrel, man qarana,
with big head.
datleasag, [qat 6.] disputatious,
disobedient ; leasag.
datmaaroaro, [qat 6.] one who
stays by himself, gate pulpul.
datmaluveluve, [qat 4.] broken
head ; ta vus wora naqatinsei,
was ni me qatmaluveluve.
datman, 1. a red-headed honey-
eater, male ; cock bird of tasis.
2. met. ko te qatman qarig,
you will have your head
broken to-day, red with blood.
Qatmanirnir, [qat 4.] a head of
hair thin or bald in patches ;
manii'n ir.
Qatmaragai, a fish.
Qatmaremare, hard-head, met.
one who won't hear.
Qatmatalava, [qat 4.] the leech
of a sail between the turgae
and the pane.
datmatau, solid, thick, big.
Q,atmate, 1. [qat 4.] dead top;
gana qatmate o nam, to eat up
yams leaving nothing to plant.
2. a man without child or
successor ; qatkorkor.
Qatmateiwa, [qat 4.] the lintel
of a door ; part above the
door in which is the tano
ararovag.
datmategetava, same as qatma-
teima ; Saddle I. word,
datmawui, [qat 4.] to make sign
of assent, mawui, with the
head, nod in recognition, ac-
knowledgment.
Qatmona, [qat 6.] bundle of toto
arrows wrapped in nir matig,
carried to supply combatants.
datnoronoro, [qat 6.] a little
drum made of a length of
bamboo ; ti noronoro, rattles.
Qatmotmot, [qat 4.] a short head
of hair; mot.
datnornor, a fish.
datpalapala, [qat 6.] drum-sticks
used by those who pala at the
ends of the drum,
datpalpalai, [qat 6.] drum-sticks,
used in pairs, palai.
datpanei, [qat 4J the shoulder,
head of arm.
datpanpan, [qat 4.] upper part,
upper slope, of side of valley,
panpan.
datpaparau, [qat 4.] un word for
lano 2.
132
MOTA DICTIONARY
datparapara, [qat 4.] head car-
ried sideways, parapara,
turned aside.
Qatperir, [qat 4.] head turned
aside ; perir.
Q,atpisui, [qat 4.] tip of finger or
toe.
Qatpulpul, [qat 6.] one who is
close companion, friend ; we
pid vagae.
Qatqaratu, a fish.
Qatraverave, [qat. 6.] 1. a fishing-
rod, te raverave iga nia. 2. in
recent use, pen or pencil.
Qatremeat, [qat 4.] the edge of
low tide, meat; met. la-teg
qatremeat.
Qatsaksakvotur, [qat 4.] hair on
end, sdka, as with fright ;
votur ; also qatsakavotur.
Qatsareia, [qat 4.] ragged head,
stript of leaves, sare; said of
toape.
Qatsasagatur, [qat 6.] something
at which the hair stands on
end with fright ; sasagatur.
Q-atsasasa, [qat 6.] stick for carry-
ing a burden between two men.
Qatsinaga, [qat 3.] un word for
woivosa.
ftatsinov, [qat 4.] head bent for-
ward, as if to stno-y.
datsuna, [qat 6.] the ridge-pole
of a house.
Qat-tag-iaka, [qat 4.] the chief
owner of a canoe, captain.
Q,at-taltal, [qat 6.] the stick used
to carry, veverag, a basket,
gete, on the back by its strings,
tal
Q,at-tamate, [qat 4.] a dead
man's head ; met. one who
takes no care for others.
Q,at-tiatia, [qat 6.] steel-yard,
balance to weigh with ; a new
word ; tiatia.
Q,at-tiatiag, [qat 6.] trap, to
tiatiag with.
Qat-tigatiga, [qat 6.] a gag, a
short stick tied on end in a
pig's mouth ; tiga.
Q,at-tigo, [qat 6.] a walking,
stick, to support the steps, tigo.
Q,at-tomago, part of the head of
a crawfish near the mauai;
like the head of a tomago.
Qat-towotowo, [qat 6.] a rod to
measure with ; for money or
thatch, a reed : towo.
Q,at-towotowos, [qat 6.] a stick
to flog with, tou'os.
Qatuluna, (k) pillow; V.
Qatvanua, [qat 6.] all the country
at once, all the place ; ni me
valago qatvanua si a taso goro
kamam, he ran across all the
country to meet us.
Qatvanisnis, [qat 6.] something
mysterious ; we qatvamsnis,
we vava vagae ape gene o ta-
nnn gate gilala apetia, men
whisper together, no one
knows what about ; vauis
same as vagis.
Qatvisarag, [qat 6.] one who
works well, acts with force,
visarag, shifts for himself.
Q,atvuv, \_qat 4.] head with hair
cut very short ; vuv.
Qatwirtamot, the great toe with
the skin broken, and sore, o
mani(ga apena ; qat wirita,
head of octopus.
Q,atwolowolo, [qat 4.] the head
full face ; wolowolo not para-
para.
Qatwono, [qat 6.] heavy, dull,
obstinate ; thick-headed ; we
matur qativono, sleep heavily ;
superlative adverb; wono.
datwosowoso, [qat 6.] stick used
to hammer in a fence ; in
recent use, hammer.
datwowe, cry in swimming or
in paddling by night, the
word being sung.
MOTA DICTIONARY
133
datwut, [qat 4.] lousy head
irnt.
datoqato, short ; same as gotufrtt
datqat, [qut 4.] 1. a head of tnnp,
with only short leaves left,
inferior quality ; mule gin o
rotqatqat, a bundle of small toape
leaves ; met. a poor head ol
hair, o qatiu o rotqatqat.
2. a lot of poor things, a poor
lot ; lot/log qatqat tavine,
nothing but a lot of women.
datqatmemea, [qat 4.] head red-
dened as a distinction in a
kolekole, same as urai non Qat.
datu, 1. a hsh.
datu, 2. a heliconium, from which
probably qatn 3. is named.
datu, 3. the secret society qat 2.;
and its dance.
datua, short.
qatuai, a short thing or person.
datualito, a short man, tree,
line ; probably met. from log
of firewood, lito.
datuate, to put out the head,
qatui, and look, ate.
datui, V. (k) constr. qatu, qat;
same as qatiu.
datutui, constr. qatut, adj. in
form n. ; short ; qatut som, a
short string of money ; qatut
tanun, a short man.
datuuwa, V. same as qatiuwa.
daui, (k) 1. knee ; o qaui we vile
7'tta, knock-kneed.
2. a turn in a song ; ape sa we sur
narnare o tuan qau as? be
behind at the turn.
daunalovlov, [nalo] to swallow
without chewing, as lot.
dauqaumatika, 1. crooked
kneed like a matika. 2. with
a kink, in a line, like qau
matika.
dauro, a yam that grows wild,
but is sometimes planted ;
<j<ntr<> itfi''ifi', ijniirn vusa,
varieties,
Q,auro-uro, time of scarcity when
qoiu'o is eaten.
Q,autogo, said of anything stuck
full of arrows.
Q,ava, to cover over, as a hole
with a stone, leaving hollow
space, as in covering with a
basket or box turned over.
Qe, 1. excl. surprise, admiration.
le, 2. v. p. conditional, potential.
Q,ea, a stage for stores, platform
on piles ; to construct a stage
or platform, we las o qea ;
Sol. Id. bwea.
qearag, tr. v. to make level
like a qea.
qeasag, tr. v. to press down,
flatten.
qean, tr. v. to flatten.
qeaqea, stage in canoes.
taqeaqea, level, flat,
dean, [qea] tr. v. to flatten ; qean
taqai, begin to level down and
smooth the inside of a canoe
which has been chopped
hollow, part.
Qeaqea, the deck or stage of rods
of varu or bamboo which
covers the ends of the upper
irav part of a canoe, aka pas-
pasau.
dearag, [qea] to press down and
make smooth and flat, as in
making lot patau.
deasag-, [qea] to flatten down with
force, crush down ; qeasag
wora, to flatten and crush
apart ; qeasag gayagao, to go
along, crushing down the over-
growth with legs and arms,
gagao, as a man in an over-
grown path.
Q,ega, 1. to be empty of liquid
when the liquid has gone ;
o wetov me qega, there is no-
thing left in the bottle. 2.
134
MOTA DICTIONARY
to be gone, exhausted, of
liquid ; o pei me qega nan o
pue, the water is all gone
from the bamboo water-car-
rier ; tur savsavula qega o pue
nawo nan, empty all the salt-
water carrying bamboos with
washing your hands. 3. met.
to come to nothing, nothing
left ; o linai me qega, no voice
left.
del, excl. astonishment.
del, see qelu.
dela, invisible, bewildering sight ;
mataqelaqela.
dele, adv. still, yet; said by some
for qale 1.; not dialectic.
delse, out of tune, said of a vigo,
panpipes, with improper in-
tervals, or of a man who can-
not sing right ; probably qelu.
Qelu, 1. to be crooked over in a
loop, but not enough to meet ;
a stick with such a crook ;
probably same as pelu.
2. club-footed, with the foot
turned over ; club-fingered.
3. v. active, to bend over in
a crook, as softened turtle-
shell.
deqe, to squeeze, press. Mao.
pepe.
qeqen, tr. to press down, not
evenly ; to squeeze ; we qeqen
o womol ; iiau qeqen, chew
with mouth shut.
qeqet, tr. to press down gently
and evenly,
deren, to press down ; same as
qeret ; tr. qere.
deresa, to clear the end of a yam
in digging it ; see aqo 2.
derestomago, a trochus shell ;
like qeres tomago.
deresai, (k) the lower soft end
of a yam ; qeresa.
deresiu, (k) constr. qeres, the
lower end of a yam which is
soft, still growing, when the
yam is dug.
deret, tr. qere ; to press, push ;
vigo qerqeret, harmonium,
because the fingers qeret to
produce the sound ; na ice,
kaJcalo, we qeret mun o panei,
1 crawl, resting on my hands.
qerqeret, adv. depressed, nom
qerqeret, to be downcast,
doubtful.
dero, 1. n. 1. fungus, mushroom.
2. inner fat of pigs, in shape
like fungus, conglomerated ;
qeroqoe.
2. v. to conglomerate ; o sul we
qero ma, congregates in groups.
qeroqero, a rounded cloud,
fleecy.
derovlug, a yam ; qero ta Valuga.
des, to twist off, as in gathering
bread-fruit ; qes patau.
desa, to lodge, as a tika in a
tree or elsewhere.
desis, same as qasis, to rub small
in the hand as is done with
hot bitter leaves after a man
has been shot ; these are eaten
or rubbed on the bow to in-
flame the wound ; ti qesis alo
panena, ti gana, ti nononon
nausuna nia.
det, to be complete, completed;
finished ; to come or go all ;
adv. completely. Mao. peti.
sua qet, to paddle only, with-
out sailing.
deta, 1. caladium esculentum ;
taro; qeta mereata, very large.
2. name of a yam.
detaqeta, wild qeta; no-qetaqeta,
dieffenbachia.
dete, to begin ; stem of following
words.
qetei, (k) a thing which is
truly one's own, beginning
with one ; naqetena, na tur
mona.
MOTA DICTIONARY
qeteg, to begin, act. neut., to
begin to be, become,
qetegiu, (k) beginning, stem,
root-stock, origin.
Qetegmatig, a kind of yam ;
like cocoa-nut stem.
Qetegqatia, stem of tree-fern;
met. a very dark man.
<ietegvanua, (k) 1. place of
family or birth.
2. one belonging to a place by
family or birth.
detegwono, large, round, squat
in figure ; o qetegiu we wono.
Qetqetmanu, a word whistled
for concealment, not spoken ;
as the qatman whistles ; wos-
galegale.
det-tamate, a yam ; for qat.
Qjare, a fish, thorn-tail, sea-
surgeon.
Qil, to bargain, arrange, make a
bargain with or about ; we qil
o tanun, hire a man, ice vava
amoa apena ; ira ta Koua we
qil o iga mun o nam, the Roua
people exchange fish for yams,
by bargain ; me qil inau ti
apena, according to an ar-
rangement made with me.
Probably same word with wol.
Qilin, to shake from below ; as a
rope, or torch.
qUiu lawalawa, to shake a torch
till it flames.
qttin rave, a way of catching,
rave, flying foxes ; men below
shake, qilin, torches of no-
matig, the qaratu fly out in
confusion and are knocked
down.
Qilo, a pool of salt-water.
qilog, tr. to make a pool.
Qiloi, (k) the part below the
navel, same as quloi.
Qilosiu, hollow in stone or tree
in which water lodges ; qilos
vat, qilos taiujae.
Qilowar, an unmarried person ;
generally young ; naro <j tin-
war, one remaining unmarried
in mourning.
Qilqilog, [qilo] to make a vessel
of no-tnatfi, no-via, by sup-
porting it round with sticks
and stones to hold water ;
sometimes pronounced qil-
qilon.
Qiqiare, a tree.
Qiqilo, mangrove.
, same as qilqiloy; gis qiqlon,
to do something secretly, so
that it should not come out.
Qir, 1. a creeping plant ; gaqir.
Q,ir, 2. v. to be close together ;
vaqirqir. Mao. piri ; Pol.
pill-, Motu N.G. hebiri; Mai.
ambiri.
diroso, to close with stopper ;
qiroso goro mate wetov mun
o mateqiroqiroso.
Qis, 1. n. mash, pap ; for pigs,
food mixed with luve ; for in-
fants, dried bread-fruit, fcor,
chewed and cooked in laqan ;
softened food ; v. to make
the qis, for infants or pigs ;
maqisqis.
Qis, 2. to bend the hand with
stiffened fingers so as to catch
something against a corner;
we qisqis o malan; to squeeze
with the hand so bending.
Q,isa, to press, crush.
Qisati, tr. to press upon, heavily
down.
qisa?iwono, n. heavy sorrow,
distress.
dismera, one on whom abortion
has been produced by squeez-
ing, qis, with the hand ; mera
Qisoso, stuffed ; o liuai we qisoso,
voice is gone because throat
stuffed up ; soso.
Q,it, to fan, to shake so as to fan
136
MOTA DICTIONARY
and make burn brightly ; we
qit o nomatiy, lifting up and
shaking the torch so that it
may be seen far off ; aqit.
doa, to take things without ask-
ing ; ni me qoa gap.
doas, to bind on, roll round with,
a thick band ; te qoaqoas yoro
ranoi mun o mn moil, protect
a sore on the sole of the foot
by tying on cocoa-nut husk.
doe, 1. a pig, male pig, barrow
pig ; any kind of quadruped.
Common Mel. 50, fro, po, pui;
Mai. babi. 2. v. to act like a
pig, make a mess ; me qoe
ammama. 3. adj. large ; ma-
nia qoe y marea qoe, taqale
qoe.
doga, a tree ; has a certain sacred
character ; vawo qoga ; see
varowoy.
dogorai, (k) constr. e. the knot
at the base of a branch ; v. to
come out like a knot ; o wote
tanyae ti qogorai lue ma.
dogotiu, a dwarf.
dolago, a, barrel ; new word, the
old word layo.
doleqole, tangled, of hair in small
thin tufts or ringlets.
dolilrn, on one side ; ate qolilm.
dolo, 1. a fish.
dolo, 2. lying close together.
3,. double as kernels of new, make,
qolo rua ; qolovisa, so many
close together.
qolori, tr. to make lie close to-
gether ; te qolon o kor we tiik,
to put stones on dried bread-
fruit in soak so as to keep
them down ; same as takura.
dolor, money, som.
doloviovio, a fish.
dolovisa, how many ? so many,
lying together.
dolqolega, curly in ringlets, of
hair ; qoleqole.
dolul, one who invents stories v
boasts of things not true.
domate, 1. dead pig, correspond-
ing to tamate 1., a pig killed
at a feast.
domate, 2. a tree.
domulemule, the name of a man,
who used to bring a small
yam to the common oven,
qaranis ; anyone so doing is
called Qomulemule.
dona, a pigeon.
qona rena, a green pigeon ; qona
tauwe, mountain pigeon, we
loqo with a lump on its fore-
head ; qona wotnenai, a small
pigeon which sits on the tips
of nai branches.
donag, [qona~\ to be shy, jealous j
qonay yoro, shy of, jealous
of ; vaqonqonag, apprehend
danger.
donaqona, a tree.
donaronotoga, to blow heavily
in squalls with intervals of
calm : o Ian ti qonaronotoya.
donasagerua, two pigeons sit-
ting together, sage 1. ; name
of a hill in V.L.
don, night, darkness, to be dark ;
in regard to time, day, time,,
season ; qon silsil, dark time
of night ; tineqon, midnight.
Common throughout the Ocean;
Jav. bnnyi; Marshall, buny ;
D.Y. buny; Sol. Ids. boni;
N.H. boni, poni, pong., ping;
Bks. Ids. gon, qen; Fij. boyi;
Motu N.G. boi; Pol. po ;
Ponape, bong.
donlau, a sea-lion.
donove, a fish.
donqou, 1. very dark ; matava
qonqon, the morning while
still dark ; qon.
donqon, 2. the sound of the cry
of the pilage ; ti murmur t
nalinana o qonqon mur
MoTA DICTIONARY
137
douut, a short stumpy man.
doqo, 1. many, to be many.
doqo, 2. to set, of fruit, to bud of
flowers.
qoqoi, the bud of flowers, first
setting, showing of fruit.
doqoaru, unintelligible noises ;
?/</"/ <]<>(j<iri(, to groan and
talk in sleep.
doqoleag, curled in little ring-
lets ; quleqole.
doqorosiga, [qoroi] having first
show of leaf-shoots ; ti qor-
qorosig<t,_ rigrig te sasalit.
doqotave, [qoqo 2.] set but unde-
veloped, of fruit.
doqovara, the shoot, qoqoi, of
the growing cocoa-nut, vara.
dor, to turn round and round.
qoriag, tr. stir round, whirl.
dora, 1. a coil of line, or of
money.
dor a, 2. to back water with the
paddle.
dorarau, thick-headed, dull, does
not attend ; qattvono.
(lore, to dream, dream of a person
or thing.
qore mot, to dream a man to
death by means of a magic
stone.
qoreqore, a dream.
doriag, [qor~] to whirl about, as
surf ; qoriag risris, whirl and
turn over and over.
doro, to throw down something
heavy ; munqoro.
qoron, tr. to beat upon, be heavy
on.
qoro lito, to throw down fire-
wood^ alo panito, in the
corner of the house.
doroi, (k) ear, not the orifice but
the outer part ; pectoral fin
of a fish ; shooting leaves of
caladium ; young bud ; tend-
ril, of plants ; knot on the
back of a bow, qoro us.
Common Bks. Ids., northern
N.H. ; Celebes, bvronga ; N.H.
qero, qerogi, shows qoroi same
as qtro.
qorosa, adj. eared, with points,
projections.
dorogatagata, noise, noisy.
doron, tr. qoro, in so-qoron ; ka-
timi me qoron mini o Ian, o
rep, o wetia, having come
through a storm.
dorosa, with projecting qoroi;
rugae qorosa, to finish oft with
a knot ; sa 3.
dorowiswis, whizzing sound in
the ear, as after a sharp report.
dorowiuwiu, singing in the ears,
iviu, from fatigue ; tama we
vivtig o mideva.
dorowono, deaf ; naqorona we
wono.
dorowonwon-te-mel, extremely
deaf ; meltnel.
dorqoroi, (k) redupl. qoroi;
shell of the ears ; tendrils of
plants ; not climbing tendrils.
dorqorolava, big ears; rank in
siiqe ; a tariiate 2. image repre-
senting the rank, carried about
in kolelcole, set up in gamal.
dorqoron-ta-rur, one who does
not notice reproof ; tama si
naqorqorona me rur, as if his
ears had been cropped, rur 1.
dorqorosa, adj. with qoroi pro-
jections ; 1. as a plant gem-
ming for leaf, not yet budding,
qoqo 2.; 2. with the leaf show-
ing at the tip of the leaf-
shoot as in sasa, crotons ; 3.
as a pimply nose.
dorta?iaro, ears of Ta?iaro ; the
fruit of tawan not quite ripe.
dos, to exaggerate, boast; same
as pos.
dosai, an imperfect, worthless
thing ; qose patau, a bread-
fruit not yet fit for food.
138
MOTA DICTIONARY
Qoso, same as qos.
Q-osorooro, poor ; nothing but
orooro ; worthless, qosai, rub-
bish, orooro.
Q.OSUS, very short.
Qotaptara, one who is self-con-
fident, thinks he can do some-
thing difficult, such as cutting
out a canoe, and fails ; called
i Qotaptara, after a man of
that character and name.
lote, anything lumpy in form ;
surun qote.
qotela, adj. lumpy, thick ; na-
qoronsei ti qotela, we poa,
when it swells.
Qotoga, one who stays at home ;
a pig, qoe, that stays about,
toga, the place.
Q,ou, excl. of astonishment.
qou vasaleag, to drive away with
a cry qou I as a thief.
Qulo, young, fresh, succulent.
quloi, (k) something young,
fresh,
quloga, adj. fresh, young.
Quloi, 1. [qulo] something young
and fresh ; a newly born
- - child, a young plant.
duloi, 2. V. same as qiloi M. ;
kere quloi, lower part of
abdomen.
Qulolava, large while young ;
wota qulolava.
Quloquloga, [qulo] strong grow-
ing, fresh-looking, of a child ;
free growing, lush, of plants.
Qure, ignorant, unskilled, foolish ;
opposed to menaro.
qurega, [ga 5.] n. ignorance,
foolishness.
Q,us, to have the mouth full,
cheeks distended with food.
Qusa, V. same as M. qisa, to press
down, pound, crush ; te qusa
o 2^ a tau tnun o vatyelot, in
making lot; we qusa o qa-
tiima, qarapaso, the last thing
done in thatching the ridge of
a house, otherwise mis.
R.
R, 1. pers. pron. pi. 3. suffixed to
poss. n. ; nor, mo?', gar ; same
as ra 3. ; of them.
R, 2. tr. suffix to v. ; koko,. kokor.
Ra, 1. sign of plural, with regard
to persons only, often with
pers. art. i; ra tamak, ira
tatasik, ra ta Motalava ; also,
the persons with, the company
of, a person named, ira Bishop,
the Bishop's people, he and
those with him. See ira.}
2. pers. pron. pi. 3. ; after v. and
prep.; same as ra 1. ; makes
part of ineira; never subject
of v. ; never properly repre-
sents inanimate things ; them.
3. the same in the series of
pron. suffixed to n. ; napane-
ra their hands ; of them.
Ra, 4. adjectival termination ;
n. ligiu fluid, adj. ligligira
fluid.
Ra, 5. term, of verbal nouns ;
toga to abide, togara way of
life.
Rae, M. a fruit tree ; V. ran.
Rag, verbal suffix. 1. trans,
determ. 2. intens. particu-
larly of number,
i, [ra 1., gai 2.] 1. demonstr.
r. pi. 3. those persons ; 2.
3.J pi. vocative, you !
Ragera, [ra 1., gai 2., rua] 1.
demons, pr. dual 3. they two,
them two, those two ; 2. [gai
3.] voc. you two !
Ragetol, [ra 1., gai 2., tol] 1.
demonstr. pr. trial, 3. they
three, them three, those three;
2. [gai 3.] voc. you three I ;
[gai
M< >TA DICTIONARY
139
may refer to more than three,
if no great number.
Bagragai, a tree that branches
near the ground ; bush.
Bait, to tit tight, to be firm when
tied or bound.
Bak, a fish.
Baka, 1. adv. 1. up, of direction
upwards ; raka rmco in direc-
tion, raka sage high up, in
place, and superlative, highly;
see ir<ik<(, gisraka. tavaraka.
2. for the first time, in the
first place ; ti liyo raka o rawe
he begins by tying up a pig of
that kind.
2. v. to lift up, take up, get
up.
rakasag, tr. detenu, turn up.
3. descriptive prefix with nu-
merals when strokes, blows,
are numbered; me towosia;
raka visa? raka vat; he was
flogged ; with how many
strokes '/ four ; represents the
raising of the arm to strike.
4. v. to increase the quantity
of money given for tamate or
suqe; te vene mun o som, te
sar kel ; ta tete tira, te raka
mon o som.
Baka-ava, {raka 2.] to take up
the wrong thing, and leave
what ought to have been
taken ; ava 1.
Baka non ro Sommaimai, pro-
verbial saying when one does
what a woman of that name
did, goes for a fire-stick and
takes the fire away.
Bakaqau, to fall over a tree, &c.
in the wood ; qaui.
Bakaraka, 1. adv. redupl. raka
up ; vavinir rakaraka to pull
up, e. (j. bananas closely plant-
ed, so as to make room ; meat
rakaraka ebb at spring tides.
Bakaraka, 2. n. a single arrow.
Baka-reag, to t;ike up away from
something left behind.
Bakasag, [raka 2.] to turn over
cut stuff that it may dry; a
stage in preparing gardens, we
nnia, ice rcAv**";/, c:c tara, we
.vi'n, we nur.
Bakavisa, [ntka 3.] how many
strokes.
Bakavtag, to take up from other
things; raka 2. ritag.
Baketea, apiece of higher ground,
a hillock.
Bakut, impers. v. to pain one
severely ; rono rarakut, suffer
severe pain.
Bam, 1. a crab, crawfish, with
rameai, eggs.
rame, v. to cover with eggs ; o
rameai ti rame o gatou.
rameai, (k) the eggs of crawfish,
crabs, &c.
Baw, 2. to anoint with ramiai ;
ram vires nagoi.
raraiai, the liquor of a cocoa-nut
that has begun to grow, vara
forming in it ; not drinkable,
o nene ti arosa nia.
ramis, to roughen the throat,
be astringent, like ramie vara ;
garamis.
Bamo, to draw, drag ; to adopt a
child ; the proper term for
pulling a bunch of bananas,
we ramo o vetal.
we ramo nan o sus, to wean a
child.
o oka we ramo kel, when it turns
back on its course,
ramos, tr. to draw.
ramova, drawing, adoption.
Bamoparu, to shine ; peruperu.
Bamos, to draw towards one, pull
together ; ti ramramos o no-
tantangae ,* ramo.
Ban, adv. entirely, thoroughly,
throughout ; with notion of
distance, ran ma all the time
140
MOTA DICTIONARY
hitherto from a certain period,
always up to the present.
Ranai, to roast or bake over
embers, without a wrapper ;
laqan ranranai, bake on
embers in thin wrapper. Sam.
lagilagi.
Raniu, hard ground; raraii tan-
gae.
Rano, 1. constr. of ranoi.
Ra?io, 2. to become dry, dried up,
in course of nature ; to die
out, as fire.
Ranoal, [rano L, al 1.] vagabond,
going about on foot.
Ra?ioi, (k) leg and foot, of men
and animals. Malag. ranjo.
Ranoqaloqalo, pettitoes of a pig ;
rauoi, qaloi.
Ra?iolelete, legs [ranoi] stiff with
standing ; lete.
Ranomara, dove's leg ; lateg ra-
nomara, to bend the reeds on
which yam vines are trained,
with a break near the ground,
making a short part as of a leg
below ; lateg.
Ranora?io, shrub, acalypha; many
varieties.
Ranovanovano, vagabond, al-
ways going about, afoot ; ra-
not, vano.
Ranra?iia, [raniu 2.] a tree bare
of leaves.
Rap, V. 1. to climb, ti rap avune
tangae ti tara na wotwotina.
2. met., of disease, to increase
upon, o gopae me rap avu-
nansei, me rap Jcalo ma,, me
rap lue ma, me rapia, paso
nan me sola sur. 3. to rise as
land when rapidly approached;
we sua susua, si rara ilo ma o
tauwe we lava we sage raprap
ijoro ra/ra ma.
raptag 1 , tr. determ. climb upon,
climb for a person ; see vega-
tag.
Rapa, to make even, so avenge,,
revenge ; te rapa munsei
apensei, revenge upon the in-
jurer the wrongs of the in-
jured ; te rapa apenau, avenge
me, take revenge for me ; te
rapa munia, execute revenge
upon him ; we rapa gak o qoe,
make even in counting in
tika.
rap at, tr. revenge ; ilokenake
na we rapat nan.
Rapai, to support by a prop,
strengthen by support.
Raprapit, to be disagreeable to
one ; ni me valago raprapit
neia.
Raptag, V. [rap] 1. to climb to a
thing, for a person. 2. met.
do again and again ; rara me
raptag vagatar, two men
quarrelled, were separated,
but went at it again and again.
Rapus, to wash, lave, as water
does a rock ; probably tr. rap.
Rara, 1. pers. pr. dual 3. they,
them, two.
Rara, 2. v. to dry before a fire.
Pol. rara, lala ; Motu N.G.
raraia ; Macas. rarang.
Rara, 3. n. 1. erythrina, coral
tree. 2. the season in which
the rara flowers, winter.
Sam. laidala.
rara tano, a creeping erythrina.
Raramo, delay long drawn out,
ramo ; ni me ge mun nau we
raramo, he vexed me with
delay.
Rara?i, v. 1. dazzle by reflection ;
o one ti raran o matai. 2. be
reflected, of light, colour ; me
raran, o lama qara memea
apena, there was a red reflec-
tion on the sea. Fl. rarana,
reflection of colour.
rara?iiu, (k) 1. reflection of
light or colour ; raran one in
MOTA DICTIONARY
141
raran I. above ; raran vat in
ramn 2.
Barardu, 2. hard dry ground ;
raran tangae, ground hard
near roots of trees; ran/" ;
perhaps rara 2.
Barao, to weep, cry ; referring to
the noise.
raraog, tr. cry with regard to
something ; see var-raraoq.
Bararau, [ran] to go grubbing
for sese, &c. on the reef, or for
land crabs, gave, in the bush.
Barav, an erythrina that grows
tall and straight.
Baravea, shortness of food ; ma-
ran raravea, hungry time ;
masu raravea, short crops of
fruit.
Baro, [ra 1.] fein. pi. prefix to
names and designations ; see
ro.
Barua, pers. pr. dual 3. they,
them, two ; ra 1.
Bas, 1. far ; aras, afar ; very ;
same as rasn 1.
Bas, 2. v. to approach, rasu 2.
Bas, 3. v. to rub, scrape, scratch ;
same as rasa.
iras, a baler.
ras o pei, scrape up, bale out,
water from a canoe.
ras o Una, perform a woman's
dance, scraping the ground
with the feet.
Basa, to scrape, scratch, rub, with
straight motions backwards
and forwards ; so, to sharpen
by rubbing backwards and
forwards on a stone.
rasa gagao, to wear level ; o malo
me rasa gagao, a rock washed
by the sea.
rasag, tr. to rub, scrape,
sharpen by rubbing ; vatrasag,
whetstone.
Basalele, a fish like a sole, said
to be scraped thin ; lele.
Basgaruwe, to make yam holes
too near ; as the <_irn>n- crabs
scratch, ras, their holes in the
sand.
Baso, to bale out ; me raso o
imno, the pool is baled out.
Basoai, [ra l.J husband or wife ;
soai.
Basqoqo, to rise above the
ground as a yam does which
has been planted in a shallow
hole, as it rises o nam we ras
o tano.
Basras, 1. a dance which women
ras 3. ; o lena.
Basras, 2. adv. exceedingly ;
natiu rasras very small ; is
said to be from ras 3., not ras 1.
Basu, 1. 1. far, arasu, afar ; same
as ras 1. ; ma rasu, from far.
2. met. superlative, we win.
rf-su; exceedingly good.
Basu, 2. to come near, arrive,
with ma hither. Maewo rasn
come or go.
Bastm, scatter, sprinkle, as with
water.
Bata, level ground, plain. Mai.
Jav. Dy. rata ; Malag. ratana;
Tagal. datig.
Bato, to rebake sinaga that has
been cooked before ; rato o
malas.
raton, tr. cook over again ;
varaton.
Batol, [ra 1.] pers. pron. trial 3.
they three, them three ; used
also for more than three, if
not many.
Bau, 1. n. V. a fruit tree ; M. rae.
Ban, 2. v. to put in the hand, as
into a bag.
raun, tr. to put the hand in and
take something ; raun lue, take
out ofa bag, e.g. with the hand;
raraun loloi said of gea, when
one who has eaten his fill,
drinks gea and is hungry
142
MOTA DICTIONARY
again ; o gea o raraun toqe
tanun.
rararau, to search with the
hand in holes on reef or in
bush.
Raurau, a yam.
Rav, dusk, stem of marav, rav-
rav, &c.
Rava, 1. an aroid, tacca pinnati-
folia, of which native arrow-
root is made.
Rava, 2. a yam.
Ravarava, a pipe-fish.
Rave, 1. to draw, pull; active.
rave loas, to drag and flog.
rave pup, to draw a knot tight;
rave id, to draw out a slip-
knot.
rave sansan, to spoil by drawing,
as a canoe often drawn down
into the sea.
rave saru, to drop or lose things
in pulling away what they rest
upon.
rave totomot, to draw quickly
away ; from drawing away
fingers lest they should be
chopped off ; toto, ino.
rave wora, to draw apart.
rave o vetal, to pull a bunch of
bananas.
2. to draw out fish, to catch fish,
to fish ; with a line.
rave nunuuwa, to go very early
fishing.
3. to put out new leaves ; o tan-
gae me kor, o ivena we poa, ti
rave nanaunauna apena.
4. to draw a line, a figure ; in
recent use to write.
5. neut. to draw, be drawn ;
rave ivora, to draw apart ; of
pain, rave gingin, rave mar
siwo; to withdraw.
rave purug, to swell and cover
over the wound, as a tano
qatia an arrow wound.
raveg, tr. drag a person or thing.
raveag, tr. to draw through;
to withdraw, neut. ; raveag
rorono to withdraw without
speaking.
raveag, adv. through : raveag-
lue, through and out, right
through.
ravraveag, adv. striped.
Ravegingin, [rave 5.] of deep-
seated pain that pricks,
catches, gin.
Ravenoro, to pull and knock at
the door ; noro.
Raverua, 1. to be drawn together
by two strings, as a bag.
Raverua, 2. the season when
yams are planted ; scarcity of
food.
Raveve, (k) [ra 1.] mother ; in
pi. form sing, meaning.
Ravis, to make thin, of the per-
son; food continually the
same te ravisiko ; see garavis.
Ravrav, evening, the dusk of
evening.
ravrav matariiarua, dusk.
Ravraveag, [rave 4.] striped.
Ravravelulua, [rave 5.] to have
a feeling of sickness, lulua.
Ravravenosi?i, 1. to pull cocoa-
nut fronds to burn in night
fishing, no-sin. 2. met. to fly
into the bush in a fright.
Ravraveqaia, long waiting ;
when one party waits long
for the other side in a game at
night, they say this.
Ravravetoa, [rave 5.] twitching,
in the beginning of tetanus.
Ravravtapera, game, trying who
shall clean up the dish first;
ive ganagana oraora ; Inina
ravrav tapera !
Raw, to sing in a low voice ; raw
maran, sing all night as in a
gamal ; raivraw, rawu.
Rawarawa, long slip or slide;
sis rawarawa.
MOTA DICTIONARY
143
Bawe, an hermaphrodite pig,
female.
rawe tolcetoke, one that grunts, ti
toke ape nil<t.
rawe -?n>.so>ro.so, one that champs
its teeth, behaves like a boar.
Bawea, thin, of man or animal.
Bawu, same as raw; rawumaran.
Be, sign of plural, like ra 1. ;
makes no part of pronouns;
applied only to persons with
regard to age and relationship,
when the whole class of such
persons is spoken of ; such
terms of relationship with re
do not take the suffixed pro-
nouns ; o retatasiu the set
of brothers, ratatasik my
brothers ; redupl rere.
relnmagav, rerelumagav, the
young men ; remama, fathers
and uncles on father's side ; re-
reme?'a,boys, and boy; rereata,
men folk ; retamai, retamta-
mai, fathers, men of the
father's generation ; retasiu,
retatasiu, brothers, or sisters ;
retavine, women folk ; retawu,
strangers in the place ; retu-
tuai, brothers, or sisters ; re-
vananoi, sister's children,
revavine V. women folk ;
reveve, mothers.
With these terms the article o,
or personal art. ira, are both
used ; o rereata, ira rereata.
Bea, 1. a barren open patch, on
recent volcanic vent ; one only
at Mota on shoulder of the
hill, va-wo rea ; ne re on
Saddle I.
Bea, 2. a kite, of sago fronds ; we
vino o noota apena. 3. any-
thing light like a kite.
Beag, 1. adv. away from some-
thing ; with motion away
Kfrom something, leaving some-
thing behind ; la reag, take
away from something to be
left. 2. v. to move, advance ;
reay poa, increase.
Beatuqei, [rea 1.] a number of
gardens all in one open space.
Beg, 1. to put out the head :
rereg, vareg.
Beg, 2.' to wilt over fire ; also
rei.
Beke, stem of marekereke ; nom
rekereke.
Bekiu, a fish.
Bemama, the fathers, set, class,
of fathers in a village; iragai
o nanat remama, those whose
fathers are alive, not
orphans.
Bemarema, small ; wota rema-
rema, born small and not
growing.
Bemrem, small ; wena remrem r
small rain.
Ben, appliances, weapons, tools ;
renren.
Bena, 1. a fish, from its colour,.
see rerena.
2. a parrot.
Renas, a green and yellow parrot ;
trichoglossus palmarum; from
its colour ; rerena.
Be?ie, (k) burden, load, cargo ;
narenena o tapera.
rene sogonia, large, various,
freight.
rene tulagia, another person's
load ; o rene monsei we sea, ko
te la ma.
Be'Jiiu, a small thing or person ;
ren tanun, a little lean man.
Bep, waves, tide rip ; o rep ti
towtowola, waves roll along ;
also repii. Sam. lepu.
rep qatgasuwe, waves with
pointed tops, like rats' heads,
in a tide rip.
Bepes, un word for pug, debt.
Bere, 1. see rerere, to tremble.
Mao. rere.
144
MOTA DICTIONARY
Here, 2. set of sea, current ; Mao.
rere.
rere oka, the wake of a canoe.
rerevag, tr. determ. to carry in
a current.
Rerea, 1. [rere] small stream run-
ning through the reef at low
tide ; te tarina o gape ape
kere rerea.
Rerea, 2. the shoulder of the hill ;
where rea 1. is.
Rereata. the male persons, plural
of mereata in usage, but re;
ata male.
Rereg, 1. to stretch out the head
and neck, as in looking out
for something ; nolo rerereg.
rereg taaloalo, to stretch forward
and peer ; rerereg laulau, the
same ; reg 1.
Rereg, 2. to wilt a leaf over the
fire to make it soft ; reg 2.
Rerei, V. same as rereg 2.
Rereke, [reke~\ to dodge an arrow
by drawing up shoulders and
drawing down the head.
Rerelumagav, the youths of a
place.
Reremera, boys, re, me ray but
also a boy, plural in form,
singular in meaning ; see
raveve.
Rerena, the yolk of an egg ; from
yellow colour ; Sam. lega.
Rereosa, slender.
Rerere, to tremble, shake, with
fear ; redupl. rere 1.
vara rerere, stagger ; sur-rere,
quaking of bones, fear.
tarerere, unsteady.
Reret, to reach out, stretch out
the arm after something.
valago rereret, run to catch,
touch.
Rerevag, to carry away, make to
drift, of wind and tide ; to
drift ; rere 2. Sam. lelea.
Rerevanvanoi, the set of
mothers' brothers whom chil-
dren in a village look to.
Rereve, to fish for flying-fish ;
probably rave 2.
Rereveag, [reve] to go a long way
round.
Resa, 1. variegated in stripes of
colour ; o resa, a pig red and
black in stripes.
2. a fish, bodian, pristipoma.
Retamai, the set of fathers in a
place ; o retamtamai ; re.
Ret, at the edge, extremity ; nug-
nug ret.
tano retret, to touch at the ex-
treme edge ; o maue gire
ape ulusui retret, the mauai
of the pandanus are at the
ends of the branches all round
the tree.
Retawu, strangers visiting or
resident in a place.
Reug, a bird, in V.L.
Reve, 1. long, extended, to be
drawn out ; maiiareve, of a
tree with long tips to the
branches.
o lama we reve nan ilo vanuct,
the sea runs in places into the
land ; o vanua we reve rowo
ilo lama, the land runs out
into the sea ; we reve gord,
stretches out so as to hide
another point.
reve ae motmot, when trees,
rocks, &c., are drawn out in
rapid succession as a canoe
passes swiftly by ; mm reve,
nunrevereve.
2. used in songs for rave ; being
the same word.
Revo, a kind of yam.
Reworewo, a variety of ficus,
banyan.
Rewu, 1. a hole dug at the foot
of a cocoa-nut tree to catch
water ; the water caught ;
materewu, the opening, well,
MOTA DICTIONARY
145
of revni. 2. >m word for pei,
water.
Rewurewu, a bad ulcerated sore.
Rig 1 , 1. v. to carry on the shoulder.
Big, 2. adj. small ; in rare use ;
Motarig, pisi(i'i<j, </"nV/, tu-
(jfi'i(jf vanua rig; adv. rigrig.
Mao. riki ; Pol. liki li'i ; D. Y.
lik; Sol. Ids. rii; Marsh, lik.
Riga, 1. to rule, exercise author-
ity; riga goro, rule over.
Riga, 2. to swell.
rigariga, n. a swelling.
Rigot, to satisfy spite, ill-feeling ;
me rigot iniko, nok o gene me
tata$, you are satisfied now
that iny things are spoiled ;
as when a woman in jealousy
destroys, spoils, what belongs
to her husband.
Rigrig, adj. [rig 2.] presently, in
a little ; rigrig ti, after a bit ;
when of past time, but lately.
Rina, five in tika counting.
Rino, to shake, be shaken.
ri?iov, tr. to shake, as earth-
quake or loud noise.
maririorino, shaken, disturbed.
Rip, 1. to grow big, be big,
sound ; rip lava, grow to size,
rip kel, recover soundness ; 2.
adv. entirely ; we nima rip,
to be wet all over.
Rir, 1. v. to quake ; n. an earth-
quake.
Mao. ruru, Pol. lu, ru.
.Rir, 2. to pass close by, as one
vessel passes another ; to come
close up to, crowd,
varirir, to crowd.
Rirqetegmake, [rir 1.] a spider
with small body and long
legs, not a maraiva, which
when approached vibrates so
as to be invisible.
Rir-togo, a cry in earthquakes.
Ririgo, a porpoise; o ririgo ti tow-
towola swims.
1 Riri/dtiga, to grunt when lift-
ing something heavy ; riri-
nitigo <tr<> } to groan under a
burden.
Ririrwatia, [rir 2.] to carry a
great number of things over
the shoulder; mitia.
Ririsa, [//.*<] to turn from side to
side while lying.
Ririv, [riv 2.] to sup up, sip up,
suck through a tube.
Rirvag, to carry to leeward.
Ris, 1. v. to change, turn, be
changed ; neira te ris ape
sava ? why should they change
for the better ?
2. ris nia, to turn into.
3. adv. in another direction ;
tira ris, stand and turn round,
turn course in walking ; of a
canoe, to stand on different
course.
ris maran, to turn from side to
side in anxiety all night ; ni
me ris maran apena.
Risa, 1. v. to lie down ; risa pun-
pun, to lie long sick.
risavag, lie down with, because
of.
Risa, 2. n. the second day, past or
future ; arisa on the day after
to-morrow ; anarisa on the
day before yesterday. Mai.
lusa; Fl. valiha.
Risavag, to lie down with, be
laid up with ; risa separable
vag ', ni we risavag naranona,
he is laid up with his leg.
Risris, [ris] 1. v. move about,
change position, risris goro
change place with regard to
something, as of bread-fruit to
the fire.
2. adv. turning away ; ni me net
risris nan, he rejected it in
anger.
Ritata, 1. to lace, as a sail to the
mast and boom ; te ritata o
146
MOTA DICTIONARY
epa ape turgae wa o pane,
mun o ritata. 2. tlie cord
used for lacing.
Riu, move the feet or legs ; nipea
we riu kelkel, don't shuffle your
feet.
riug, tr. to move away the legs
or feet ; ring iniko ! take your
legs out of the way ; to move
legs out of the way of a passer-
by; nipea riuriug kelkel, don't
shuffle your feet.
mariuriu, shifting.
Riv, 1. to plant ; see rivu.
riv rowo, the time of scarcity
after yams are planted.
rivriv naru, to plant so many
yams as to let them rot un-
dug ; met. a man rich in food.
Riv, 2. to suck through a tube,
sup up ; ririv.
Rivriv, 1. [riv 1.] a planting :
rivriv lele tagai, planting with
no taking ; met. a man idle
about planting.
rivriv puleuwa, 1. a very small
garden, in ridicule. 2. after
eating a turtle it was not
safe to plant immediately in
one's garden ; a man planted
a few things in a very small
patch made for the purpose,
as the turtle's property, pule
uwa, then went on to his
garden.
Rivriv, 2. a fan ; te gavug isei nia.
Rivtag, 1. to approach, come near.
2. adv. near, arivtag.
Rivu, to plant, same as riv.
rivuag, tr. determ. rivuag suqe,
to plant for suqe.
Ro, sign of name being feminine,
with or without i 1. sing, and
pi. iro, iraro, raro. Only
used when the name is a Mota
word.
Roa, 1. n. a small univalve, turris.
Roa, 2. v. to tie round ; roa goro,
to stay, strengthen by splicing,
fishing ; o tangae ta mavut, te
vatira kalo, qara rowoag o gae
apena, we roa ; when a tree
falls with earth on its roots,
set it up, and stay it with a
vine ; we sagaro o pagigi oka
me mosiu ti, we map o tangae
aminana, we was lue o aka,
qara vil tuwale; we roa; re-
move the rotten piece, cover
with a sound piece of wood,
bore holes and lash together.
roan, tr. to tie round the neck,
carry round the neck ; ni we
roan o tana som ; wo-roaroan,
an ornament so worn.
Roiroi, bud of the cocoa-nut
flower.
Roma, to taste or smell rank,
putrid ; to have bad after-taste
in the throat.
Rono, 1. heavy, listless, inert ;
naapena we rono, gate maseke-
seke, he is out of sorts, tama
tete sau kalo lai naapena.
ronorono, we mava ronorono,
very heavy.
Rono, 2. n. not in use, but stem
of following words.
ronoga, adj. having reputation
of w r ealth, famous.
ronronotar, all sorts of things,
all things ; tar.
Rono, 1. n. a fish, the thresher.
Rono, 2. adj. 1. sacred, unap-
proachable, with inherent
sanctity, not tapu; awful,
portentous.
2. n. something mysterious, por-
tentous ; o rono alo vanua ; o
rono we kuriko.
ronova, sanctity.
Roiio, 3. to feel, hear, smell, taste,
apprehend by senses ; be pa-
tient of, be in a passive state ;
nipea ronorono nalinara, don't
listen to what they say.
MOTA DICTIONARY
147
ronotag 1 , tr. determ. hear, taste,
smell, feel, something,
rouovag, tr. detenu, feel, &c.
something.
Mao. rongo; Sam. logo ; Pol.
rom/o, lono, TOO; Sol. Islands,
rono, ronovi; N. H. rono, dono;
Fij. ro(jo ; Java, rimyn ; Pon.
ron ; Gilb. ono.
Obs. ; in most of these hearing
is the sense signified; and the
further meaning is present of
" report " and " news," which
is unknown in Mota.
rono leasag, suffering contentious
treatment,
rono magavj to suffer pain ; see
maga/v.
rono malapusa, long-suffering,
slow to resent,
rono malamuaga, to be patient
under pain.
rono maid, to endure with pa-
tience, suffer long,
rono puna, or pun, to have the
sense of smelling, discover by
smell.
rono rua, to have two tastes,
rono virig, to brace oneself up for I
endurance, be patient under
suffering.
rono wvtig, to suffer pain.
Bonoa, a fish.
Bonorav, a sawai on the evening
before a kolekole.
Bonorouo, redupl. 7'ono, listen to, j
hear.
Bonorua, to have two tastes ; o j
pel we ronorua, half fresh, |
half salt.
Ronotag*, tr. rono 3., perceive by
sense, hear, feel, taste, smell.
ronotagiva, v. n. hearing, feel-
ing, tasting, smelling.
Ronova, [rono 2.] v. n. sanctity,
holiness.
Ronovag, tr. [rono 3.] to feel,
suffer.
Rouoviga, [rono 3.] dull, inactive,
with pain ; o qoe we rorono-
viga, a pig stands, stares, suffers
something.
Bonronotag, redupl. fomoronron-
otag, the seat of hearing, and
other senses ; ronronotag pune
nau met. see nau.
BoHro/iotau, to bear every other
year, tan, as some cocoa-nuts.
BonroHvelil, inattentive ; we ro-
no valil.
Bopa, 1. to have -heavy leafage, of
a tree ; to have much hair, of
a man ; o paka we ropa, o aru
tagai.
Bopa, 2. same as make; whence
maroparopa, thin.
Bope, to flap ; waves rorope as
they fall and break ; the belly
of a thin pig ti roperope, flapa
about as it walks ; o epa ti
roperope ape taro, ti roperope
goro Ian.
Bopesrawe, a woman who had
many children ; whence ira
nanatin Ro Pesrawe, a pro-
verbial saying, very many.
Boqo, 1. n. old leaf-mat added in
covering in the oven, qarania.
2. v. to cover, luqai, with old
leaf mats; teroqp goro o qara-
nis mun o roqo. 3. to nave
a rough head of hair like
an old leaf-mat ; sage roqo-
roqo, to sit, as a bird, with
ruffled feathers and outspread
wings.
roqoi, 1. a thing cast away like
an old leaf-mat, worthless, o
7*030 iga, roqo qoe, fish, pig,
only fit to be thrown away,
and also, thrown away; tama
o roqo nogae, met. of one whose
death has not been honoured
with a feast.
2. (k) rough large head of hair
like a ro^o.
148
MOT A DICTIONARY
roqroqoi, (k) redupl. matig roq-
roqoi, a little man with large
rough head of hair, a bird all
as under npugoro, food chest;
gate qaranis ive poa.
Boropei, 1. [roroi 1.] sound of
feathers ; matig 3. unseen water.
roqproqo, adv. all rough, of Boropei, 2. a dragon-fly.
hair, feathers. 3. one quickly grown tall, lanky,
Boro, 1. to spread as sound, travel like a dragon-fly.
as news ; roro at go, spread j Boros, to utter sounds of joy or
out, roro ma arrive, as a report grief ; te roros ape sinaga
or news,
roroi, n. sound travelling, re-
port, news.
Boro, 2. v. 1. to sink down, be
low, be deep ; also to be sunk
down and so shallow; o qara-
na ive roro, a pit is deep; opei
me roro alo qarana, the water
in the pit has become shallow.
2. adj. deep, low, shallow.
roro gavig torotoro, very deep ;
me gavgavig veta gina.
roro pistoa, shallow, of water
only up to fowls' toes.
rorovag 1 , go down with, sink
with.
Boroi, 1. [roro 1.] (k) sound, re-
port, of something ; o roro
lama, the sound of the sea ;
narorona, report concerning
him ; roro vanua, news of the
place.
Boroi, 2. [roro 2.] depth ; roro
lama, deep of the sea.
Boromtag, to kiss in a native
fashion ; to nuzzle into the
face or body ; te pupun mun
o manui, te roromtag mun o
nusui.
Borono, to be silent, quiet, still ;
te rorono goro o toretore, to
keep silence for a speech.
roronoa, silence, a respectful
silence kept after a speech,
tama we momo</o, with hum
of assent.
Boronoviga, [rono 3.] with a look
of pain, distress ; ronoviga.
Boroqo?i, a small um, fireplace
st we wta ; probably roro 1.
rorosvag-, to make sound be-
cause of ; te rorosvag o vivtig,
to groan witli pain.
Borot, to carry, holding on the
bosom with the arms"
Borotnana, to tie, rot, in the
middle, tinai, of two things ;
in the midst of two things far
apart.
Borotov, to eat till one is tired ;
~ko we gana we mdeko.
Borov, [rov] to shout, clamour,
cry.
rorovia, shouting, clamour.
Borovag, [roro 2.] to sink, go
down with.
Borou, a tree.
Bosag, to smash, hurt by a blow
or fall ; ni me masu vawo
tangaef me rosag nasavana?
navarana nan qa! what did
he hurt by a fall from a tree ?
he broke his ribs.
rosarosag, to be too heavy to
run, will break himself to
pieces.
Bot, to tie, bind things or parts
of things together ; rot leqa-
leqa, to bind for a time with
running lines ; te rot o tanun,
tete rot lai o qoe, te ligo wia, a
man is bound by tying his
limbs together, we rot; a pig
is tied up by the end of a line,
we ligo.
rotig, tr. to gird.
rotiu, a bundle of things tied
together.
MOT A DKTloNAItV
149
rotiva, binding, tying.
Botasiu, Sister, u woman so calls
her sister in place of her name,
!<> making tuxiti into a name.
Rotava, sandstone, coral stone,
on the shore, soft.
Botig, [rot] 1. v. to gird round,
as the body ; as a tree in
measuring its girth.
2. n. (k) a girdle ; narotigikme
roro, my girdle has gone
under; mot. I am deep sunk
in misfortune.
Botiu, [rot] a bundle of things
tied together ; o rot toape of
hibiscus leaves ; o rot no ma-
ti<i i<- .SMI nia, cocoa-nut fronds
bound into a torch.
Botiva, [rot] verbal n. binding
together.
Roto, to gnaw like a rat ; roto-
roto ; marotoroto.
Bot-qat7nona, to tie a bundle, or
package, at the top, as a qat-
nion-a is tied.
Botqatqat, [rotiu] a bundle of
the small leaves of the top,
qatqat, of toape ; met. naqa-
tina o rotqatqat, he has a thin
head of hair.
Bot-vatnam, to tie in places.
Bou, to decorate the hair with
flowers, &c. ; row naqatnma.
Boua, a reef island in the Banks'
group.
Bov, 1. to shout ; o sul we rov
goro ; rorov ; root ro, roro 1.
2. to sound like dashing water ;
tete rovrov to dash through
water with a roaring sound as
a fish or vessel, tama o siriv
like a waterfall.
Bova, 1. to stretch out the arm,
stretch out at arm's-length ;
ni me rova o kere sin vusira.
2. to measure with the stretch
of the arms ; 3. a fathom.
Mao. roha to stretch the arms ;
Motu N.G. doJm; MeforN.G.
rof ; J!ut. ilf,>t ; M.alag. refy.
din in?i<iti-j,,'i, measure, from
the breast-bone, imi.vih'/tei, to
lingers of outstretched arm.
we atelne alo we row-, from the
outstretched left hand to the
right held upon the shoulder,
where the face turns, ate lue,
to meet it.
rova (inni-o ,SM.S, from right breast
to left hand.
rova keke, with an arm not fully
stretched, keke.
rova kilmata, from the out-
stretched left hand to the
right collar-bone to which the
eyes look down.
rova togtogoa, with both arms
fully outstretched. The mea-
sures alo maluk, cdo vivnai are
not rova.
Bo wo, 1. adv. 1. of direction ac-
cording to locality ; up. 2. in
regard to time, forward ; me
matava rowo, next morning
came ; alo tuara tail rowo,
next coming year.
2. v. 1. to spring, leap, move
quickly up forward, rise, grow.
2. of birds and flying-fish, to
fly. The many compounds
are given separately. Motu
N.G. roho, to fly.
3. to come in as gain, go out as
loss ; of money.
4. descriptive term in counting
creeping plants, gae.
rowoag 1 , to draw out at length.
rowog 1 , make to fly.
rowov, advance upon ; startle.
rowovag, spring, fly, rise, with.
rowovag-, to serve.
varowog-, send off flying, &c.
Bo wo, 5. a fish ; also rowou,
which leaps ; bonito.
Bowo-aeae, to leap and miss ; of
a yam when the vine grows
150
MOTA DICTIONARY
forward and finds no reed to
cling to.
Rowo-gaegaei, to grow with no
tubers on the vine, gae, as
some have ; of the qauro wild
yam.
Rowogis, to be active in service,
be quick about some piece of
work ; pa ia, ni me rowogis
veta apena ; gis.
Rowolagau, to leap, pass, over ;
see lagau.
R-owolatelate, to break with
jumping ; leap, &c. and come
to bits.
Rowolava, [rowo 3.] to come in
with much interest, of money;
to turn to much gain.
Rowolue, to go, come, out, issue ;
particularly out of a house
with the tiqanal to step over.
Rowo -mat ag-goro, to rise and
look out in fear of enemies.
Rowo -mavaxnava, to move
heavily.
Rowomot, [rowo 3.] of money ceas-
ing to come in.
Rowomotmot, to leap, move so as
to break one's rotig ; rowo 2.
Rowo-negneg, to hop about
squatting, like birds, as in the
mago.
Rowo-neremot, of taste, half
good.
Rowo-nurnur, a yam not run-
ning with the vine so much
as ir.aking tuber downwards,
nur.
Rowopalag, to rush about, get-
ting in one another's way ;
palag.
Rowopata, to enter a house ; see
rowolue ; rowo 2.
Rowo-piai, to get into a condi-
tion like piai, said of lot when
it is well pounded and tena-
cious, magaegae.
Rowopilolo, to come out into
curled leaves in aestivation as
some crotons do.
Rowopute, to jump and sit ; of
birds to settle after flight.
Rowoputput, to leap about
stamping in defiance, or in
starting a sawai : put.
Rowo-qasqasvat, to pass over
stepping-stones, jump from
the top of one stone to another;
qasqasevat.
Rowoqet, [rowo 3.] to be lost
and gone, of money spent or
wasted ; or of property.
Roworaka, to rise up generally.;
also with the various mean-
ings of rowo 2. ; particularly
of the sun.
Roworeag, 1. [rowo 3.] to be lost,
gone away, as money, pro-
rrty.
generally, to go off, away.
Rowo-susraveg, to fly skimming
along the ground ; met. of a
loan, a debt owed by a man
who can be depended on will
come quickly in.
Rowotaqa, to move forward and
fall on the face, to prostrate
oneself ; taqa.
Rowo-tasotaso, to trip on tip-toe.
Rowo-teqateqa, to go about from
one. thing to another ; teqa 1.
Rowo-tete, to dash along; ura
rowotete, very small sea craw-
fish; tete.
Rowotetete, to go with the ex-
ceedingly short rapid steps
in the qat.
Rowotira, to take a firm stand ;
make an advance and take up
a position.
Rowotuwale, {rowo 4.] a single
thing, an only child, a friend-
less man; met. from vine with
single shoot.
Rowo-ukauka, to advance with
bow drawn ; uka.
MOT A DICTIONARY
151
Bowo-valgoro, to run across the
line of shooting and be hit :
val 1.
Bowo-vaskir, to continually
change or break off work ; va
.sr/A'/Y; i<nn<i we anu\\\a<j o
rinaga.
Bowovatira, M. same as rowo-
rotitf.
Bowoviro, to slip out of joint ;
mro.
Bowovisa, how many, in count-
ing vines of creeping plants
used as lines ; gae rowovisa ?
tn ruimtol, how many vines 1
let there be three ; roico 4.
visa,
Bowovotur, V. to jump up and
down Avithout changing place,
jumping and standing ; as a
man in a rage, a crowd in ex-
citement ; rowovotnr goro, to
jump up and down in front so
as to stop, defy, provoke.
Bowoag, [ro?ix)] to stretch out, as
a line, rowoag o tal, o gae ; ro-
woag na maea, said of a yam
that grows along the surface,
in the open maea, not down
into the hole.
rowoag-tal-kole, a man who is to
kole goes about telling people
the day before with a view to
their aiding him with gifts.
Hence the recent word rowoag-
tal-som.
Bowoasu, a large rowo 5. fish,
which makes the sea smoke,
asu, as it springs, rowo 2.
Bowog, tr. {rowo 2.] to make to
send fly, off in flight; varowog.
Bowosag, to cry out in pain.
Bowo-ti-aqo, met. of one who is
very quick to go to work,
fight, &c. ni we rowo ti aqp.
Bowov, tr. rowo 2. to advance
upon a person, startle.
Bowovag, rowo 2. tr. determ.
to serve, work for, minister
to.
rowrowovag, 1. v. to do ser-
vice. 2. n. a servant, one who
works for another.
Bowovagis, rowovag gis as roico
gin; to serve actively with
reference to some one.
Bowou, a bonito, fish.
Bua, numeral, two.
ruarua, two and two, by twos,
double.
Buav, me, av ; to come in abund-
antly, excessively ; o riie ti
ruav ma of the tide ; av 1. hot,
excessive.
Buavsis, abundance ; met. from
rny, sis 4.
Bue, flow of tide, flood-tide, high
tide.
rue lava, flood at spring tides.
rue makira, flood at neap
tides.
me sis M. high tide, full ; me
sus V.
riie sns lava, sis lava flow of
spring tides.
Buka, tree, gardenia.
Bukruk, a sweet-smelling plant,
a sage.
Bumane, a sea anemone ; Sam.
lumane.
Bumeg, to shake to and fro j
active.
Bumrumuga, adj. fat, of man or
Buna, very weak.
Bupe, butterfly, moth; gamo rupe,
two canoes sailing together,
looking like a butterfly.
Bupuga, adj. damp, wet.
Buqa, to bend at an angle without
breaking, as a gaso bamboo
rafter, and the last reed on
which yams are trained ; see
t-OAir 3. ; me ruqa veta, the
yam training is over.
Bur, 1. to lop, poll, a tree ; rnr
152
MOTA DICTIONARY
qatuuiva,tolop off the branches
leaving the top standing up ;
see qatumva.
Bur, 2. 1. to blow two or more
shell trumpets together ; if
one only we tia. 2. the sound
of shell trumpets blown to-
gether, rur tauwe.
ruruag, to blow many conchs.
Rurqoa, to fall in a mass, as a
tree ; me rurqoa goro maiesala.
Rurqonaqona, a game; a boy
hides ; if not seen he jumps
up and counts pigs against the
others ; ti tin gara o qoe.*
Ruruag, [rur 2.] to blow a great
number of shell trumpets at
once.
Rumga, to bury for a time yams
meant for planting, when
ground enough is not ready.
Rurtma, shelter, harbour, from
rain, wind.
Ruruntap, wailing.
Rurur, a fish.
Rurus, 1. v. to draw out ; neut.
to come out, draw out ; me
rums o qeaqea varu, the hibis-
cus rods of the stage in a
canoe have been pulled out,
or come out of their places by
use.
rurus ta Maute, proverbial ; o
iwatia te rurus nan o sama, o
aka te tapegole ran, when the
yoke pieces of a canoe draw
loose from the outrigger and
the canoe capsizes.
2. n. a disease believed to draw
downwards, rheumatism ; o
rurus si o siwosiwo.
Rurwon, a rank in the suqe.
Rusag, to pay for work done,
give a person wages.
rusagiva, paying of wages.
Rusai, rusag, reward a person,
pay for ; na rusai gak malas.
Rusarusai, redupl. rusag, V. ru-
sai; n. wages, payment for
work, som rusarusag, rusa-
rusai.
Rusrusvavine, leprosy.
Rusun, to crawl in a sitting pos-
ture, as an infant or cripple.
rusu?ivag, to crawl with, go
slowly with.
Rute, 1. to sail slow, to go slowly
under sail or paddling, ru-
rute, rutrute.
2. n. a slow-moving canoe ; a
mala oka Hone, ineia o rute r
gate valago gaplot.
Rutrut, 1. to mumble in eating ;
kamam me rut rut matila. 2.
to mumble in speaking ; ma-
mcuna rutrut.
S.
S, tr. term, to verbs ; koko,
kokos.
Sa, 1. short for sava; 1. what?
somewhat; le sa ma munnau,
give me something ; ape sa ?
what for? o sa sinaga? what
vegetable food ? 2. interr. excl.
what ! sa / si what if, can
it be that ? is it indeed so ?
Sam. .
Sa, 2. a prefix apparently mean-
ing downwards.
Sa, 3. adj. term, mdasa.
Sa, 4. an addition to the suff. pron.
k; napaneksa, kikiksa; with
no ascertained meaning.
Sag, 1. to hang round the neck
as an ornament or nosegay;
same as roan ; V. L. word.
2. a nosegay of scented leaves, &c.
same as ita, uta.
Sag, 3. tr. determ. suffix to verbs ;
often signifies numerous ob-
jects : Fij. caka; Sol. Islands,
sagi; Sam. sa'i.
MOTA DICTIOXAItV
153
Saga, stem of the following word.
Sagarag, to view steadily, gaze,
ga/e at.
Sagaraka, to snatch up a person's
property in his absence ; ko
we innj> <> *w, isei u'-e sea we
In l;<ilo <ii>lot.
Sagaro, to clear away, pull or cut
away.
Sagatavalrua, a woman who
marries into both vere ; o i>-i-
ne tuivale ti lag sogoi, ti lag o
favalwima,
Sage, 1. to settle down, sink
downwards ; same word as
Motlav, hag to sit.
sager, to settle down upon.
Sage, 2. adv. of direction, upwards,
inland ; of time, future.
3. v. to go inland towards the
inner upper part of the coun-
try, particularly to go to the
gardens, to work ; generally
to rise.
4. descriptive prefix with nu-
merals and visa, when men on
board a canoe are numbered.
Mao. ake ; Sam. a'e; Tong. hake ;
Fij. cake; St. Crist', ta'e;
Tagal. sakai ; Saw. ha'e.
Sage-ketekete, to rise, as a
ship on the horizon, or an
island ; sage 3. kete.
Sagela?iala?ia, [sage 1.] to sit,
stand, unsteadily, as any-
thing unevenly resting on the
ground ; to be unsteady, un-
certain ; lana.
Sagelukluk, [sage 1.] to sit with
legs drawn up, luk ; met. to
be idle, stay-at-home.
Sage-mar-siwo, [sage 1.] to sub-
side, sink down ; mar.
Sagemaran, work all night ;
sage 3.
j-mot, [sa^e 3.] to go a little way
and stop ; to step aside ; sa-ge
without particular direction.
Sagenug, [sage 1.] to sit and get
up again, be restless, never sit-
ting still ; tete pute nev lai t
hniia .s/ o nag <il<> jiutena.
Sagepute, [sage 1.] to settle down
in a mass, as the starch in
making sago.
Sage-roqoroqo, [sage 1.] to sit, as
a bird, with rough feathers and
outstretched wings ; roqo 3.
Sagesal, [sage 3.] to go to the
garden with someone, passing
over, sal, one's father, or other
with whom one ought to go.
Sagesaru, [sage 1.] to sink down
and pass away ; transient.
Sage-uqauqa, [sage 3.] to rise,
and raise up, iwja, the earth,
as yams do when they grow
large.
Sagevisa, so many on board; safje
4.
Sagevule, [sage 1.] impersonal, to
weary, distress ; o vivtig me
sagewdea; vide.
Sagevutvut, [sage 3.] to rise up
in a heap, vutvnt ; as earth
over a growing tomago tuber.
Sager, tr. sage 1, to settle down
upon, press upon ; o ganawo-
no me sager nina, distress was
upon us.
Sagera, perch, roosting-place of
birds, flying-foxes ; sage 1.
Sagerai, (k) constr. e. the parts of
a house which rest upon the
ground, the butts of tnrsana t
pete, and the paparis.
Sageraqai, a tree.
Sagerewaleg, a plant ; the perch
of the maleg.
Sager eqaratu, a tree on which
flying-foxes hang ; their roost-
ing place, sagera.
Sageretiwia, a stone on the beach
on which tiwia sit ; o vat ma-
eto a laii.
Sageretoa, the rail on the top of
154
MOTA DICTIONARY
a fence, yeara mun, on which
fowls roost.
Sagerewose, the man who sits
behind the steerer ; ni we sa-
ger o wose.
Sagiai, 1. (k) the peculiar smell
of things which hangs about
them and remains on the
hands of those that touch and
handle them ; pun sctgsagie
gopae, the smell of the odour
of a sick person.
Sagiai, 2. (k) [sag 1.] festal decora-
tions, ornaments, of a man or
a place ; sagie tavusmele, the
ornaments of a man of high
rank.
sagie vagalo,ih& ornaments which
a man puts on when going into
battle, amulets, &c.
Sagietavus, sagie tavusmele as
above.
Sagig, a few cocoa-nuts left on a
tree ; me ramo sagig veta.
Sagilo, 1. [sag 1.] to decorate a
place with leaves and flowers.
2. 11. a bunch of flowers or leaves,
the mark of a tamate society.
Sak, 1. to hang, as a thing hangs
over a line, a part on each
side, as two yams or palasa
across a pole, one on one side,
one on the other, tied together
at the crown.
sak gona, to hitch and hang, as a
fish-hook does when caught
in a tree, gona.
2. act. to catch, hang on a line ;
sak kalo catch a thing, under
it, as it falls ; hang up on a
line.
Saka, 1. to stand up stiffly, like
bristles, fins, leaves of thriv-
ing plants ; o vanua we saka,
the village is up in excite-
ment ; to have the bristles up ;
sakasaka, the hair on end ;
saka goro, to protect, defend,
like an enraged boar Avith
bristles up.
Saka, 2. the name of a tamate
society.
Saka, 3. to be let go from the
hand ; me takuk ti, qara id o
panel) we saka.
sakarag, tr. to cast, by letting
go from the hand.
Sakalo, to catch hold of a thing
lest it fall, sakalo goro.
Sakar, to shoot with a forked
arrow, kara or qatigsar.
Sakarag, [saka 3.] to cast, let go
from the hand.
Sakariu, (k) a prickle, thorn ;
probably saka 1.
Sakaru, the rough, saksakara,
coral stones on the warelau
between the surf and beach.
Sakasaka, redupl. saka, up on
end.
Sakau, to catch in the hands.
Sakerewaka, hastily, heedlessly ;
au saksakerewaka, to go along
not regarding injuries, &c.
mawui sakerewaka, to work
briskly.
Sakir, to break off, snap ; o gae
we sakir mot.
sakir latelate, to be brittle.
Sako, to pay in compensation,
make up in default ; kamam
we sako ineia me mate, we pay
for him who is dead ; ko te
sako ape suqena, to pay the
introducer for a friend's suqe ;
te sako o qoe when pigs are
exchanged, and money is given
with one to make up the value.
Saksakara, [sakariu] prickly,
thorny.
Sal, 1. v. to cut, with slashing cut.
Sam. sele ; Mao. here,
sal late, to sever with slashing
cut; sal mot, cut short off
with same motion ; gasal, a
knife.
M<)T A I>1< TloXARY
155
saliag-, tr. determ. to cut off.
Sal, 2. v. to snare, take fowls or
tisli with a line, gasalsal ; te
tad !</<(. Sam. sele; sal
tuimrf when many men have
caught, lish and lay them in a
row, tti/xd-e tuwale.
Sal, 3. adv. higher than, above ;
over and above, in addition to
the rest ; used also as v. me
sal ma; tauo salsal, la sal.vd,
see so/Mil.
Sal, 4. v. to assist ; alo vagalo tasi-
na te sal acinum ixin.
Sal, 5. to be clean arid smooth in
breakage, contrary to sipa
jagged ; a naeru will eat a
cocoa-nut broken by its fall
if it be sal, if sipa lie will
not.
Sala, 1. (k) path, road ; in mate-
M(l, IIHlllltl'&lla, &C.
Fij. sala; Fl. hala; Mao. ara;
Sam. ala ; Mai. jalan; Jav.
dalttn; Motu KG. dala; Ma-
lag, lala; Marsh, ial ; N. H.
sala, hala; Sol. Islands, tal<(,
tara.
Sala, 2. a messenger.
Sala, 3. n. a tree, euphorbia, its
leaves used in dyeing.
Sala, 4. 1. to boil ; with hot stones
in a wooden bowl, wumeto, or
cocoa-nut shell vinlasa ; or in
the bark of a tree, mn pala-
ko,~ or a leaf, or in vinlasa
over embers or a torch of
leaves.
virsala, to cook squeezed cocoa-
nut juice in vinlasa on embers ;
sala sun, to try out oil by stone
boiling.
2. to prepare dye, and dye in
the preparation ; as men dye
wetapup with gar laqe, and
women pari with no sea,
boiled, sala, with water.
3. to prepare poison and charms
by boiling ; sala o gamin ;
VW sdhi o }\i!no, to poison ti:-ll
in a rock-pool on the beach
with fin, irofix/tt /in' fulfill, mnn
o vat </<ii'<i wil.n.
4. met. sala naapena, to put
one to shame by disclosing the
truth.
salag, tr. to cook with hot
stones.
Salagaraqa, [sala 1.] a fresh arri-
val, new-comer. 3
Salamate, 1. [sala 1.] ready pre-
pared, for a journey, or gener-
ally ; mate 2.
Salamate, 2. [sola 4.] to cook a
charm ; mate 1.
Salananare, [sala 1.] long in
coming home ; one waited for,
nare.
Salanawono, [sala 1.] one who
goes aimlessly, gap, naivono.
Salaparaus, [sala 1.] one who
comes from a distance, par. u.s.
Salaras, [sala 1.] one who has
come a long way ; ras 1.
Salasun, [sala 4.] to cook cocoa-
nut with hot stones in a bowl,
ivumeto, for oil ; o ligiu te sun
lue.
Sala-tamate-gaviga, [sala 4.] to
cook strong-smelling leaves,
sav, &c. and hold a madman
over the steam so as to make
him call the name of the ghost
that possesses him.
Sala-ta-tagir, M. [sala 1.] one
who came last and will go first.
Sala-ta-tawur, V. the same.
Salatawurgape, [sola, 1.] one who
is always late.
Sala-te-mule, [sala 1.] going in
the future ; said to one who
delays, iniko o sala te mule.
Salatoga, [sala 1.] one who has
come to stay.
Salatowo, [sala 1.] one who comes
for the first time, totowo.
15G
MOTA DICTIONARY
Salavano, [sola 1.] a traveller
arrived.
Salag, 1. tr. sola 4. to cook with
stone boiling ; salag o toape by
putting hot stones upon it in
the urn.
Salag, 2. to lay flat, hold out open
hand ; te salag o no-vetal ape
loko ; to lay flat as a snare, we
salag o gae ape takele tangae.
Salagau, to cross over ; probably
contracted from sale lagau.
Salagoro, the lodge of the tamate
liwoa club.
Salasala, redupl. sola 4. to poison
fish with vin wotaga and other
such things.
Salava, [sao 1.] same as sao lava,
principal landing-place ; not
Mota form, but used in names,
Losalav.
Salavasisia, [sola 4.] to cook food
for a woman who has just had
a child ; vasis.
Salava tuga, [sola 4.] food cooked
with hot stones, but with no
pig, so vatuga.
Sale, 1. constr. of sola 1. path,
road, in compound words.
Sale, 2. v. 1. to float, drift, soar
with open wings ; 2. from
floating in the sea on the back,
to lie back.
sale gatavag, to lean sideways as
if looking through beside the
door.
sale gomgom, of fish when they
float panting on the surface
when poisoned ; of men lying
back floating, with water run-
ning into their mouths.
sale kokopei, to soar and float so
still that water would not run
off the wings ; said of birds,
and of kites, rea.
salepapan, to float beside, drift
along the coast, of canoes.
sale nm tasi, said of fish that
live both in sea and fresh
water.
sale taragiate, to lie on the back,,
looking upwards, ate, as in
floating in the sea.
sale tinqoro, to lie, lean back,
listening, with attention.
sale ivaririag, to soar like a man-
of-war hawk, mantoganae>
with stiff wings boring its
way against the wind ; warir.
sale waivae, said of van empty
tapera; it lies on its back
with nothing in it.
saleivawana, to lean back open-
mouthed in astonishment.
salewolo, to lean back with head
turned aside, wolowolo, and
look hard at a person.
sale wotwot, to float on the sur-
face, of fish ; with head out of
the water, of men.
salevag, to float with.
Sale, 3. to flow, run with water ;
to run when melted, and so to
melt.
salevag, to run with ; salevag
pei, to run with water as any-
thing thoroughly soaked.
Sale, 4. to leap; sale sur, jump
down; sale lagau, jump across.
Sale, 5. things of all sorts and
kinds ; o sale manu birds of
all kinds, o val sale maw
birds in all their various kinds.
sale pulai, property of all kinds,
from various sources.
Salea, a creek in the coral of a
reef through which canoes
are brought through to shore.
Saleaka, [sale 1.] a way of passage
for canoes, through the reef,
or down the beach.
Salegasuwe, the rat's path, the
wall-plate of house or gamal.
Salegeara, [sale 1.] the place for
a fence to go, its course.
Salemala, term of reproach for
MOTA DICTIONARY
157
one who goes about the village
like a sow, m<d<t.
Salemara, [stde 1.] the run of
ground doves.
Salemaran, [stile 1.1 forerunner
of morning; i Woqas me ma-
when the moon was shining
before daylight.
Salemoa, the first in the path,
lead.
Salena, scattered abroad.
Salepulai, 1. [sale 1.] (k) source
of wealth ; <irirt<t</ me ge tagea
iias<tl<>i>nlaina)ii by withhold-
ing payment.
2. sale 5. (k) property of all
kinds.
Salesale, a kind of tomago.
Salesasasaravag, [sale 1.] to dash
along the path hastily, care-
lessly ; sasar ; o mot te lama-
.s/a tavaaine.
Salesava, [sale 1.] coming for
what; o salesava? what has
he come for ?
Salevag, 1. [mile 2.] to float, &c.,
with.
Salevag-, 2. [sale 3.] to flow with.
Salewol, [sale 1.] one coming to
trade ; ineia o saleivol.
Saliag, tr. detenn. sal 1. to slash
off, as a damaged banana leaf.
Salilina, the beach between high
and low water-mark ; ashore,
from the point of view of the
sea.
Salit, v. to sprout, shoot out from
branch or trunk of trees ; sa-
salit.
salitiu, n. sprouts, shoots from
branches or trunk of a tree.
Salite, a deciduous tree with eat-
able leaves and nuts ; catappa
terminalis ; also salte.
Salmit, [sal 1.] to cut to a point.
Salnamename, to hang down,
name.
Salo, 1. to lay at length ; > Wo
o <i<itx>iHa, lay the ridge-pole
of a house in its place ; ive
Xlll.U (I tlltd <!/' pUjXl /V.S Ijllllt'lt,,
poisoned arrows in course of
preparation are laid length-
ways on the wall-plate.
2. to lay a corpse in a cave, or
in a food-chest, unburied.
salo vatitnai, to be laid at length
with the middle on the ground
and the two ends not touching
it, like a long log balanced on
its middle ; hence to be balanc-
ed on the middle.
Saloi, 1. a high thing ; o saloi t<i-
nnu, a tall man ; solo /m,
a lofty house ; salo tauive, a
high hill ; salo maave, very
tall.
2. the middle finger.
Saloua, the decorations of a sal>.i-
goro.
Salpepete?i, [sale 1.] to float near
a rock as fishes do without
moving ; met. to hang about
people as children do ; peten.
Salqat, to bring shares ; stdqat
lito, each man brings his quota
of firewood to the common
fire.
Salroperope, [sale 1.] to float as
fish do flapping their fins,
swaying their bodies.
Salsal, 1. [sal 2.] to snare a fowl
with a string ; fish with rod
and line ; yasalsal, the line.
Salsal, 2. [sal 3.J adv. 1. above the
head, tete tana salsal lai ape
qatun o tanun liwoa, must not
take anything from above the
head of a man of rank ; o qa-
liga neia, tete tauo salsalia, he
is a relation by marriage, must
not touch anything above his
head ; 2. thence, insolently ;
vava salsal, speak insolently ;
tete na salsal ia must not take
158
MOTA DICTIONARY
anything over his head, or
step over his legs rudely.
salsal gor kereva, when food is
divided out, but one says inau
o salsale goro kerekere I no food
is allotted to him, but each
man gives him a portion, so
that he gets the largest share ;
the practice when food is in-
sufficient of each giving to
make up ; o tanun nitol, o
sinaga nirua, isei te la isei ie la.
Salsal wowot, same as sale wot-
wot above, sale 2., float with
head out of the water ; gate
tul nanagona.
Salsale, [sale 2.] set afloat ; salsale
oka.
Saltaroaroa, swift.
Salte, same as salite, catappa.
Saltekau, a small species of salite
with hooked thorns ; kau.
Salworag, to pour out, sal liworag.
Sanaa, 1. the outrigger of a canoe;
2. to tack, lie on the other
tack. Pol. hama, ama; Fij.
coma; Mortlock Island, tarn.
Samagalao, the outrigger on the
left ; met. one who uses both
right and left hands.
Samai, (k) constr. e; useless re-
mains, refuse, as of tou, gire,
gea, vine with fibres taken out
for use.
samaga, like refuse, not fit to
eat, stringy ; ga 5.
saman, ti. to champ, as a stringy
tomago.
Samal, tin word for rain, wet.
Samaluag, to put out of the
mouth, hiag } the samai of
what has been chewed, as gea.
Saman, to champ, eat, what is soft
and juicy and has samai fibres
in it ; pigs saman leaves, &c.
Motlav people are said to
saman their food because to-
mago is stringy.
Samanola, 1. to smack the lips
in eating, like a pig champing
food. 2. to make a smacking
noise as in beating water with
the flat of the hand.
Samar, to fall after setting, drop
before ripe, of fruit ; met. to
die young ,when just grown up.
samariu, (k) a fruit that falls
unripe, wind -fall.
Samasama, to deceive, same as
sansana.
Samate, [sao 1.] the lee side of an
island, a sheltered place for a
sao; mate of surf as in tasmate.
Samerumeru, [sa 2. meni] branch
or tree bent down with the
weight of fruit; samer.ner.
Samesus, the last pig of a litter,
youngest child of a family ;
samai of the sus ; samsamesus.
Samrere, to get a little wet in
rain ; samure.
Samsam, wena samsam drizzle,
samai of rain.
Samsamaga, [ga 5.] like refuse,
such as would be put out of
the mouth as fibrous refuse,
samai; stringy, of meat, wood,
tomago, &c.
Samsa?)iuga, ragged, see next
word ; ga 5.
Samui, fringe, as on a tana.
samuga, fringed, with ragged
edges or ends.
Samure, to be rather wet, as in
wena samsam, damp.
San, to deceive.
Sana, spotted, panther, cowry.
Sanakae, an abscess, bad sore.
Sanasana, [san] to deceive, same
as samasama.
Saneg, 1. to put in a crotch, hitch,
to set a snare ; ive saneg o gae
avune tangae qara tut o manu
nia.
2. said of a vessel that stops on
her way, hitches up, neira me
MOTA DICTION. \ HV
159
saneg a Maewo qara taso ma i
Mota.
masaneg, hitched up.
Saniere, spiky like saui ere, the
spik.-s of apandanus ; we saka
tarn o ere.
Saniu,.(k) a prickle, spike; semi
ere, above.
saniga, prickly, spiky ; ga 5.
Sano, to hitch in a loop, hold or
fasten with a line passed twice
round ; to carry a few sticks
in a loop, to carry the hand
in a sling, with the thumb
hitched into a loop.
Sanoqaro, to put an arm in a
sling while the wound is fresh,
qaro ; met. to do a thing
quickly.
Sansardga, prickly, saniu.
San,, to spoil, destroy.
sanrag, tr. determ. to spoil.
Sana, a fork, crotch, forked stick
or post : Fij. saga ; tursana,
the main post of a house forked
to receive the qatsuna.
Sanasana,
Sanavul, numeral, ten. Mai. so,
puloh; Malag. folo; Mao. nga-
huru; Sam. gafnlu; Tong.
hongofulu ; Bks. Islands, san-
omd, sammd, sanwil, samol,
henawol ; N. H. sanawdu,
hanvidu, scmuyidii, sanaid ;
Sol. Islands, sanavidu, /j/ana-
wdu, tanahidu, tanahuru, na-
guru.
sansanavul, by tens, ten at a
time.
Sanavuliu, M. sanaviduiV. tenth.
Sane?ie, small.
Sanerenere, thin, shrunken, small
with sickness.
Saniani, [san] impersonal, me sa-
ntam'a, he is in bad condi-
tion, said of man, pig, bird.
Sanita, weep, cry out with grief.
Sanrag, tr. determ. san, to do
heavy damage to, ravage, much
distress.
Sansan, n. the rotten inner part
of a tree, perished wood ;
redupl. san.
Sa?isaHavul, ten at a time, by
tens.
Sa?isansawava, [san] destroying
trees, killing pigs, fowls, &c.
as part of a kulekole, after a
sawai.
Sao, 1. n. a place on the shore
without breaking surf, a land-
ing-place for canoes ; tursao,
wesao, salava.
Sao, 2. v. to take up fish in a net,
roe sao o gape, o iga ; to take up
by some contrivance as fruit
from a tree. Pol. hao, sao.
saova, 1. a contrivance for
gathering fruit, a leaf noarvau
pinned, vino, into a cup, and
tied to bamboo stick ; te sao o
gaviga mun o saova.
Saova, 2. to skim with a saova 1.
ive saova we golo, to skim off
the scum.
Sapalo, to carry on the palms of
the hands ; te sapalo o igot me
sura o lot avunana.
Sapan, [sa 2.] to lead by the hand
or arm, panei.
Saproro, un word for mate, to die.
Sapur, bad, indifferent to good-
ness ; iniko sapur ! you don't
know what is good ; kamin,
sapuri, o imawe tatas, satisfied
with a bad house ; linasapur.
Saqat, to guard the fingers against
anything hot or dirty with a
leaf, nosaqsaqat.
Saqeka, a shrub with very light
wood : tansaqeka.
Saqereta, shallow ; o mino, o
namo, we saqereta can be
forded ; o tapera we saqereta,
shallow dish.
Saqo, to burn with heat, act. and
160
MOTA DICTIONARY
neut. ; me saqo gina ! that has
stung ! when something sharp
has been said ; o malatutun
gate nit, gate as, we saqo, said
of the bite of ants ; nalolona
we so^qo, be is hot with anger.
saqora, to scorch.
Sar, 1. to be opposite, equal to, to
make equal, match, suit, be
suitable ; thence, to avenge,
punish ; we sar taniniga, to be
exactly opposite to ;' te sar
mun o tavalalea ape nau, to
avenge me of my adversary,
to make it equal to him on
my behalf ; te sar munia ape
pugana, punish him for his
fault, make an equal return to
him.
sarig, tr. to make equivalent,
sasarita, equal.
sarsar, n. punishment.
Sar, 2. same word as sar 1. in
special sense as to money pay-
ment in the suqe ; inau ice ge
o suqe / mun A., ineira we vene
mun nau; nau te sar o som
muneira; A. te qara garata-
pug ; to make a return for a
small present of money given
to the candidate.
Sar, 3. to shine, neut. act.; sar
anoano, to shine with yellow
light, of sun or moon ; sari
toworag, shine after rain ; sar
mate, to kill with heat, o loa
me sar mate o tanun ta Opa
nitoL
sariu, shining.
Sar, 4. to pierce, stab.
sarig, tr. to pierce something.
isar, a stabber, spear.
Sar, 5. to pour out, act. and neut. ;
sar vano, pour away, throw
out in a mass, as rubbish out
of a basket ; o totoe vetal te sar
lue, banana juice spurts out,
pours downwards ; saru.
sargag, tr. determ. throw.
Sar, 6. to start growing again ; o
ga-paka ta wot te sar mulan,
if the aerial root of a banyan
be cut or broken off it will
grow again.
Sar, 7. same as saru, to put round.
Sar, 8. 11. an echinus, or cidaris,
blue, with needle-spines ; put
on bunches of banana fruit to
frighten away matika.
Sar-nagoi, an expression of
modesty, or, ironically, of im-
pudence ; nanagok gate sar
iniko, I am not able to address
you as an equal, have not the
face ; sar nanagona ! like his
impudence !
Sara 1. (k) court, open space ;
the lodge of tamate society,
sare tamate ; sare an, the
place where the suqe fires are ;
tinesara, the open space in the
midst of a village, vanua.
Mai. Jav. salang.
Sara, 2. v. to pass, draw along,
sweep, move with drawing
motion, be swept away ; o
tanun we qoqo we sara ma,
ive sara ae, a crowd draws
together, men come in a crowd,
for nothing ; o iga we sara
ma ilo gape; na avuana me
sara, the scales of a butterfly's
wingshavebeen brushed away;
sara tagea, to pass away, draw
off ; o viniu we sara idul, the
skin is peeling off ; sara ma,
come hither ; we sara ut, to
go out in a body ; sara olorag,
to stoop and pass under. Mao.
hara mai.
sarag, tr. to wipe away,
sarav, tr. to rub, move away,
make to pass away,
saravag, tr. determ. to brush.
sarasara, to come or go in a
body together.
MOTA DICTIONARY
HI1
saratuwale, adv. together.
Sara, 3. v. to gather, bring to-
gether : /' xf o xixifH'.
sargag, tr. determ. to assemble,
contribute.
Saragao, [sum 2.] to make level,
hnnn iff nin'm ire sdsaritdj to
cover over something level
.s/>< f/rt-O.
ma ifu! sr<ino, to clear gardens
so that they shall join on in
one clearing, with no uncleared
parts between.
Saragete, the second leaf of a
cocoa-nut, which begins to
break into frondlets.
Saragogogo, [sara 2.] to wither,
shrink ; goyo.
Sarakamot, same as sayaraka
mot, to snatch up at once.
Saramao, mildew ; same as pim-
mao.
Saraninin, [sara 2.] to draw to-
gether round ; sara ninin
yoro o vanita, surround a
village, besiege ; nin.
Saraparana, to be hard, full-
grown, of edible leaves, so as
not to be fit to eat.
Sarapun, [sara 2.] to wipe away
and destroy utterly ; pun 1.
vus sarapun, kill and wipe
out.
Sarasara, 1. v. redupl. sara 1. to
assemble and go together, tve
sarasara ma tama we yoyoray
ma.
Sarasara, 2. a plant, malvaceous,
with strong fibre ; Big Jack
in Norfolk I.
Sarasara, 3. a fish.
Saratawurgape, one who comes
too late.
Saratuwale, [sara 2.] adv. to-
gether, meeting in one ; nora
saratuwale, combine, agree,
in purpose, opinion.
Sarav, tr. sara 2. 1. to sweep over,
pass over with drawing
motion, sweep, wipe, away ;
in native doctoring to stroke
the painful part and remove
the pain.
2. in songs, to join in with chorus
after a single singer has be-
gun ; sariir </<>r<>.
Saravqote, the name of the even-
ing star ; because when it is
up men rise to go to bed, and
brush with their hands, W/VM-,
the part of the person, qote,
on which they have been
sitting.
Sarava, 1. to daub ; as palfil;o
logs with red earth, mea;
same as sarav.
Sarava, 2. n. a man with whom
nothing remains of his money
and property, me sara qet veta
nania.
Saravag, [sara 2.] to brush, as in
passing.
Sara-vasinot, [sara 2.] to bring
fire together, pushing the fire-
sticks end to end ; sino.
Saravatu, to put a hot stone into
a wrap of food in a qaranis.
Sarawag, to go without fear of
consequences or danger ; as a
man violates a soloi to get
'cocoa-nuts ; wag.
Sara-wahilpea, [sara 2.] to come
together in great numbers to
work, make a bee, congregate
round a feast, we pnte walioy
o sinaya ', walul.
Sarawia, a shrub.
Sare, to tear ; sare o ritata, to
loosen the lacing of a sail,
masare, torn.
Sarere, 1. when the reed of an
arrow splits as it is shot, it
cannot fiy, ti sarere yap. 2.
met. a cracked voice in sing-
ing.
Saresare, adv. with a tearing
162
MOTA DICTIONARY
noise ; o manu ti vara saresare
of very loud thunder.
Saretamate, [sara 1.] the lodge
of tamate society.
Saretana, a charm to produce the
birth of pigs, putting a bag of
nai above a sow's head.
Saretapug, [sara 1 .] a division in
the gamal appropriated to a
rank in the suqe.
Sarevagalo, [sara 1.] a fighting
place.
Sarevnata, [sara 1.] customary
place for shooting, vene, fight-
ing.
Sarevugvug, customary place,
sara 1., of assembly ; vug.
Sarewolwol, market-place, a
recent word.
Sargaela, cocoa-nut with tough
stalk, o sariu we gaela; can't
be pulled in the usual way,
tete takar lai, te galolo ran,
must be twisted off.
Sargag, 1. to bring together, con-
tribute, sara 3. ; met. sargag
qalo, to succeed in convincing
by adding argument to argu-
ment.
Sargag, 2. [sar 5.] to throw, dash
down ; sargag siwo, throw
from a height, sargag valiliug,
throw head over heels ; te
sargag siwo o matetipatipag
ilo tanona, to thrust down the
door, shutter, into its place.
3. sargag o nin, to fix a fence.
Sargovgov, [sar 3.] to dazzle ; o
loa we sar govgov namatak,
the sun dazzles iny eyes.
Sarig, 1. [sar 1.] tr. to make
equal ; sarig-nov ; vasarig.
Sarig, 2. [sar 4.] tr. to pierce, prick.
Sarignov, [sarig 1.] to make
exactly equal ; nov ; gana
xarignov.
Saritagiu, [sar 1.] likeness,
equality, in place or quality ;
tama we sasarita gegese ; o
saritagiu, it is all the same.
Sariu 1. [sar 3.1 (k) shining.
Sariu, 2. (k) a handle, stalk ; sar
wose, handle of a paddle.
Sarlano, [sar 7.] a kolekole for
wearing the lano hat.
Sarmatekaova, [sar 3.] to shine,
as the sun, through a narrow
opening in the clouds, like
egret's eye.
Sarmeme, [sar 6.] to grow hang-
ing down as a creeper.
Sarnai, 1. a fish.
2. a kind of tomago.
Saro, 1. v. to draw into,
saro tul, to enter and sink, act.
and neut. we saro tul o
gape ; we saro tul ilo wow&r.
sarova, meeting.
sarovag, saromag, to enter.
2. n. a string of cocoa-nut fronds
used in shooting fish.
Sarog, M. saroi V. to go without
permission into a place that
has been made tapu, to violate
a tap.
Saromag, tr. saro, to sheathe.
Sarora, hide and seek.
Sarov, to fill to repletion ; me
sarovia ; saro 1.
Sarova, verbal n. saro 1. meeting,
drawing together, of clouds,
of ants in a path.
Sarovarua, a net with two en-
trances, places to saro in, to
take both small and large
fish ; tuara iga te saro alo
takele gape, tuara alo take-
lei.
Sarovag, [saro 1.] to enter, draw
into.
Sarsar, 1. [sar 1.] punishment,
payment.
Sarsar, 2. [sar 5.] spouting out ;
viawo sar sar.
Sarsaravatut, of the hair stand-
ing high above the head.
MOTA DICTIONARY
163
Sarsarawuqa, [mm 2.] to take
away the ivuqa ; which see.
Sarsaretou,
Sarsarina, adj. [.sar 1.] equal,
same as xavirifn.
Sarsaru woganase, [saru 2.]
same as lid woganase.
Sartamate, very straight ; ta-
mate 5.
Sartavene, perfectly level, as if
a straigtfb shot.
Sartaworag, [sar 3.] to shine
fully as sun in noon-day,
moon high in heavens ; ta-
woray.
Sartuka, disused word for wire,
taken to be, or called, stalks,
sariu 2., of the sky ; compare
gartuka.
Saru, 1. to put on or off what is
drawn round the body or a
limb in one piece ; such as
tamate hat, pane bracelet,
lala armlet, inalosaru the
dancing-dress put over the
head ; saru goro qatui mun o
tamate, to put a hat on the
head, surround with a hat ;
saru savrag, take off, draw
from around ; cannot saru a
malo or a vioviog. saru gona,
see vasaru 3.
Mai. sarong; Dy. salui ; Malag.
sarona; Tagal. salong.
sarun, tr. to draw down.
Saru, 2. to pour out in a mass.
Saru, 3. to pass away ; o gopae
gate saru mantag tiqa; saru
viviviv, to pass away like
mist viviv ; o no-paka ti nun
saru, banyan leaves are shed.
Saru, 4. to begin a song with
many voices together.
Saru, 5. to complete what is
necessary for attaining a rank ;
val sale suqe ni saru t qet, gate
toga ti si tuu'ale.
Sarun, tr. saru 1. to draw down
from around ; sarnn. vavtig,
when a line tied round a
stick cannot be undone, draw
it down, still round the stick,
into a mass, then unravel it.
Sarusaru, [saru 2.] 1. a shoot of
water spouting out from a
bamboo for bathing, &c. via-
wo sarusaru; 2. adj. flowing,
of hair ; i Marawa nauluna
we sarusaru,.
Sarwirwirig, [sar 3.] sunshine
following rain ; uririg ; wena
moa, o loa tagir.
Sarvenevene, [sar 1.] straight
as a shot.
Sasa, 1. n. the croton, in many
varieties ; the leaves used as
the mark of tamate societies.
Sasa, 2. to carry by two or more
on a stick, or by hand ; sasa
ta Maute, to cut the ends
of a heavy object in carrying
it.
sasan, tr. to carry.
Sasa, 3. to overtake, collide with.
Sasa, 4. prefix redupl. sa 2,
Sasae, V. adj. different, M. sea.
Sasagatur, hair standing on end,
with fright.
Sasagav, to level the surface in
adzing, to adze down ; we
tara o tangae, we sasagav sur
we mitmit, cut down project-
ing pieces.
Sasai, (k) constr. e. name. Fl.
aha; Fij. yaca; Pon. ata;
N.B. ya.
Sasakarewaka, hasty and reck-
less in work, &c. ; sakare-
waka.
Sasakariga, vehement, strong,
eager to work, in good sense ;
in bad sense violent, head-
strong.
Sasakirkir, redupl. sakir, brittle,
snapping short off.
Sasala, a flowering shrub, eran-
164
MOTA DICTIONARY
themum ; varieties, sasala
mataplea, sasala pita.
Sasaleniga [sale 2.] running with
fluid, as eyes with tears, ripe
fruit with juice, mouth water-
ing with appetite.
Sasalev, to crowd round a person
to see him.
Sasalit, redupl. salit, to shoot out
from trunk or branch of tree.
Sasalo, to carry a big fish, by one
man alone.
Sasalovega, malawo.
Sasamalea, said to one who con-
tinues to call one's name,
iniko sasamolea.
Sasamaliga, having thin hair,
the samai of a good head.
Sasamanau, adv. amiss ; vasogo
sasamanau, count incorrectly,
gaganag sasamanau, give a
wrong account, ni me vet si
naakanina, nava tagai.
Sasamanman, [sasa 4.] to sail,
float, close to shore or rocks.
Sasamrag, begin to rain a little,
samsam.
Sasamtega, quick in doing
things ; of well or ill.
Sasa?i, determ. sasa, to carry some-
thing ; of two or more men.
Sasapanpan, to sail, or swim,
along close to shore or rocks ;
sasa 4. panpan, beside.
Sasapirpir, 1. thin from hunger.
2. ashamed, bashful.
Sasaqanau, to pretend, boast, say
that one has seen what he has
not.
Sasaqo. [saqo] un word for loa,
sun.
Sasar, 1. to pull, tear, apart, strip
as leaves from a branch ; gave
sasar ma o us, to pull the bow
with a tug ; nit sasar, bite
and pull ; o makaru te sasar
o pea, the flying-fish will tear
the bait.
2. to lower the gapan, mast and
sail.
Sasara, redupl. sara 2. to go
about in company, of men ;
to straggle away, of fowls ; to
rush out altogether, as pigs.
Sasarag, [sara 2.] to wipe away.
Sasargava, steep, precipitous.
Sasar iaeae, to fall, be thrown
down, an empty space, not
falling against anything ; ae.
Sasarita, adj. [sar 1.] equal, level,
right.
Sasaroro, 1. [sasa 4.] to slip
down, out, roro 2. ; as sticks
out of a bundle.
Sasaroro, 2. the eggs of blue-
bottle flies, &c., ii ris ulo nia,
ti ris lano nia: also the
pupa, the change of the mag-
got not being observed.
Sasarur, to hang weakly down,
be feeble.
Sasasawa, to run, trickle, down
a surface, as water down the
trunk of a tree in rain, down
a split pue ; saiva 1.
Sasav, to make one feel full with
little eating ; o matig me sa-
sav man.
Sasaviara, thin from hunger.
Sasavurvur, redupl. savur, fall-
ing, flying, in dust ; sasa-
vuvur.
Sasawa, [sawa 1.] to run as a
fluid ; met. to go on without
stopping, of a vessel passing
along a coast, a party passing
through a village.
Sasawaiga, to throb, beat, as the
breast after running.
Sasawe, 1. n. a sunflower.
Sasawe, 2. v. sasawe mala, to put
grated cocoa-nut on a sow's
back, a charm to promote
birth of pigs.
Sasawilil, to roll down, over and
over ; ivil.
MOTA DICTIONARY
105
Sasawilwil, to assemble, crowd
round ; wil.
Sasawuara, profitless, one who
does no good ; no (/ate KO.S
we mule xn.wn'n<ir<i vag gap o
</<j(([>al</, -i fit gate vet lue
munsei apena.
Sasawui, steam ; we, sawn. bd<>
no.n <> </o ranis.
Sasawuluga, adj. bad in a high
degree.
Sastarama, from sasai and ta-
nuti ; a man must not men-
tion the name of another be-
cause it is the name of one who
is related to him by marriage,
qaliga ; he therefore calls him
iSastaratna.
Sau, 1. v. to lift up.
2. to dance round in a kolekole
holding something for show ;
sau o pane qoe.
Sau, 3. a way of cooking toape,
edible hibiscus leaves, in
wrappers with hot stones ;
we rereg o novao, we salag,
we map o toape, we pala o
vat alolona, we mona g&ro,
qara vapteg rune av.
Sau, 4. far ; axau, afar. N.H.
and Sol. Ids. hau.
Saua, a mess of food cooked as
sau 3. ; mue patau, bread-
fruit with naij sane loko.
Sauma, a fish.
Sausau, food cooked as sau 3.
Sav, 1. a shrub, panax, with
strong-smelling leaves, ita.
Sav, 2. v. to pluck, pull out hair
or feathers.
savrag-, to throw with quick
action.
70^0 savsav, to hit a bird and
make the feathers fly ; savi
esuesu, to pluck a living bird.
Sava, 1. n. something ; interr.
pron. what? in short form
sa. Mao. aha; Sam. a; Mai.
o/io , Marsh. /o ; Kij. c,-,i ;
Mel. Sam, /*"", .x'><', Imv, sa,
ho, lolio, fiira, l<i, .srf/Vr, noli",
neoa; N.G. Ww*, tava, d<ih-'i ;
N.B. aw.
2. with personal art. i sava?
iro sava ? referring not to the
person, but to the name of
the thing which has been
taken as the name of the
person, what is his, her, name ]
compare gene.
3. of a kind, what kind 1 any
kind whatever ; o tol sava
mart it? the egg of what kind
of bird is it ? ta ktilo pata ilo
sava tm, into whatever house,
into any sort of house, one
may enter.
savai, n. (k) 1. corresponding
to interr. sava? a thing of
what sort ? in what condition ?
ko ive savai nake? how are
you now 1 what are you like ?
2. corresponding to indef.
sava, something of indefinite
character ; natoqak me savai
gai, my feelings were some-
thing indescribable. 3. what ?
of any part of a man ; what ?
of any relation of a man ; ni me
masu vawo tangae me rosag
nasavana ? what part of him
was hurt? nasamma? i ta-
mak nan qa, what is he to
you ? my father to be sure.
savasava, everything, all sorts
of things.
Savag, 1. to annoy, worry.
Savag-, 2. to throw up earth, level
for house-site or path.
Save, to strip, tear off, not break-
ing ; as a shoot from a tree,
leaflet from a cycas, by the
base, or banana from bunch.
Savir, to pull, tear off with finger
and thumb, as a single leaf.
Mai. sapit.
166
MOTA DICTIONARY
Savrag, [sav 2.] to throw quickly
away, with the motion of sav.
Savret, to pluck at the edge, sav,
ret, and so startle ; sawet kal.
Savsavai, something or other, of
some character or other; savai.
Savsavawora, [wora 3.] a mere
something, thing of no con-
sequence, common ; ive ge
savsavawora, treat as a com-
mon thing.
Savta, [sav 2.J draw quickly, as
fish going off with a line we
savta lue o gae; probably
savtag.
Savula, to wash the hands, sav-
samda.
Savur, 1. to scatter, sprinkle ;
redupl. sasavurvur, sasavu-
vur ; vur as in matavuvur.
2. excl. on seeing many things ;
savur ! what a lot I
Saw, v. same as sawu, to blow.
saw malav, blow cool ; saw mot,
cease blowing.
Mao. hau, wind ; Mangarewa,
hau, to blow.
Sawa, 1. v. to run on, as a fluid
advances, and cocoa-nut juice
runs up the arms ; see sawa-
rasu; sasawa.
Sawa, 2. v. to dance by a drum ;
singing with shuffling steps,
not lakalaka ; te sawa gwo o
sawai, dance according to the
tune on the drum,
sawai, 1. the tune on the drum,
or song to which men saiva;
the dance with the song and
drumming ; we map o sawai,
to end the song and dance,
after the shouting and leaping
of lul woganase ; sawai pu-
terua, two dancings and drum-
mings going on together.
Sawag, 1. to twist yarn with the
fingers for tali cord.
Sawag, 2. to dandle a child.
Sawai, 2. a tree ; we tara mun o
aka.
Sawai agiu, (k) same as sawaliu.
Sawaliu, (k.) the first fruit of a
season on a tree ; sawai taqai,
the first fruit of a tree, of its
first bearing.
Sawan, to flog, as with woqat in
valval lamas.
Sawano, a kind of qauro, wild
yam.
Sawau, same as saivag, so pro-
nounced by some.
Sawarasu, [sawa 1.] to run as
fluid ; if too much water is
used to woro, for squeezing
out the juice from grated
cocoa-nut, the woro we sawa-
ras nan o toape, runs off the
hibiscus leaves, and also will
sawa, run up the arm of the
one who squeezes.
Sawarirvas, a kind of sawai, of
Gaua.
Sawasawa, [saiva 2.] to go with
a trotting motion ; valago
sawasawa, to trot.
Sawe, to mix new almonds with
bread-fruit.
Sawe we, to shine brilliantly ; o
wda we sar mantag, ivas o
mda we sawewe.
Sawov, impers. v. 1. to go wrong,
ill, with; we sawovia all goes
wrong, ill, with him. 2. to
show that one is wrong, doing
wrong, like norov.
Sawsawemala, [sasawe 2.] 1. a
charm when a sow is about
farrowing for the first time ;
putting grated cocoa-nut on
her back. 2. said of people
who snatch or scramble for
food.
Sawsawui, fsawu] steam as it
escapes, we sawu kalo; met.
la o sawsaivui, give an im-
perfect account of anything,
MOTA DICTION ART
107
the steain, not the food, of an
oven.
Sawu, 1. to blow, of wind, to puff
forth, burst out, of steam.
.s<noi <>, to escape, of steam ;
met. of few men in large
house ; of zeal, energy ; smru
'iiudar, blow cool, o Ian ive
,s"w malav kel ; said also of
an oven when the stones are
not hot, o ao ti saw malav;
met. to grow cool about any-
thing ; sawu fade maligo,
wind after a cloud ; sawu mot,
to cease blowing ; saw tntun,
said of water not very hot
but gives off steam. Mak.
Bug. sait; Sawu I. habu,
steam.
sawsawui, steam,
vasawu, steaming, burning
with a blast.
Sawu, 2. said of a person sick,
chilled by the wind, his hair
on end, his skin gooseflesh,
ni we sawu apeiia.
Se, verbal particle used in songs.
Fij. sa.
Sea, 1. M. adj. apart, different ;
ra ta Uta we log sea, call it
differently.
searag, tr. divide.
2. v. to move the hot stones of
an oven into place before the
food is put on them.
Sea, 3. a plant the leaves of which,
no-sea-, make a red dye.
Seanig, adv. in small pieces, save
seaniy, tear to bits ; sea 1.
probably and nigiu.
Searag, tr. sea 1. to put aside,
divide.
adv. severally ; vug searag.
gao searag, of fire which having
consumed the fuel in the
middle burns on at the ex-
tremities.
Segao, continually, a word taken
from songs ; se v. p. gao, to
spread on.
Segere, excl. of surprise ; t<nwi
we ma/makci.
Sei, 1. interr. and indef. pron.
who ? some, any one ; with
or without pers. art., isei, iro-
sei, iratei, irarosei. Fl. hei;
Bugotu, hai ; Mao. wai ; Sam.
ai; Motu N.G. sai; Mel. *<?,
he, tei, ti, di, si, ai, oi ; Fij.
cei ; Amboyna, sei ; Bat. ise ;
Sangir, isai ; Sawu, he; N.G.
tai, dai.
Sei, 2. adj. V. same as sea, apart,
different.
3. remove out of the way, as
noota from old roof.
4. move about, arrange, stones
in an oven with -ipala.
sesei, redupl. substitute, re-
move.
Seke, stem of masekeseke.
Selselvag, to glance off, as a blunt
axe in hewing wood.
Sem, 1. redupl. semsem, stuck
with matter, as the eyes.
Sem, 2. to scold ; Sam Fletcher
has left in this form of his
name a memorial of himself.
Sene, 1. to move swiftly and
continuously, as a vessel
moves ; sua sene mot goro,
to paddle quickly and cut off
the course of another.
sene ut, to go straight out into
the bush ; ut sene uwa ; man
seneuwa, said of a torn net,
or a house full of holes.
Sene, 2. to strain liquid ; to
strain sago, ota, through ta-
pera gae ; to clear from dregs
by passing liquid from one
cup, vinlasa, to another.
Sene, 3. a mimosa.
Sepere, a place in V.L. to which
certain Mota families trace
their origin ; ira ta lo Sepere.
168
MOTA DICTIONARY
Sere, to move swiftly ; to blow
hard and steady, as the trade
wind, Ian sere; to make a
sudden appearance, sere lue
like an apparition.
sere manig, to dive straight into
the water.
sere mot, to cease blowing
strongly, o Ian sere ti sere
mot.
sere nala, to run on steadily
though panting.
sere nononono, to go through the
bush.
sere wana, to run with mouth
open,
sereag, tr. to blow hard against;
o Ian ti sereag nau.
sereg, tr. to blow hard against ;
o Ian me sereg nau.
Serlawalawa, to flame strongly ;
gao serlawalaiva, burn with
strong naming.
Sersernowo, a bird.
Sertaqataqa, to be much bent
down, taqa; ser as in serla-
walawa.
Sese, 1. to take apart, pull to
pieces.
sese niakomako, to take apart
the garland, a part of the
ceremony of admission into
the suqe.
sese rauraun, to empty a bag
by taking things out one by
one.
sese saru, to drop out, be left
behind.
sese worn, take to pieces,
seserag, tr. determ. to take
apart,
sesevag, tr. determ. pull
asunder.
Sese, 2. a smooth shell, turris ; in
which the gatou lives.
Sesei, 1. v. redupl. sei 3. to re-
move ; also seseg.
2. n. (k) thing or person in place
of another, substitute ; we la
seseina, take another in his
place.
3. adj. different, same as sea M.
sasai V. used at Gatava.
Seserag, [sese] tr. determ. to take
away the several parts ; me
seserag o rene, o aka qara ma-
taketake, the canoe was light-
ened by throwing out the
cargo.
Sesere, a bush.
Seserenau, of a stone that misses
a bird and hits leaves.
Sesevag, tr. determ. sese 1. to
remove ; o tarn in te sesevag o
nam, when there are many
tubers on one root ; we sese-
vag sur siwo, to level down
by removing what stands too
high.
Seva, to breathe faintly ; mase-
vaseva.
Sewao, a tree.
Sewara, hard and uneatable, as
leaves of palako, pulva, too
old, or too long gathered.
Sewere, to make a feast, kole, on
setting a stone before a
gamal.
Si, 1. conj. disjunctive, or ; iloke
si Hone, this or that.
2. conj. alternative, either ; si
iloke si Hone, either this or
that,
3. conj. conditional, if, whether;
sin qe wena, if there should
be rain ; si ta taro si ta nawo>
whether there be calm or
surf.
4. conj. illative, that, in order
that ; ni me siivo veta ilau si
ni sugsug, he has gone down
to the sea that he may bathe,
in order that he may bathe ;.
si a sugsug, to bathe.
5. conj. declarative, that ; neira
me gaganag ape neia si ni me
MOT A niCTIoNAKV
169
l<dt, they told of him
that he was gone down to the
beach.
6. conj. narrative, that ; as if a
clause were understood be-
fore it ; i Qat Hake ni ;/"/<
toya ran nut,, nava .s/' /<"<-
ft'itii n/'iia, this Qat was not
without a beginning, (but the
story is) that he had a mother.
An idiomatic use of si is of this
character ; ira tata*!na we
inaros we la naakun Qat mun
dk<(>'((, \!'<( 'irawHOM si mun
rasoara, his brothers wanted
to take his canoe to be their
own, and his wife (they wanted
to take) for theirs.
7. conj. of quotation, used with
the sign of quotation wa, when
there is not a direct narrative
or declaration, but a reference
to what has been said ; neira
me vet wet, si ni me mate veta^
they said that he was dead,
i. e. they said, this is what
they said, that he was dead.
The quotation is indirect. It
is incorrect to use si in a
direct quotation, or wa si
where there is no quotation.
iixi si often becomes was.
si 1. is used in suspense, break-
ing off before the alternative
clause, as if asking a question ;
we tano si ? beautiful, or is
it not 1 o tannn me mo.te qet
si ? the people would all have
died would they not ?
si qa ilo, a civil way of saying
look ! also si ka ilo.
In the following sentence si is
not narrative, but rather illa-
tive ; o sava o tanun tete yi-
lala apena, si a gilala apena
pa tete lai, something men
can't understand, they want
to understand but cannot;
as if it were neira we ye il<> .si
yilala.
sia is written for .si a, but the
two words are distinct.
Si, 8. excl. to call attention ; si
.s//
Siasiano, to disobey ; a child
climbs when he has been for-
bidden, and falls, we nun, ape
l UK' xiaximio.
Sig, to do perhaps as in siysiy.
siy sasamanaii,, to do half of a
thing ; hear part of a story ;
Siga, to double a line, or money,
generally coiling it over the
elbow and between the thumb
and fingers, the arm being
held up ; te siya o yae, o som.
siya motmot, to give out money
for suqe without regularly
measuring it by siya.
siya sur, to double a line down
to shorten it.
sigag, 1. tr. to stretch the arm
up and out, as in siya ; ti siyay
Ine napanena.
2. to stretch, be stretched, stand,
straight up ; o maliyo we siyay
kalo, a cloud rises stretching
upwards ; siyay qatuuwa, to
stand straight up like a turtle's
head out of water.
Sigerag, impersonal, to startle ;
ti siyerayia, he is startled ;
also siyray.
Sigerai, (k) corner, angle ; siyere
pauei, elbow ; siy rat.
Sigiima, one who always stays in
his house ; siy.
Sigirpan, to shrug the shoulder.
Sigwor, isei we ilo a tanun a
matesala, ni we sipa pata, we
siymor alo pei, o naivo.
Sigo, a kingfisher ; a bird of a
sacred character. Sam. ti'o;
N.H. hiyo.
pane siyo, the blue flame in fire.
170
MOTA DICTIONARY
Sigotete, to sail or swim fast, as
a kingfisher dashes, tama o
sigo te tete.
Sigrag, same as sigerag, to
startle.
Sigrai, (k) corner, angle, same as
sigerai ; sugrai V.
Sigrepanei, the elbow, the outer
angle.
Sigsig, 1. to get materials for a
qaranis of food.
Bigsig, 2. very hot ; o loa we
TOWOTOWO sigsig.
Sik, to sound si! si! to make a
hissing noise, to call atten-
tion ; sik varaget, to stop a
man with si ! si !
-Sike, to seek, look for ; sike suar,
find.
sike sasamanau, seek in the
wrong place.
Siksik, redupl. sik, call attention
with si I 8.
Sil, the root of words meaning
dark ; siliga, &c.
Sila, 1. to stick out in a lump,
project ; o p-ugiu we sila, o
pug sila, a lump on the but-
tock ; pane sila, the project-
ing boom of a sail.
Sila, 2. to raise up, to be raised.
silavag, tr. determ. to erect ;
set up ; te silavag o mele ape
mate wona, to set up a cycas
as a memorial, after it has
been carried at a feast or
kolekole.
Sile, 1. coral stone.
Sile, 2. the inner fat of a pig.
Sile, 3. a kind of yam.
Silgon, to entangle in a string ;
silig, gona.
Silig, to string, attach to a string ;
tisilig matig, to attach cocoa-
nuts to a string.
Siliga, 1. adj. [sil, ga 5.] dark,
black ; 2. n. darkness, the
dark, blackness ; silsiliga.
Silmatoga, very dark ; sil and
perhaps maeto,
Silor, to poke off fruit with a
stick.
Silsil, redupl. sil, dark, to be
dark ; o qon silsil.
Silsilig, redupl. silig ; silsilig kor,
bunch of dried bread-fruit in
* string ; met. a bunch of flying-
foxes hanging together.
Silwala,
Sim, 1, to sip, sup, up ; sim liwu,
the sound of lips supping,
(Gaua word) to express re-
fusal ; gana simpei, to sip
water while eating, as in sick-
ness, eat and drink at once
like Europeans.
Sim, 2. to dry gradually up ; me
sisim qega } has been quite
dried up.
Simliw, to express refusal, reluct-
ance, as above sim 1.
Simsim, 1. redupl. sim 1. to
make the sound of sipping
with the lips, see sumsum.
Simsim, 2. a tree.
Sin, conj. si with n 2. for ni
pron. ; same as si ni.
Sina, a tree, mimosa ; walsina,
the gum of it.
Sinaga, solid vegetable food, food
generally, if vegetable, par-
ticularly yams.
Mtlav, hinag ; Sesake, vinaga;
D.Y. winaga.
sinaga gana valea, inferior food
such as those eat who valval
in mourning, e.g. o nam o
vanerasiu apena, scaly yams.
Sinai, (k) the midrib of leaves,
of the frondlets of palms, sine
ota of sago ; not of all leaves,
but of those which have a stiff
midrib.
Sinpea, same as si nipea, that it
be not ; pea 1.
Sin, 1. to burn, act. and neut.
MOT A DICTIONARY
171
2. n. a torch ; v. sin, to go with
torches ; sin. goro, to go after
with torches. Fij. cina. *
3. v. to fish with torches, we sin.
o iga.
sin tamate, sin I., to be very
hot, o loa sin tanuite, a blazing
hot sun ; compare sar tamate ;
see tanuite 5.
Siua, to shine. Fij. siga, day,
sun ; Mai. siiwr ; O.J. si-
nn<j; Mak. sin<jr<i.
si?iar, tr. to throw light upon,
make to shine with reflected
light.
sinarag, tr. determ. to en-
lighten, illuminate, o pul we
sinarag o ima.
sinai, (k) shining.
'Sinasiriai, (k) redupl. sinai; n.
shine, shining ; o sinesine loa,
the shining of the sun, sun-
shine ; o Ion ti vasinar o
maraina nwin nasinasinana.
Sinerei, in moderation, sparely ;
we gaiia sinerei.
Sino, to thrust forward the snout,
as a pig smelling at food ;
met. of a canoe, we sino suar
o Ian, meets a wind dead
ahead.
sinov, tr. to set the snout, nose,
to ; pute sinov, to sit nose to
nose, heads close together.
vas?tot, va-sinot, put end to
end.
'Smoi, the antennae of beetles,
crawfish, &c. ; lines radiating
from a point, rays, beams as
of the sun, o sinosino loa ; o
sinosino ura, susmawo ; sino-
sinoi.
'Sinsiri-nopatau, 1. to burn
bread-fruit leaves in a garden,
on a place prepared for a
snare ; 2. a saying for not
having worked.
Sio, sneeze.
Siola, M. to move along the
ground, glide.
Siolo, V. same as siola ; sisiolo.
Siopa, cloth ; said to be so called
from the dress of Tonga
visitors to Qakea, with meta-
thesis of vowels from siapo.
Mao. hiapo ; Sam. siapo.
Sipa, 1. to turn aside ; sipa nan,
turn aside from, err, go wrong.
Mao. hipa; Sam. sipa; Mai.
simpang ; Malag. simpan da-
lana.
2. to be jagged, irregular. Mao.
hipa, to exceed in length.
Sam. sipa, to be awry.
Sipa, 3. slice, pare ; sipa wora-
wora, slice into pieces, cut
up, as a pumpkin.
matesipa, the tortoise-shell knife
used for paring bread-fruit.
Sipala, the projecting ends of
bamboo purlins, varat, of a
house, 'sliced to a point, sipa,
as a distinction ; an occasion
for kolekole.
Siparnawo, a fish.
Sipe, to take off, out, pick with
finger and thumb, or with
toes, or in the same manner
with a stick.
siperag-, tr. determ. to pick off.
masipe, picked out.
Sipela, a hollow in the side of
fruit.
Sipelei, a bread-fruit developed
only on one side, the uloi
showing on the other ; a
cocoa-nut developed only on
one side, as when something
has bitten the young fruit.
Siperag, [sipe] to pick out, with
finger, toe, stick.
Siplag, to hang up, against some-
thing, the thing hanging does
not hang clear.
Sir, 1. v. to shave, cut close ; te
sir nawunwia inun o mavin ;
172
MOTA DICTIONARY
we sir o tvi, shave off the bark
of an euphorbia for poisoning I
fish.
sirvag, tr. determ. to cut close,
pare.
Sir, 2. M. to draw along, through,
foll6w along ; same as V. sur 1.
sirpan, to go quite close
along, gamo sirpan, or sua,
sail or paddle along the shore ;
sir sola, one who follows a
path ; sir vanua, to pass suc-
cessively through villages ;
sir we nana, to go through
the country drawing people
from village after village into
company ; sirsir navaisa, tu-
qei, to go along by the cliff
slope, gardens.
Sir, 3. M. prep, of motion to a
person, not place ; V. sur 9. ;
it has a use r.lso of general
reference, as Maewo suri, &c. ;
ravevema wa gol amen kamam
siriko, lest your mother be
angry with us on your ac-
count ; ni we tantan sir inan,
cries for me, thinking of me.
Sir, 4. M. adv. down, downwards ;
V. sur 6.
Sirgawug, mad, said of one sup-
posed to have gone on a gawug
where graves are ; also sir-
gawuw V.
Siriam, [sir 1.] to nibble, am, the
shavings of cocoa-nut.
Sirig, to move to another place of
abode.
Siriga, to refuse, disobey, be dis-
obedient.
Sirigavtag, siriga vitag, refuse
and leave.
Siriv, a waterfall ; siriv roworua,
a double waterfall.
Sir nog, [sir 1.] to scrape wo-us,
hog-plum, with a shell, vin-
f/ar, for want of teeth ; o li-
wopas we na.
Sirqae, [sir 1.] to make a crack-
ling noise, qae 2., when
Shaved ; o tarape tanun gate
menmen we sirqae.
Sirsir, redupl. sir 1 and 2. sirsir
lovana, a proverbial expression
when food has been sold ; me
tuvag qet sinaya naniko, o
sirsirlovana ineira Hone me
tuvag ti.
Sirvag, tr. sir 1. to cut close,
pare ; we sirvag o tano, pare
the surface of the ground ;
sirvag valis, cut grass close.
Sis, 1. M.V. to pierce ; sis o manui,
pierce the nose ; sis o qwoi,
pierce the lobe of the ear ;.
sis vinvin, to pierce the sur-
face ; also V. sits 1. Mak. sisi ;
Mai. sisip ; Malag. sisika.
sisgag, tr. determ. to run a
point into.
Sis, 2. M.V. to point a finger, with
a finger ; we sis o vanua, point
out a place ; sisvanua, the
index finger ; to push the
finger into ; sis o qoroi, put.
the finger in the ear.
sisgag, tr. determ. to fix an
accusation on a person.
Sis, 3. M.V. to rub or knock off
skin or bark, flay.
me sis napanena, napisuna, said
of the produce of a man's own
work, he has rubbed off the
skin of his hands and fingers
at it ; name sis napisuk apena,
I have worked at it myself ; to
remove the rind or bark from
a large fibrous plant, ti sis <>
gavar, ti vir o tal, pulls off
the fibrous bark ; me sis
siwo, tagai o wiai, tried by
stripping off the outer part,
no good inside,
tawasis, rubbed.
Sis, 4. M.V. 1. to swell, to be dis-
tended, increase in bulk. 2.
MOTA DICTIONARY
[73
we sis, to be too large ; when
e. g. :tn armlet, pane, is too
small, fits too tight, they say
in Mota in- .s/'.s, in English it
is ' too small ' ; but sis refers
to the arm not to the armlet,
too large, not too small.
j?/.s- Inqdnfje, to rise in a blister.
,s/,s !.<i<>]qu, to rise in a blister.
s/.s loqo, to swell up in a lump,
as after a blow.
.s/'.s- u-oi-n, be distended to burst-
ing, swell asunder.
natoqak me sis veta, I have had
enough to eat.
Sis, 5. M. same as V. sus 3. to
shrink, to decrease in bulk,
to crouch down ; to cease
' flowing ; to hide.
sis, or .s/'.s/, <>jK'<'pe, to cower down
below a slight shelter ; rasei
t(i siwo Uaii, pa, o wena we
poet, neira te sis epeepe alo lia
gate poa.
sis maliiklnJ:, crouch with
bended knees.
sisnara, money given to stop
flow of blood.
sispara, to avoid by turning
aside and crouching.
sisvitay, to get out of someone's
way by crouching down,
shrink away from.
sisig, to crowd close, shrink
together.
Sis, 6. M.V. to slip.
sispalag, or palai, to catch the
foot and slip.
sis rawarawa, to slip down a
steep place, as down a cocoa-
nut, or other tree trunk, as
earth slips back into the hole
from which it has been cast up.
7. n. landslip.
Sis, 8. M. 1. the breast, nipple.
2. to suck.
Sisepeepe, sis 5. slight shelter ;
we log ape ima we mosin o pei
We <joijo <il> Joint, JHI o 1<iH"il
We toga dloloixl.
Sisgag, 1. [.s/.s 1.] to stick a point
into, to fasten on a point, to
take up on a point, on a stick ;
te sisgag liw o matig, pierce
tli rough the eye of a cocoa-
nut.
2. [sis 2.] put it on a person as
an accusation, by pointing the
finger at him.
Sisgaliwoi, [.s/.s 1.] 1. what sticks
into the teeth, as underdone
food ; 2. a small bit of food
such as will get between the
teeth, a toothful ; sisiga 2.
Sisgarov, [sis 1.] manoga sis-
<j<irov, underdone, as if the
hard inside can be felt by
piercing ; garov.
Sisgon, [sis 4.] to close firmly
against, fit tight to, as the
jaw of a gaff against the mast ;
gona.
Sisi, the sound made to call at-
tention ; sik.
Sisia, matter in the eyes, as after
sleep or after inflammation ;
o mattti te semsem nia.
Sisig, to shoot and glance off.
Sisiga, 1. a shrub.
Sisiga, 2. adj. [ga 5.] shrinking,
crouching, tama we sis 5.
siwo.
Sisigaliwoi, same as sisgaliwoi.
Sisim, to dry up, decrease as
fluid, sisim qega ,* sitn 2.
Sisiolo, n. a toboggan, a cocoa-nut
rachis, lape matig ; v. to slide
down a steep place on one ;
siolo.
Sisioloolo, same as sisiolo, a to-
boggan, to toboggan.
Sisipe, a sea-snail, winkle, nerita ;
we vasvas sisipe.
Sisirat, to slip on a smooth tree,
or hill.
Sisire, n. and v. looseness of
174
MOTA DICTIONARY
bowels, diarrhoea ; sisire nara, \
in recent use, dysentery.
Sisirig, redupl. sirig ; o savasava j
we vile we qoqo.
Sisirvag, redupl. sirvag, olo sisir- j
vag, to come ashore shaving a j
rock.
Sisis, to cut down the trees of a.
dead man.
Sisisiro, to dig qauro on the
mountain.
Sisiu, M. (k) 1. the breast, nipple ;
2. breast as projecting part ;
the outer corner of the wall-
C'e of a house, sisi ima;
on a rock, o vat o sisiu
apena.
sisiu Eo Lakar, a proverbial
expression referring to a
woman with remarkably small
breasts ; o va,vae tenegag ta
Luwai ape gene mantagai.
Sisiva, mushroom coral.
Sislapa, [sisiu] a woman with
large breasts ; nasisino J we
lapalapa.
Sisnara, [sis 5.] money given to
a man one has injured to stop
the quarrel and revenge, to
stop the flow of blood ; o nara
tama te sis apena.
Sispalag, [sis 6.] to catch the
foot and slip ; palag, palai.
Sispara, [sis 5.] to avoid by
crouching aside; para.
Sisqoa, [sis 4.] to swell in cooking.
Sisvinvin, [sis 1.] to prick on the
surface only, as in sewing
when the needle does not go
deep.
Sisvitag, [sis 5.] crouch down out
of the way, avoid by shrink-
ing ; mtag.
Sito, the cry in the mago to mark
the change in the song which
the dancers are singing to
themselves ; the only word
in which s sounds z.
Siu, 1. gall, the gall-bladder.
Siu, 2. a lump of curled hair ; we
pipisiag o siu.
Siusiu, same as siu 1. gall.
Sivsiv, to blow sparks of fire on
a man ; same as gorgoriav ;
sivsiv ta Roua.
Sivui, 1. the operculum of an
univalve shell.
2. (k) constr. siv; a seed, from
the shape of sivui 1.
o siv sava ? what is it the seed
of?
Sivure, a parrot.
Siwil, to crowd round ; siwil
goro.
Siwo, 1. adv. down, of direction
towards the sea, West.
Mao. iho ; Sam. ifo ; Tong. hifo ;
Motu N.G. diho.
2. n. a squall, coming down ;
siwosiwo.
3. v. to come, go, down, descend.
siworag, tr. determ. to descend
upon.
siwo nona kola, to descend head
foremost, like a kala lizard.
Siwo-nur, to go deep, nur, down,
siwo, into the earth, as a yam
with tuber, or tree with root.
Siwo-revereve, [reve] to come
down low, as a tapera with
long strings on the back of
the man who carries it,
veverag.
Siwo-tano, look down to the,
ground ; si ta vava munsei
ape sava, pa ni we ate sur
gese ilo tano.
Siwo-tuwale, a recently made
word, assembly.
Siwon, lame, of hand or foot.
Siwor, 1. to rub hard and quick,
as in sososo av.
Siwor, 2. to pelt people when
they land from a new canoe
at a tursao not their own ; a
joke, to be bought off.
MOT A DICTIONARY
175
shn>r ta Gasega, a place in V.L.
3. to attack, o vui ive tatas ti
itiwor <> tftnnn, and makes
him ill.
Siworag, 1. tr. determ. siwo, to
come down upon, catch ; o
thro me siwordgiii; he was
caught in a squall.
Siworag, 2. to plant a second
time ; siironty kel, to plant a
yum buck for a second growth
in order to get a very large one.
Siwosiwo, 1. same as siivo 2. a
squall, descending gust.
Siwosiwo, 2. rheumatism, thought
to go down, siwii.
So, an auxiliary verb, which can-
not be translated without an
object ; to do, move. Mao.
ho.
Soa, things used in making a nule
image, and such works of
native art ; meet, &c.
Soae, [so] to go without meeting
anyone or anything, ae.
Soai, (k) constr. soe ; member,
component part of an organic
whole ; soasoai. Mao. hoa ;
Sam. soa.
soe aka, met. people on board a
canoe which sinks, nina- me soe
aka.
Soarua,
Soasoa, an amulet, of stone, worn
round the neck, &c.
Soasoai, (k) constr. soesoe,
members, parts of a com-
posite whole, body, tree,
canoe, house, &c. soai.
Soasoat, a bird, pilage, that cries
sout soat.
So at, [so] to proceed, go ; at.
Soeteete, [so] to turn up the face ;
ete for ate ; met. of a hoe.
Sogae, un word for qoe, pig.
Soganawono, [so] to be stunned
by a fall, or by sorrow.
Sogavag, to crawl like an infant.
Sogo, 1. to 
